Summer 2006 Newsletter
VISION Imagine the Lake Tahoe of your dreams— its unrivaled beauty preserved for future generations. It’s possible with community collaboration, collective vision, and a plan. One lake. One vision. One path to the future. www.pathway2007.org
The beauty of a “vision” is that it embraces not just what we can see in front of us, but also what we are able to imagine and manifest for our future. When we look at Lake Tahoe, we see a magnificent lake with crystal-clear water amid snow-capped mountains. It is the same vision the Washoe Indians have seen for untold generations. But much has changed since the Washoe were the sole inhabitants of this spectacular place. Cars, roads, businesses, houses, casinos, golf courses, boats and other reminders of our civilization have made their mark on the Jewel of the Sierra. The lake's famed clarity has been decreasing at an average rate of nearly one foot per year. Runoff of fine sediment, much of it resulting from land disturbances such as roads and homes, accounts for more than half of the loss. Left unchecked, such intrusions will alter the very beauty that drew us to Tahoe in the first place.
Pathway Partners: TAHOE REGIONAL PLANNING AGENCY
Lahontan Region
Preserving Lake Tahoe's pristine water and scenic shores is why the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) and its partner agencies—USDA Forest Service, the Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board and the Nevada Division of Environmental Protection—have created Pathway 2007.
Pathway 2007 is Charting a 20-Year Vision The idea behind Pathway 2007 is to create a collective “vision” for the Tahoe Basin by seeking the input of those with a stake in Tahoe's future. Residents, visitors, environmentalists, businesses, scientists, and all people in between are being invited to share visions and ideas with Tahoe's public agencies as they coordinate to rewrite their regional plans and regulations. The vision of individual communities will be woven into environmental objectives to create a viable plan for a sustainable future. This unprecedented public outreach process will form the backbone of future growth, as well as the benchmark for environmental preservation. For many years, decisions affecting Lake Tahoe were made based on one of two factors, often at odds with each other: the economy or the environment. Profitable projects worked for investors, but many proved environmentally damaging or degrading. On the other hand, stringent environmental controls dampened economic viability and sometimes resulted in urban blight. Now, the Pathway agencies are
2 | Pathway 2007
www.pathway2007.org
The pathway to our future is in our hands now. discussing a new approach to solving the problems of the past: The Triple Bottom Line.
Triple Bottom Line The Triple Bottom Line is an approach to sustainable growth and development that takes three criteria into equal consideration: the environment, the economy and the community’s quality of life.
The Environment We all acknowledge that what is unique about Lake Tahoe is its stunning beauty and pristine environment. In fact, our greatest economic assets are: • our pristine lake and spectacular scenery • unparalleled outdoor recreation
Our approach is to embrace projects that: • beautify the area • provide greater public access to the lake • encourage walkable and bikable
communities that reduce emissions • foster environmental stewardship
The Economy As Tahoe remains one of the most popular vacation destinations, it’s important that we promote quality redevelopment that respects our outstanding natural resources. Adopted in the 1980s when many vacant parcels existed in the Tahoe Basin, TRPA’s current regional plan focuses on new development restrictions. Now that we’re approaching buildout of vacant properties, we need to revitalize existing development and invigorate the economy.
Our approach is to focus more on: • eco-tourism activities such as green
building and low impact technology companies
• a communications system that allows
e-based businesses to flourish Additionally, the revised forest plan will keep the best aspects of management for national forest lands and strategic directions for resources and uses.
Quality of Life Community involvement and participation is the key to the Triple Bottom Line. Those who live in the Tahoe Basin are invited to map out their future communities. What will our neighborhoods look like 20 years from now? How do we keep our businesses viable? How will people of all income levels afford to live at Lake Tahoe? These are the critical questions facing community members involved in Pathway.
Public Involvement in Pathway 2007 Pathway is a collaborative process based on science, public input and the legal parameters public agencies operate under at Lake Tahoe. A public citizen’s advisory committee called the Forum is a group of 43 citizens who are providing input to Tahoe’s public agencies. The work of the Pathway Forum is being enhanced by what is called Place-Based Planning. Place-Based Planning is a grassroots effort to involve local communities in charting the 20-year vision for Lake Tahoe. Rather than relating to lands through “issues,” we relate to lands in more personal, recreational and inspirational ways.
Place-Based Planning Volunteers are: • looking at each community individually • focusing on affordable housing,
community character, transportation and other pressing challenges
• assisting public land managers to develop
updates for land uses across the Basin
Where is Placed-Based Planning Happening? Four working groups have been formed within our communities: • Placer County—North Shore communities • Public Lands and Waterways managed by the USDA Forest Service, state parks and other entities • South Shore—City of South Lake Tahoe, El Dorado and Douglas counties • Washoe County—Incline Village and Crystal Bay The planning working groups, along with the public at large during a series of workshops, will be exploring what we value in our communities and how local investment can result in a healthier region—in essence, how we achieve the “Triple Bottom Line” where the environment, the economy and the community all win. Place-Based Planning reflects a new partnership between individuals, local governments, and the Pathway agencies around the Tahoe Basin. The pathway to our future is in our hands now. Pathway 2007 is a vision we can all share because we can all contribute. Pathway 2007 is the road to a sustainable future that allows us to enjoy all this wonderful place has to offer while preserving it for future generations. Pathway 2007 is our vision for Lake Tahoe’s future. How limited we would be if our vision of Lake Tahoe were only what we can see today. We’re thinking big and urge you to get involved.
www.pathway2007.org | 3
Place-Based Planning Workshops During the weeks of March 27 and May 22, more than 1,000 people attended community workshops in the Place-Based Planning process of Pathway 2007. Workshops were held for the areas of Public Lands and Waterways, Placer County, South Shore Partnership, and Washoe County/Incline Village/Crystal Bay. The workshop process has explored what participants value about the Tahoe Basin and the future they desire. Based on these workshops and local Planning Working Group and agency staff input, an overall set of preliminary principles has been prepared. On the following pages, each area’s concepts are outlined. This information will be the basis for the Pathway 2007 Vision Summary documents which will guide future Tahoe planning.
PUBLIC LANDS AND WATERWAYS
1.
Public Lands Planning Working Group Members Bob King bking@fs.fed.us Chuck Greene chukgreene@aol.com Dave Fournier dfournier@fs.fed.us Dave Hamilton hamiltonda@ltcc.edu Denise Downie dedownie@fs.fed.us Heidi Hill Drum heidi@h2dcomm.org Jamie Greenough jgreenough@ltusd.org Jenny Scanland jscanland@parks.nv.gov Jim Lawrence lawrence@lands.nv.gov Lisa O’daly lodaly@trpa.org R. Don Michaely rdonm@jps.net Ray Lacey rlacey@tahoecons.ca.gov Rex Norman rnorman@fs.fed.us Shane Romsos sromsos@fs.fed.us Taira Byrne taira_byrne@yahoo.com Wayne Fisher tahoewayne@nvbell.net
Public lands play an important role at Lake Tahoe. More than 80 percent of the Tahoe Basin is managed by the Forest Service or state entities. Public concern over catastrophic fire, lake quality and the overall scenic quality and natural beauty of the Lake Tahoe Basin is shared by both visitors and residents.
Overall Planning Themes: • Improve existing and add new facilities to help
preserve and enhance the quality and diversity of the recreational experience. • Provide site-specific access consistent with the
desired recreation experience. • Restore and manage public lands and waterways
to the highest environmental standards while maintaining a quality user experience. • Pursue flexible land management to maintain the
quality experience and health of the Tahoe Basin’s natural environment. • Provide visitors and residents with educational
materials on the importance of public lands and waterways for recreation, environmental protection, and long-term quality of life.
to recreation sites. • Protect and feature scenic vistas. • Increase lake access opportunities.
Principle 2: Capacity The issue of capacity came up as primarily a seasonal/peak time issue in highly-used areas such as Emerald Bay. Design and Planning Features: • Cap the number of visitors to highly impacted
areas, especially during peak times. • Expand options to reduce congestion and over-use. • Encourage use of less-impacted areas to disperse
crowds at high-peak times. Principle 3: Recreation Recreation is a primary activity for residents and visitors around the Basin. It is important to allow for a range of activities—both motorized and non-motorized as well as urban and rural options. Design and Planning Features: • Provide diverse year-round recreation.
Preliminary Principles: Principle 1: Access Access to public lands and waterways was deemed critical for both residents and visitors. Problems exist in areas viewed as “focal points” around the lake such as Emerald Bay. Alternative transportation options discussed include: public transit, boat ferries, pedestrian and bike trails, and improved parking. Design and Planning Features: • Plan appropriate sized parking areas at highly
desired destinations. Charge for parking where appropriate. • Provide public transportation to highly congested
4 | Pathway 2007
• Build bike and pedestrian trails with access points
areas and promote its use.
• Improve access to recreation through alternative
transportation. • Provide appropriate facilities at trailheads, urban
recreation sites, and improved rural access points. Principle 4: Restoration Protect and restore public lands and waterways. Design and Planning Features: • Restore areas such as meadows and wetlands
currently damaged by over-use. • Improve eroded trails and facilities. • Reduce wildfire risks and improve forest health
in the wildland urban interface areas.
1. 2. 3. 4.
2.
Placer Planning Working Group Members
PLACER COUNTY
Bill Combs bcombs@placer.ca.gov Cindy Gustafson cindyg@tcpud.org Dave Wilderotter dave@tahoedaves.com Duane Whitelaw whitelaw@ntfire.net Jan Brisco jbrisco@ltol.com Jeff Rose nsrri@msn.com Jennifer Merchant jmerchan@placer.ca.gov John Friedrich john@keeptahoeblue.org Keith Norberg knorberg@trpa.org Lydia Altick laltick@rtdarch.com Mike Bernard mike@mhdstudio.org Pam Jahnke pam@ntbamainstreet.org Paul Vatistas vatistas@yahoo.com Rachelle Pellissier rachelle@whatt.org Ron McIntyre rmcconsulting@sbcglobal.net Ron Treabess ron@puretahoenorth.com Steve Rogers srogers@ntpud.org Sylvia Ambriz syambriz@kbfrc.com
Overall Planning Themes: • Revitalize and reinvest in Placer’s Tahoe communities
with a mix of uses, affordable housing, and commercial services; • Improve the image and vitality of gateway areas; • Improve transit and non-motorized access for
residents, visitors, and employees; and • Approach water quality and other environmental
improvements as part of an area-wide solution.
Preliminary Principles: Principle 1: Reinvest in and Revitalize Existing Centers Reinvestment and revitalization should take place in Placer’s existing community centers; this would be preferred to creating news ones. Planning and Design Features: • Encourage reinvestment in community centers to
eliminate blight and diversify the local economy. • Include affordable housing in communities. • Enhance the image of communities through
• Emphasize the arrival in Tahoe rather than at a
typical commercial intersection. • Plan gateways with attention to highway design,
landscape, architecture, signage, and visitor information. Principle 3: Improving Connections Public and private investments in Placer County should contribute to improving vehicular and non-motorized connections. Highway design should improve economic vitality and pedestrian safety and comfort. Planning and Design Features: • Improve connections to create better transportation
systems (i.e., bus transit, water transit, and bicycle routes). • Complete regional systems of trails, bike routes,
parking, and transit services. • Improve pedestrian interest, safety, and comfort
in public roadway and private roadside projects. • Plan community centers at a district scale for
improved parking management.
public and private investment. • Emphasize the town centers of Kings Beach and
Tahoe City as mixed-use places with visitor accommodations, retail services, housing, and recreational activities. • Enhance connections and community interface
with adjacent neighborhoods and recreational opportunities. • Encourage investment in communities to reflect
unique scale and character; “clean up the junk” and “keep the best buildings.” Principle 2: Enhance Placer’s Basin Gateways Investment in Placer County Basin gateways should improve the image and vitality of this integral part of the Lake Tahoe travel experience. Planning and Design Features: • Acknowledge the gateway roles of Kings Beach,
Tahoe City, Highway 89 at the Truckee River corridor, and the southern part of west shore.
Principle 4: Area-wide Environmental Improvements Solutions for safeguarding and improving water quality and other environmental improvements should be approached at the broader, area-wide scale, rather than one parcel at a time. Planning and Design Features: • Plan roadways and parking areas and the
placement of buildings based on a larger, comprehensive strategy for managing storm water runoff. • Incorporate water quality control projects, such
as multi-use swales into new development plans. • Support comprehensive area-wide strategies that
improve the Basin’s environment. • Improve water quality and other environmental
conditions immediately with future projects and projects currently under design.
www.pathway2007.org | 5
Latino Community Workshops
3.
South Lake Planning Working Group Members Ari Makinen tina@laketahoeadventures.com Barbara Childs bc@barbarachilds.com Carol Daum designscapes@webtv.net Daryl Schue snowschue@aol.com Dave Carneggie dcarneggie@aol.com Deb Howard deb@realtordeb.com Del LaFountain dellafountain@sbcglobal.net Gail Jaquish jaquish@jurix.com Gary Midkiff gary@midkiffandassoc.com Gina Hunter ghunter@co.el-dorado.ca.us Glen Smith glentsmith@juno.co Heather Bovat hbovat@co.douglas.nv.us Jim Beattie jcbt@etahoe.com John Hitchcock jhitchcock@trpa.org Joy Curry jjcmail@aol.com Katey Fagan mohicanslt@sbcglobal.net Maria Luquin mluquin@ltusd.org Mike Bradford mikeb@lakesideinn.com Nathan Rouse nathan@tahoesnow.com Norma Santiago norma.santiago@edcgov.us Sue Novasel novasel@aol.com Teri Jamin jamin@ci.south-lake-tahoe.ca.us
SOUTH SHORE PARTNERSHIP Overall Planning Themes:
Design and Planning Features:
• Reinvest in South Shore gateways and
• Connect pedestrian and bicycle facilities.
commercial areas to create gathering places that can be efficiently served by transit;
• Improve water quality through new transportation
investments.
• Improve mobility for residents and visitors;
• Make transit access a central feature.
• Create workforce housing; and
• Support peak (seasonal) access needs with
• Improve natural places and environments.
Preliminary Principles: Principle 1: Gateways Gateways should enhance the economic vitality and image of the Basin’s southern and eastern entries. Design and Planning Features: • Plan and design entries in a way that welcomes
visitors to the Tahoe experience. • Improve the “curb appeal” at gateways and
along Highway 50. • Protect and feature scenic vantage points
and vistas and natural gateways (i.e., Kingsbury Grade, Echo Summit, and Spooner Summit). • Increase transportation capacity, add sidewalks,
and improve water quality. • Consolidate commercial uses into well-conceived
focal points and gateways.
pedestrian safety improvements along Highway 50 and Kingsbury Grade. • Build workforce housing within walking distance
of transit centers, bus stops, and sidewalks. Principle 4: New and Enhanced Places Planning for the future should enhance commercial gateway areas. Planning and Design Features: • Reinvent the Meyers commercial area as a
gateway and social/economic center. • Consider Meyers part of the South Shore
mixed-mode transportation solution. • Provide public access to the Lake and a center
for civic/cultural activities at a new “Bijou Center.” • Connect community resources, visitor facilities,
recreation and the Lake with reinvestment in Stateline/Douglas County.
Principle 2: Gathering Places Places for gathering should create active centers that provide social and economic focal points.
Principle 5: Community Facilities Consolidation of schools and construction of new community centers and facilities should be planned and designed as social activity centers.
Design and Planning Features:
Design and Planning Features:
• Create “a sense of place.” • Include workforce housing in mixed-use
development. • Use open spaces as focal points in new projects. • Design commercial properties to support
gathering places. Principle 3: Mixed-mode Corridors and Centers New investment should improve pedestrian, bike, and transit access and reinvent Highway 50 as a mixed-mode transportation corridor.
6 | Pathway 2007
*
No public process in Lake Tahoe would be complete without the participation of the Latino Community. This understanding led to the creation of workshops on each end of the lake geared specifically toward the Latino community. Issues raised included: the desire for more urban parks and recreational facilities, the need for more street lighting, and pedestrian improvements such as bus shelters and sidewalks. Results and a schedule of upcoming workshops are available on the website: www.regionalplanningpartners.com
• Consolidate school locations and programs to allow
for integration into the surrounding community. • Locate public facilities to create gathering places
and to improve existing neighborhoods. Principle 6: Restoring Natural Settings New investment should contribute to the restoration of watersheds, meadows, and forests. Design and Planning Features: • Reinvest in and restore natural places including
the Upper Truckee River Watershed to improve lake clarity, provide recreational opportunities, and support natural habitat.
4.
Washoe Planning Working Group Members Barbara Perlman-Whyman bpwhyman@sbcglobal.net Bea Epstein boobeatahoe@netscape.net Brenda Hunt bhunt@trpa.org Dan Salerno dsalern@aol.com David Zeigler d.zeigler@sbcglobal.net Diane Severane sevgroup@nvbell.net Ed Gurowitz egurowitz@gurowitz.com Eva Krause ekrause@washoecounty.us Gene Brockman gbrock91@earthlink.net Gene Murrieta gene@buildersnet.com Guy Burge gincline@nvbell.net Jacquie Chandler earthgym@yahoo.com Jim Nowlin flyersnest@yahoo.com Joe Kubo tahoe911@msn.com Roger Norman roger@crystalbayclubcasino.com Tom Bruno tombruno@tanager.net
WASHOE COUNTY/INCLINE VILLAGE/CRYSTAL BAY Overall Planning Themes: • New investments in Washoe County’s Tahoe
communities should enhance and expand recreational experiences and related facilities; • Consider the rural and community settings as
part of the entire travel experience, and create a sense of arrival within the Basin; • Redesign Washoe/Incline community centers to
allow for better commercial services and gathering places for people of all ages; and • Provide housing and services that support families.
Preliminary Principles: Principle 1: Recreational Opportunities Integrate new investments with the natural setting in a sustainable way to enhance and expand recreational experiences. Planning and Design Features: • Connect recreational facilities and natural areas
by a variety of transit modes. • Complete trail systems and connections to the
Rim Trail, creeks, lakefront, and community facilities (i.e., golf, skiing, tennis and boating). • Plan recreational facilities and experiences as
integral parts of living in a “low key” Tahoe community for people of all ages.
Principle 2: Travel Experience The rural and community settings should be considered part of the entire travel experience, creating a sense of arrival within the Basin and announcing the civic presence of communities. Planning and Design Features: • Enhance existing gateways and focal points. • Design the travel experience for comfort, safety
(of pedestrians), and seasonal differences. Principle 3: Design of Community Centers Treat Highway 28 as Washoe County Basin communities’ “main street.” Planning and Design Features: • Enhance pedestrian connections, access, and safety
along Highway 28 and adjacent neighborhoods. • Create a welcoming and successful village center
with reinvestment focused on parking management, pedestrian connections, streetscape, and architectural improvements. • Improve the mix and quality of commercial
activities. • Create a village center that has inter-connected
gathering places, opportunities for cultural activities, and workforce housing. Principle 4: Supporting Families Planning for Washoe’s communities should address the recreational, educational, housing, and economic needs of families.
You’re Invited to Community Workshops Your Community. Your Chance to Make a Difference.
Other Placed-Based Workshops Around the Lake July 2006 July 18, 6–9pm Placer County North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA July 20, 6–9pm Public Lands North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA July 19, 6–9pm South Lake Tahoe Partnership Harveys Lake Tahoe, Stateline, NV
Washoe/ Incline Village/ Crystal Bay Workshop July 17, 6–9pm The Chateau Incline Village, NV This event is hosted by Washoe County, IVGID and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
www.pathway2007.org
For more information contact: Brenda Hunt / bhunt@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 225
For more detailed findings from the workshops or for future meetings, please visit: www.regionalplanningpartners.com
Planning and Design Features: • Incorporate affordable family housing into village
centers and other areas. • Anticipate the recreational facility needs of
families and children. • Integrate schools as activity centers into their
natural and community settings.
or
• Support the needs of families with appropriate
www.pathway2007.org
commercial services and quality health care.
www.pathway2007.org | 7
LOCAL INTERESTS
NEVADA INTERESTS
Interest groups/constituencies located fully or partially within the Lake Tahoe Basin.
Washoe County: Adrian Freund; 775.328.3606
Transportation/Transit: Jennifer Merchant; 530.546.1952
State Non-Regulatory Agency Rep.: Kay Scherer; 775.684.2700
Real Estate Interests: Sharon Kerrigan; Sharon@STAOR.org • Primary Residents: Elise Fett; 775.833.3388 • Seasonal Homeowners: Jim Crowley; jcrowley@brwncald.com
Forum Membership The PATHWAY 2007 Forum is a public collaborative group made up of representatives from around the Lake Tahoe region to represent various interests. These individuals are your primary contacts for information about the PATHWAY 2007 process. Use this chart to find the person who represents your interests and let them know your thoughts about the future of Lake Tahoe. Their contact information is also available online at: www.pathway2007.org/forum.aspx
P.O. Box 5310 Stateline, NV 89449
Printed on recycled paper.
Douglas County: John McCall; 775.588.6468
CALIFORNIA INTERESTS Placer County: Jennifer Merchant; 530.546.1952 El Dorado County: Bill Hetland; 530.621.5392
Labor: Michael Berg; 530.544.4754
City of South Lake Tahoe: David Jinkens; 530.542.6045
Community Business: Steve Teshara; stevet@PureTahoeNorth.com
State Non-Regulatory Agency Rep.: Patrick Wright; 530.542.5580
Tourism Business: Mike Bradford; mikeb@lakesideinn.com
REGIONAL INTERESTS
Community Sustainability: Nancy Marzocco; nancylh@stanford.edu
Interest groups/constituencies primarily located within the broader Nevada/California region.
Environmental/Conservation: Rochelle Nason; 530.541.5388
Community Business: Carl Ribaudo; 530.541.2462
Washoe Tribe: Mahlon Machado; 530.694.2170
Environmental/Conservation: Laurel Ames; 530.541.5752
Education K-12: Margaret (Anga) Rebane; 775.831.9456
Community Sustainability: seat open
Education Post-12: Paul Stangl; 775.784.4762 Non-Governmental Social Services: Robert Patrick Heffernan; 775.588.8399 Community Recreation: Jerome Evans; 530.541.3450 Motorized Recreation: Carol Chaplin; 775.588.5678 Non-Motorized Recreation: David Hamilton; 530.577.1814
NORTH TAHOE California Public Utility Districts: Steven Rogers; 530.546.4212 Nevada General Improvement Districts: Bill Horn; 775.832.1206 At-Large Seats: Bruce McNulty; 775.833.0136; (one seat open)
Built Environment: Lew Feldman; 775.588.5311 Non-Governmental Social Services: seat open Transportation/Transit: Gordon Shaw; gordonshaw@lsctahoe.com Recreation: Barbara Perlman-Whyman; www.keeptahoefun.com At-Large Seat: seat open
NATIONAL INTERESTS Interest groups with national constituencies beyond the Lake Tahoe Basin, Nevada, and California. Recreation Providers: Blaise Carrig; 775.586.2312 Environmental/Conservation: Michael Donahoe; 775.588.5466 Non-Motorized Recreation: Ellen Lapham; 530-265-6424 Motorized Recreation: Greg McKay; 775.831.7657
SOUTH TAHOE California Public Utility Districts: Dennis Cocking; 530.543.6208 Nevada General Improvement Districts: Glen Smith; glentsmith@juno.com At-Large Seats: Steven D. Leman; 530.541.0769; (one seat open)
www.pathway2007.org
PO Box 5310 Stateline, NV 89449
august 2006
south lake tahoe partnership
vision summary Vision from 2027
South Lake Tahoe Partnership Communities: A 2027 Story
Purpose and Process
South Lake Tahoe has become national story–successful
Values and Opportunities
because communities and public agencies made a concerted effort to invite investment that improved the region’s competitive position and image. Hwy 50 has been transformed into an interconnected series of com-
Guiding Principles
pact mixed-use districts served by transit and connected to adjacent neighborhoods. Meyers, Zephyr Cove and the Kahle neighborhoods strengthen their communities while contributing to the vibrancy of the South Shore economy.
Key Planning Concepts
South Shore’s Communities: A Story from 2027 Overall Planning Themes: • Invest in South Lake Tahoe Basin gateways and commercial areas to create popular (mixeduse) gathering places that are efficiently served by transit; • Improve mobility for residents, visitors and employees; • Create a variety of mixeduse and mixed income housing; and • Continue to improve South Shore’s natural places and environments.
South Lake Tahoe has become a national story in 2027–successful because communities and public agencies made a concerted effort to invite investment that improved the region’s competitive position and image. Hwy 50 has been transformed into an interconnected series of compact mixed-use districts served by transit and connected to adjacent neighborhoods. Three things have made this transformation possible. The local economy has diversified increasing the quality and variety of employment, new housing now more closely meets the needs of all the communities, and new public and private investment has improved water quality, reduced air pollution and created more social opportunities. All these changes attract more year-round residents.
2027–There is a vibrant and vital local and regional economy. Our community character, unique surroundings and diverse recreational opportunities are important to our success.
At the center of the South Shore’s renaissance has been a strong and growing economy. It has given the communities the capacity to support social and environmental objectives and maintain a high quality of life. The transformation of Hwy 50’s commercial strip character has been fueled by the cooperative efforts of local government, TRPA and private investors who shared the vision for a prosperous and healthy region.
2027–New investment has reinvigorated the economy and supports the restoration of watersheds, meadows and forests.
The Upper Truckee River watershed is a priority project whereby the channeled portions are replaced by a restored natural stream. Improved access to the area for bird watching and walking contributes to its popularity. Mending the natural interface with the forest and Lake Tahoe has been a component of every public improvement and private development project over the last 20 years. A significant reduction of surface parking in the Basin has also improved water quality and made it possible to reintroduce trees into areas that were cleared for suburban auto-oriented developments.
2027–New housing developments have enhanced the feasibility of transit while improving corridors, centers, and neighborhoods. Housing types and styles are suitable for a variety of family needs and incomes. 2 | place-based
New housing is helping diversify and stabilize the economy by supporting the needs of local businesses and their employees. Housing is an integral part of the revitalization of the Hwy 50 corridor where mixed-use and mixed income developments are contributing to the creation of lively gathering places, a sense of community and the identity of neighborhoods.
2027–-Meyers is a welcoming mixed-use community at the southwestern entrance to Lake Tahoe. Arriving visitors refresh themselves in eateries and stroll to Meyers’ shops.
Echo Summit still takes your breath away. It marks the entrance to the South Shore communities where the natural setting, views, and vistas are the predominant features. Mixed-use places along the highway provide both the economic and social focus for visitors and nearby residential neighborhoods. Meyers’ families have a new town center and improved access to the Basin’s rich recreational assets.
2027–Hwy 50 has been redesigned as a mixed-mode lifeline for South Shore communities. The completed bike trails, new transit centers and parking management program now provide visitors with a vacation experience without the hassle of traffic jams.
New investment in the southern part of the Tahoe Basin has improved pedestrian, bike and transit access. Hwy 50 has been reinvented as a mixed-mode transportation corridor connecting transit facilities that function as gateways and popular gathering places. The South Shore Trolley has become the most convenient way to move between transit and activity centers and between home and the work place. A popular family activity for visitors is riding the Sawmill Bikeway loop from Meyers to Stateline and taking water-borne or land-based transit to one of the State Parks. Moving about in the Tahoe Basin has become part of the recreational experience for visitors. The basin-wide transportation system brings local residents closer to each other. It is now easy to ride to Homewood for a jazz concert, or invite friends over from Glenbrook. This was made possible by diversifying transportation choices, developing intercept parking areas in and outside the Tahoe Basin, creating parking management programs at a regional and local scale, and more effective cooperation between Lake Tahoe’s public and private transit providers.
2027–Rebirth of the Y as a mixed-use sub-regional center has improved adjacent neighborhoods, introduced housing, and changed the perception and image of the City of South Lake Tahoe. Continued investment in Heavenly’s recreational and commercial areas has added to the magnetism of South Shore as a visitor destination. The Y is not the only area that improved. The Sierra Tract commercial area has mixed-use frontage, the 56-acre Project consolidated civic uses and increased access to recreation at Lake Tahoe via a new transit center, the Bijou Center is an important community-gathering place on the Lake, the Stateline Convention Center complex is a success, and the Kahle Neighborhood thrives around the Community Center and the related transit station.
place-based |
3
Vision from 2027
Purpose and Process Values and Opportuni-ties Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Purpose and Process South Lake Tahoe Partnership Planning Working Group Members Ari Makinen tina@laketahoeadventures.com Barbara Childs bc@barbarachilds.com Carol Daum designscapes@webtv.net Daryl Schue snowschue@aol.com Dave Carneggie dcarneggie@aol.com Deb Howard deb@realtordeb.com Del LaFountain dellafountain@sbcglobal.net Gail Jaquish jaquish@jurix.com Gary Midkiff gary@midkiffandassoc.com Gina Hunter ghunter@co.el-dorado.ca.us Glen Smith glentsmith@juno.co Heather Bovat hbovat@co.douglas.nv.us Jim Beattie jcbt@etahoe.com John Hitchcock jhitchcock@trpa.org Joy Curry jjcmail@aol.com Katey Fagan mohicanslt@sbcglobal.net Karen Fink kfink@trpa.org Maria Luquin mluquin@ltusd.org Mike Bradford mikeb@lakesideinn.com Mort Miers Nathan Rouse nathan@tahoesnow.com Sue Novasel novasel@aol.com Teri Jamin tjamin@ci.south-lake-tahoe.ca.us Alternates: Ed Smith Kathleen Fagan
Purpose of Vision Summary The South Lake Tahoe Partnership Vision Summary is an overview of Principles and Concepts framing a desired direction for El Dorado County, South Lake Tahoe and Douglas County Basin communities over the next 20 years. The Vision Summary is the end result of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency’s Pathway 2007 Placed-Based Planning Process engaging local community members in the development of the next 20 year plan for the Lake Tahoe Basin.
Planning Process
Three community workshops have taken place in the South Shore as part of the Pathway 2007 Place-Based planning effort. The first workshop on March 30, 2006 at the Lake Tahoe Community College invited participants to identify Opportunities for Investing in a sustainable Tahoe Basin. The second community workshop held on May 25, 2006 at Harvey’s Resort and Casino focused on exploring Alternative Futures for South Shore Partnership’s Basin communities. The third workshop was held on July 19, 2006 and focused on Implementation. A preliminary set of Principles and Concepts were derived from this workshop were discussed and subsequently refined with local representatives on the South Lake Tahoe Partnership Place-Based Working Group (PWG). The Place-Based Planning Process has explored what community members value about the Tahoe Basin and what futures they desire. Workshop participants acknowledged the need for a vibrant economy, perverting catastrophic fire, improving water quality and protecting the scenic excellence and natural beauty of the Tahoe Basin which is shared by visitors and residents. Through this process, a comprehensive set of preliminary Principles and Concepts has emerged, based on information collected at the workshops and input from local representatives (PWG). The preliminary principles were discussed and refined in meetings with the PWG and have become the basis for South Lake Tahoe Partnership Vision Summary.
Ex-officio Norma Santiago norma.santiago@edcgov.us
4 | place-based
ABOVE: Over 250 people attended the first two South Shore workshops . Their participation with the guidance of the representative Planning Working Group has been the basis for the principles and concepts.
Local Planning and Place-Based Planning The County Planning Departments and the Planning Department of the City of South Lake Tahoe are charged with both the long range and current local planning. The City of South Lake Tahoe Redevelopment Agency was adopted in 1988 to reduce and eliminate blight and implement local redevelopment objectives. The Principles and Concepts developed in the Place-Based Planning process will help to shape future South Lake Tahoe Partnership investment based on overall community goals.
Future Community Plan Updates
TRPA and the South Lake Tahoe Partners have seven adopted Community Plans: Meyers Community Plan; South Y Industrial Community Plan; Bijou–Al Tahoe Community Plan; Stateline–Ski Run Community Plan; Nevada Stateline Community Plan; Kingsbury Community Plan; and Round Hill Community Plan. The Tahoe Valley (South Y) Community Plan is in progress. Coordinated with the combined efforts of El Dorado County, Douglas County, the City of South Lake Tahoe and TRPA and other interested parties, these plans will be updated over the next two years to reflect new regional planning policies and development codes.
Next Steps: Updating Regional Plans and Policies
Purpose and Process
The Vision Summary will contribute to establishing an overall regional planning framework for the Tahoe Basin. The planning principles and concepts have been included in an interactive workshop with the Forum, an advisory committee representing local, state and national interests in the Basin. They will make recommendations to the Pathway 2007 partners (Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, US Forest Service, Nevada Department of Environmental Protection, and Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board) in the coordination of updating their plans and policies. (Find out more about Pathway 2007 at http://www.pathway2007.org)
Values and Opportuni-ties
The Place-Based process will continue to represent the values, vision and interests of local communities in the regional planning process.
place-based |
Vision from 2027
5
Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Values and Opportunities Did you know that … …at 39,000 souls, the permanent population of south shore communities represents 64 % of the Tahoe Basin’s year ‘round population. (U.S. Census of 2000)
On March 30, 2006 over 160 people participated in the first of three community workshops in South Lake Tahoe as part of the PlaceBased Planning Process of the TRPA’s Pathway 2007 Regional Plan update. The workshop was held at Lake Tahoe Community College and provided an opportunity for participants to identify valued places in their communities and locations that represent Opportunities for New Investment, Reinvestment and Restoration.
…there are 10,000 hotel/ motel rooms plus additional 1,500 rental condominiums available to visitors of South Shore communities. (Chamber of Commerce)
Lake Tahoe, beaches, and mountains were identified as valued environments. Workshop participants also said natural places were important such as the Truckee River, Emerald Bay, Fallen Leaf Lake and Echo Summit. Other significant places included Heavenly Valley, Lake Tahoe Community College, the casinos and shopping.
…at full occupancy, south shore visitor accommodations hold over 20,000 guests. This represents over half of South Shore communities’ combined permanent population. (RPP) …the length of SR 50 as it passes through South Lake Tahoe between Meyers and State line is just over 10 miles. The four-lane road carries over 50,000 vehicles on an average day. (RPP & TRPA)
Valued Places: The Environments Around the Lake
Areas of Opportunity: The Y, Hwy 50 and Upper Truckee Watershed
Participants identified the Y and Hwy 50 as important opportunity areas for new investment and reinvestment. In terms of restoration, the Upper Truckee River watershed was identified as an area of opportunity. Other areas presented as restoration opportunities included the airport and Meyers Landfill. Participants were divided on the future of the airport, citing the South Shore’s community interests in keeping the airport versus the environmental benefits of restoration.
Greatest Opportunity: Improving the Image, Economy, Environment and Mobility of South Lake
Participants emphasized the multiple benefits of investing in the Y area and significantly upgrading the Hwy 50 corridor through South Lake Tahoe. In addition to economic benefits, these two “project areas” would promise improved image, a variety of mixed-use and mixed-income housing, better pedestrian facilities, including sidewalks and a welcome transit service. Restoration of the Upper Truckee watershed and other areas would create a healthier forest, improve water quality, and would enhance nearby recreation and hiking opportunities. Participants pointed out that a healthier lake and forest would also create economic benefits for the region.
6 | place-based
Opportunities
Vision from 2027
Purpose and Process Values and Opportunities
ABOVE: At the first community workshop, participants identified opportunities for investing in the South Shore. They identified places (Hwy 50 frontage–The Y, Meyers, Stateline), environmental opportunities (watersheds, forests, and Lake), and community-wide opportunities (workforce housing, transit, stronger economy).
place-based |
7
Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Guiding Principles At the June 21, 2006 meeting, the South Shore Partnership Planning Working Group prepared concepts for the southern part of the Tahoe Basin that identified the most desirable changes in the next 20 years. The Working Group identified eight organizing principles emphasizing the importance of a healthy economy, the natural setting, housing, gathering places, community facilities, gateways, mixed-use and transit, and new and enhanced places. Principle 1: Vibrant and Vital Local and Regional Economy Community planning acknowledges the essential and vital role of the economy and promotes our unique role in the Basin.
Principle 2: Restoring Natural Setting Investment should contribute to the restoration of Lake Tahoe watersheds, meadows and forests. Planning and Design Features:
Planning and Design Features: • A revitalization strategy for the Hwy 50 corridor should be prepared and implemented as a coordinated effort by local, state and regional agencies. • Incentives and bonuses should be provided for investment that furthers the goals of diversifying the economy, nurturing local businesses, and creating needed housing while protecting and improving the environment. • Our economy should be based on our unique community character, natural surroundings and diverse recreational experiences. • New employment should provide “livable wages”.
8 | place-based
• Investment in the Upper Truckee River Watershed should improve water clarity, provide recreational opportunities, and support restoration of natural habitat. • If the opportunity presents itself, investing in restoration of natural places (i.e., meadows near Meeks Lumber and Meyers Landfill) should be pursued.
Principle 3: Housing Needs Provide a variety of housing choices in South Shore’s communities that strengthen neighborhoods, contribute to the local economy and support local business.
Planning and Design Features: • Housing should be developed that matches the varied needs of South Shore employers, employees and residents. • A wide spectrum of housing types should be developed that creates choices and increases purchasing power that benefits local businesses. • Housing should be planned and designed to strengthen existing and future neighborhoods and create opportunities for home ownership.
Principle 4: Public Gathering Places Planning concepts should result in places for gathering in South Shore communities. There should be an emphasis on creating active centers that provide social and economic focal points with mixed-use development and housing, civic uses and facilities, and well-managed commercial services. Planning and Design Features:
• All individual development projects should contribute to creating “a sense of place” – as part of a gateway, a central district, or a neighborhood. • Housing should be conceived and function as an integral part of mixed-use places. • Social and cultural uses, such as community centers, libraries, schools and places of worship, should be part of mixed-use complexes, in order to create inviting public gathering places. • Open spaces should be organized focal points in new developments, defined by buildings and connected to the surrounding pedes-
trian networks. • Gathering places should be animated by compatible commercial establishments.
Principle 5: Community Facilities Construction of new community centers and other types of public facilities should be planned and designed as social activity centers. Our local schools should be strengthened. Planning and Design Features: • Existing schools should be strengthened so their programs and facilities are an integral part of neighborhoods and communities. • Public facilities should be located and designed to support gathering places and to improve existing neighborhoods. • Access to community facilities with public transportation should be provided. • Community facilities should include yearround affordable family recreation.
Vision from 2027
Principle 6: Gateways Gateway concepts should enhance the economic vitality and image of the Basin’s southern and eastern entries. This includes enhancements to the travel experience along Hwy 50 through protection of scenic view corridors (views of the Lake and mountains), highway design (rounda-bouts, sidewalks), and private investment (consolidated retail nodes).
place-based |
9
Purpose and Process Values and Opportuni-ties Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Planning and Design Features: • Tahoe Basin’s southern and eastern entries should be deliberately planned in a way that welcomes visitors to the Lake Tahoe experience. Planning should consider land uses and urban design solutions at a gateway district scale. • Planning should improve the “curb appeal” of commercial and visitor-serving facilities at gateways and along the entire length of Hwy 50 as it passes through the Tahoe Basin. • Scenic vantage points and vistas at gateways should be featured in the southern part of the Basin. • Planning for public rights-of-way should enhance the image of South Lake Tahoe’s gateways while increasing transportation capacity, adding sidewalks and improving water quality. • Commercial services should be consolidated at thoughtfully conceived focal points and gateways. • Natural gateways should be preserved and enhanced (i.e., Kingsbury Grade, Echo Summit and Spooner Grade). • Agencies should partner to create visitor centers and public facilities.
Principle 7: Mixed-mode Transportation Centers and Corridors Investment in the southern part of the Tahoe Basin should improve auto, pedestrian, bike and transit circulation throughout the community. Hwy 50 should be transformed into a significant transportation corridor that connects multi-modal transit facilities which function as mixed-use gateways, service centers and gathering places. Planning and Design Features: • Continued investment in transit should result in safe,
10 | place-based
• • •
•
•
•
comfortable, efficient and affordable services and facilities. All new public and private investment should connect to existing and future pedestrian and bicycle facilities. New transportation investment should be designed and planned to improve water quality. Transit stops should be featured at Tahoe Airport, gateways and service hubs in the South Lake Tahoe communities. The Hwy 50 and Kingsbury Grade rights-of-way should be designed to support peak (seasonal) access needs and make pedestrians safer and more comfortable. Workforce housing should be built within walking distance of multi-modal transit facilities (i.e., transit centers, bus stops, bike trails and sidewalks). Roadway investments should result in improved transit flow.
Principle 8: New and Enhanced Places Planning for the future should anticipate enhanced commercial gateway areas as gathering places and create potential for new public places. Wherever possible, the new places should provide public access to Lake Tahoe. Planning and Design Features: • Investment in Meyers’ commercial area should support its evolution toward a social and economic center for the community and into an enhanced gateway to the basin. • Meyers should be connected to South Shore’s mixedmode transportation solution. • A new “Bijou Center” should provide public access to Lake Tahoe and be a center for civic and cultural activities. • Redevelopment in Stateline / Douglas County communities should connect community resources, visitor facilities, recreation and Lake Tahoe.
Key Planning Concepts Planning concepts for South Shore’s communities stress investing in Hwy 50’s existing commercial and hotel areas and creating new opportunities for building community-gathering places. This can be accomplished if public and private investment contributes to the success of communities and Lake Tahoe’s natural places. Concept 1: Restoring South Shore’s Natural Places New investment would contribute to the restoration of Tahoe’s watersheds, meadows and forests.
Concept 2: New and Enhanced Places Land use concepts identify a new role for existing places by adding new uses, improving their accessibility and/or changing their form.
Upper Truckee River Watershed • Efforts to restore the Upper Truckee River Watershed would improve lake clarity, provide recreational opportunities, and support restoration of natural habitat. • If an opportunity presents itself, investing in restoration of other natural places (i.e., meadows near Meeks Lumber) would be pursued. • New transportation and roadway investments adjacent to riparian corridors would be designed and planned to improve water quality.
Meyers • Meyers’ commercial area would be reinvented as a social and economic center for the community as well as an enhanced gateway to the basin.
Other Opportunities for Restoration • If an opportunity presents itself, investing in restoration of Meyers Landfill would be pursued. • Managed consolidation of parking areas would provide an opportunity to restore portions of the woodlands.
The Y • The Y would be transformed into a contemporary commercial service district served by a transit center. • New housing would be located with and and adjacent to commercial uses. Bijou Center • A new “Bijou Center” would provide public access to Lake Tahoe and be a center for commercial, civic and cultural activities. Stateline • Future phases of redevelopment in place-based |
11
Vision from 2027
Purpose and Process Values and Opportuni-ties Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Triple Bottom Line Benefits from achieving Principles and Concepts: Social Investing along Hwy 50 and The Y promises two important social benefits: increasing the opportunity for face-to-face social interaction in the community and providing housing affordable to South Shore residents.
Environmental Major environmental benefits include improved air quality facilitated by reduced automobile traffic; improved water quality achieved through new investment in Hwy 50 and the Y; and more environmentally friendly buildings.
Economic Economic benefits include improved commercial vitality through comprehensive planning and a more competitive visitor destination, new employment opportunities and improved living conditions with new workforce housing.
Stateline / Douglas County communities would create a pedestrian center served by transit that connects community resources, visitor facilities, recreation and Lake Tahoe.
Concept 3: Healthy Economy New investment and economic growth would increase the capacity of South Shore’s communities to improve infrastructure, community facilities and the health of the Lake and forest. Planning and Design Features: • The variety of employment choices and higher wages for South Shore residents would increase the percentage of year-round residents and improve the quality of life for families. • Incentives and bonuses would be provided for investments that diversify the economy, provide needed community facilities, create needed housing, and improve the environment. • Investment would build upon the unique character and aspirations of each community and their natural surroundings and diverse recreational experiences.
Concept 4: The Design of Gateways Enhance the economic vitality and image of the Tahoe Basin’s southern and eastern entries. Improvements to the travel experience along Hwy 50 12 | place-based
through protection of scenic corridors (views of Lake Tahoe and mountains), highway design (roundabouts, sidewalks), and private investment (consolidated retail nodes). Natural Gateways • Scenic vantage points and vistas at gateways into the southern part of the Tahoe Basin would be protected. • Natural gateways (i.e., Kingsbury Grade, Echo Summit, and Spooner Grade) would be preserved and enhanced. Meyers’ Center • The current auto-oriented pattern in Meyers’ commercial area between SR89 and Pioneer Trail would be reconfigured as a village center. • A transit facility with bike, bus and trail connections would be planned as part of the regional transportation system and as an economic development opportunity for Meyers. • The SR89 intersection would maintain its rural character. The “Y” • Existing auto-oriented commercial uses would be redeveloped and consolidated into managed street-oriented mixed-use developments. • The SR89 and Hwy 50 approaches to the Y would include distinctive gateways consisting of strategic grouping of land uses, site planning, roadways design and signage that announce entrance to the South Shore communities.
Concepts
Vision from 2027
Land Use
Purpose and Process Values and Opportunities Guiding Principles
place-based |
13
Key Planning Concepts
• Where appropriate, maintaining the existing trees and providing opportunities for reforesting in the Y area would be included in investment planning. • Highway rights-of-way would be enhanced to increase transportation capacity, adding sidewalks and improving water quality. Kingsbury Grade • Commercial investment in the SR207 and Hwy 50 intersection area would increase landscaping, move parking out of sight and reflect a more distinctive regional architecture. • The gateway from Douglas County’s historic towns of Genoa, Minden and Gardnerville would be featured as part of the region. • Hwy 50 from the Nevada State Capital and Carson City would present a clear gateway to South Shore in the Kahle Drive area of lower Kingsbury.
Concept 5: Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places Places for gathering in South Lake Tahoe’s communities would be created by comprehensively investing in the Hwy 50 corridor. Creating active centers would provide social and economic focal points that include mixed-use development with housing, civic uses and facilities and better-managed commercial activities.
Mixed-use Activities • Each project would contribute to creating “a sense of place” – as part of a gateway, central district, or neighborhood activated by compatible commercial land uses. • Open spaces would be focal points in new developments, defined by buildings and connected to surrounding pedestrian networks. • Social and cultural uses, such as community centers, libraries, schools and places of worship, would be part of a mixed-use approach to creating gathering places.
Variety of Housing • A variety of housing types would function as integral parts of mixed-use places. • Housing would be part of master planned projects that consider the relationship to existing neighborhoods, transit and pedestrian facilities. • The restoration or investment in existing housing would be approached in the context of planning for mixed-use districts. Mobility and Transit • Transit centers would be located in Meyers, The Y, 56Acre Project and Kahle Community Center. The transit centers would connect regional buses, trolleys, local shuttles, bike trails and pedestrian facilities (year-round sidewalks, bus shelters and lighting). • Seasonal transit service for recreation destinations would connect to transit centers in Sugar Pine Point and Emerald Bay. • Seasonal water transit would be accommodated at Bijou Center, Emerald Bay, and Sugar Pine Point Recreation Area. • Bike trails along the CalTrans right-of-way between Meyers and Stateline, Sawmill Bike Path between Meyers and The Y, and bike facilities between Emerald Bay and Sugar Pine recreation areas would be completed. • The Hwy 50 and Kingsbury Grade rights-of-ways would be designed to support peak (seasonal) access needs and make pedestrians safer and more comfortable. Future Community Facilities • Schools and libraries would be planned so their locations, programs and facility improvements would integrate them into the surrounding community. • Public facilities would be located and designed to support the creation of gathering places and to improve existing neighborhoods. • Private non-profit clubs, places of worship, and publically accessible commercial meeting/event places would be planned as part of the community.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning • www.regionalplanningpartners.com 14 | place-based
PO Box 5310 Stateline, NV 89449
august 2006
washoe county | incline village | crystal bay
vision summary place-based planning Vision from 2027
Incline Village/Crystal Bay 2027: A Look into the Future
Purpose and Process
Incline Village / Crystal Bay is known as a lowkey place as it was in 1997. The communities are relaxed, social and provide a rich mix of recreational, commercial, economic and cultural choices. Incline is a mountain community that blends into the landscape and has a walkable and connected village center where the community gathers informally and for special events. Most importantly, it’s a place for families who value small schools, active living, ethnic diversity, and a strong sense of community.
Values and Opportunities Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Incline Village/Crystal Bay 2027: A Look into the Future Overall Planning Themes: • New investment in Washoe County’s Tahoe Basin communities should enhance and expand recreational experiences and related facilities; • The rural and community settings should be considered as part of the entire travel experience, creating a sense of arrival within the Tahoe Basin, announcing the civic presence of communities; • Washoe / Incline Village centers should be redesigned and provide better commercial services and gathering places for people of all ages; and • Housing and services should be provided that support families.
Incline Village / Crystal Bay is known as a low-key place as it was in 1997. The communities are relaxed, social and provide a rich mix of recreational, commercial, economic and cultural choices. Incline is a mountain community that blends into the landscape and has a walkable and connected village center where the community gathers informally and for special events. Most importantly, it’s a place for families who value small schools, active living, ethnic diversity, and a strong sense of community. In 2027–Incline Village and Crystal Bay are integrated into the lakeside and forest providing recreational opportunities and design that fits into their natural setting. The easy-going lifestyle of Incline Village has been improving over the past 20 years. Recent investment in infrastructure, up-scaled visitor facilities, community structure and services, health services and top of the line educational facilities reflects the climate, natural setting and desired community character defined 20 years earlier. For residents, the connectedness to many recreational opportunities on Lake Tahoe, hiking trails and community facilities continues to make living in Incline Village and Crystal Bay an exceptional experience. 2 | place-based
In 2027–Traveling through Washoe County’s Basin communities provides a seamless experience where views of the Lake, mountains, forest and communities are connected. Every roadway, facility and private sector investment over the past 20 years has contributed to protecting the environment and being an integral part of the natural setting. Traveling along Hwy 28 and Hwy 431 reveals both the expansive and intimate beauty of the North Shore. The walking trails interconnect natural and social places where the forest and Lake Tahoe visually trump urban activities. A regionally coordinated multi-modal transportation system has reduced automobile traffic for residents, employees and visitors.
In 2027–Incline Village has a definable, social and economically sustainable center.
Incline Village has transformed first generation auto-oriented commercial development into a walkable and connected village center area. The Incline Village commercial center now faces Hwy 28 and one gets a sense of driving through the community instead of past it. The highway has been redesigned to accommodate pedestrians and include bike facilities. Buildings cluster around community places, activating them and creating a sense of place. A variety of commercial services meet the needs of the community in the village center. Many residents now live in the new mixed-use village center and they continue to contribute to its vitality and safety.
In 2027–The vitality of Washoe’s communities is reflected in the life of its families.
Healthcare, housing, quality schools, a college, performing arts facility, cultural center, recreation, and year-around residents have made Incline Village a great place for families. School enrollment has increased, and is an indicator of how the new global economy has changed where and how people work as well as the community’s success in maintaining a supply of housing attainable for all types of families.
place-based |
3
Vision from 2027
Purpose and Process Values and Opportuni-ties Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Purpose and Process Washoe Planning Working Group Members Barbara Perlman-Whyman bpwhyman@sbcglobal.net Bea Epstein boobeatahoe@netscape.net Brenda Hunt bhunt@trpa.org Dan Salerno dsalern@aol.com David Zeigler d.zeigler@sbcglobal.net Dianne Severance sevgroup@nvbell.net Jacquie Chandler earthgym@yahoo.com Ed Gurowitz egurowitz@gurowitz.com Eva Krause ekrause@washoecounty.us Gene Brockman gbrock91@earthlink.net Gene Murrieta gene@buildersnet.com Guy Burge gincline@nvbell.net Jim Nowlin flyersnest@yahoo.com Joe Kubo tahoe911@msn.com Roger Norman roger@crystalbayclubcasino.com Tom Bruno tombruno@tanager.net
Purpose of Vision Summary The Washoe County Vision Summary is an overview of principles and concepts framing a desired direction for Washoe County’s Lake Tahoe Basin communities over the next 20 years. The Vision Summary is the result of the Pathway 2007 Partners’ (Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, US Forest Service, Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board, and Nevada Department of Environmental Protection) Place-Based Planning Process to engage local community members in the development of the next 20 year plan for the Lake Tahoe Basin.
Planning Process
Three community workshops took place in Incline Village as part of the Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning Process. The first workshop on March 27, 2006, invited participants to identify Opportunities for Investing in a sustainable Tahoe Basin. The second community workshop held on May 22, 2006 focused on exploring Alternative Futures for Washoe County’s Tahoe Basin communities. The third workshop was held on July 17, 2006 and focused on Implementation. A preliminary set of Principles and Concepts were derived from these workshops and subsequently refined with local representatives, the Washoe County Place-Based Working Group (PWG). The Place-Based Planning Process explored what participating community members value about the Tahoe Basin and what futures they desire. Workshop participants acknowledged the well documented public concern over catastrophic fire, water quality and the overall scenic excellence and natural beauty of the Tahoe Basin which is shared by both visitors and residents. A comprehensive set of preliminary Principles and Concepts has emerged based on information collected at the workshops and input from the local representatives (PWG). The preliminary Principles and Concepts were discussed and refined in meetings with the Washoe County PWG and have become the basis for the Washoe County Vision Summary.
Incline Village Visioning and Place-Based Planning 4 | place-based
Initiated on November of 2005, Incline Vision began as an effort by the Incline Village
ABOVE: Over 150 people attended the first two workshops at The Chateau in Incline Village. Their participation, guided by the representative Planning Working Group has been the basis for the Principles and Concepts.
General Improvement District (IVGID) to craft a community-wide strategic vision for the Incline Village/Crystal Bay community. Incline Vision identified 11 key areas of concern to focus its planning efforts and formed a committee for each area, comprised of volunteer community members. The committees include Community Governance, Demographics, Education, Environment, External Relationships, Health and Social Services, History, Arts and Culture, Planning/Community Infrastructure, Public Safety, Recreation, and Technology. The committees are tasked with identifying important issues, compiling information and supporting data, and making informed suggestions. As an important partner in the Place-Based Planning Process, IVGID had a genuine interest in building upon what has been accomplished to date as it provides an opportunity to harness the momentum of the Incline Vision process and move into a higher level of planning.
Future Community Plan Updates
TRPA and Washoe County have four adopted Community Plans. Community Plans are detailed and have a greater focus on implementation. Community Plans in Washoe County include: Incline Village Commercial Community Plan; Incline Village Tourist Community Plan; Ponderosa Community Plan; and North Stateline Community Plan (which is a collaborative effort between Washoe and Placer Counties). Coordinated with the combined efforts of the Incline Village/Crystal Bay Community Plan Team, Washoe County, TRPA and other interested parties, these plans should be updated over the next two years to reflect new regional planning policies and development codes as well as the changing needs of the communities.
Next Steps: Updating Regional Plans and Policies
The Vision Summary will contribute to the establishment of an overall regional planning framework for the Tahoe Basin. The planning principles and concepts were included in an interactive workshop with the Forum. The Forum is an advisory committee representing local, state and national interests within the Basin. They will make recommendations to the Pathway 2007 partners (Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, US Forest Service, Nevada Department of Environmental Protection, and Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board) in the coordination of updating their plans and policies. (Find out more about Pathway 2007 at http://www.pathway2007.org) The Place-Based process will continue to represent the values, vision and interests of local communities in the regional planning process.
place-based |
5
Vision from 2027
Purpose and Process Values and Opportuni-ties Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Values and Opportunities Did you know that … …there are 833 hotel rooms plus several dozen other guest accommodations located in Washoe County’s Basin communities. (Incline Village Chamber) …in Washoe County’s Basin communities the permanent population grew by 2096 souls since 1990. – This represents an annual growth rate of 1.79 per cent, 53 per cent higher than the average growth rate in Tahoe Basin. (Washoe County) …Sand Harbor has over 3,000 daily visitors at peak attendance. This is over 30% higher than the beach park’s planned capacity. (Nevada State Parks) …average annual daily traffic volumes on Hwy 28 have increased at an annual rate of 0.3%. (TRPA) …school enrollment in Incline Village dropped by 17% between 2000 and 2004. Most of the loss is in lower grades. (Washoe County Planning)
On March 27, 2006 over 80 people attended the first of three community workshops in the Place-Based Planning Process of the Pathway 2007 Regional Plan update. The workshop was held at The Chateau in Incline Village and provided a chance for participants to identify valued places in their communities and locations that represent opportunities for investment, reinvestment and restoration.
Valued Places: Our Natural Setting
The most important and valued places identified by participants in the workshop involved natural places such as the shoreline, trails, and recreational areas. In addition to natural places, the Incline Village’s community facilities were viewed as high value places. Schools, health clinic, town center, cultural center and recreational facilities were mentioned as important features.
Areas of Opportunity: Enhancing Central Places
The desire to reinvest in Incline Village’s commercial center was a popular objective among attendees. Teams at the workshop defined this opportunity in different ways. Some called it the Town Center or Village Center. Some treated it as a corridor stretching from Village Boulevard at Lake Tahoe Boulevard to North/Southwood at Tahoe Boulevard. Others focused on reinvestment in and expansion of the existing Village Center. Development opportunity sites identified outside the Village Center included the old Tahoe Mariner site, industrial area, the Ponderosa Ranch site, and the former elementary school site. In addition to development sites, some teams identified recreational opportunities at Incline Lake, Diamond Peak, and beach access for Crystal Bay.
Greatest Opportunity: Reinvesting in Incline’s Community Center
All the teams identified the central district of Incline as a desirable place for reinvestment; they noted the opportunity to take advantage of its central location and available land. Here the community could consolidate commercial and community services in a way that improves the image of the central district of Incline Village. Participants thought the initial improvements to the central area would create a “ripple effect” of new investment because they believe the community would benefit from a hub served with improved transit, pedestrian and bike access.
6 | place-based
Opportunities
LEFT: In the first community workshop participants identified opportunities for improving Washoe County’s Basin communities. They identified Places: • Incline Town Center • Crystal Bay Environments: • Lakes • Mountains • Healthy forests • Improved water quality Connections: Vision from 2027 • Hwy 28 with sidewalks and landscaping • Trails • Bike connections between commuPurpose and nities and to Process parks
Values and Opportunities Guiding Principles
place-based |
7
Key Planning Concepts
Guiding Principles At the June Planning Working Group workshop, teams prepared concepts for the Washoe County / Incline Village area of the Tahoe Basin that identified the most desirable changes envisioned for the next 20 years. Teams highlighted four types of such desired changes. These included investing in recreational facilities, improving the image of development along travel routes, enhancing the image and performance of the commercial centers, and supporting families. These ideas were translated into preliminary guiding Principles and Concepts. These Principles and Concepts were reviewed and discussed by the PWG. Principle 1: Recreational Opportunities New investment in Washoe County’s Basin communities should be interwoven with the natural setting in a sustainable way so as to enhance and expand recreational experiences. Planning and Design Features: • Recreational facilities and natural areas should be connected by a variety of transit modes. • Investments should be made toward completing trail systems and connections to the Rim Trail, creeks, lakefront, recreation center and community facilities (i.e., golf, skiing, tennis and boating). • Recreational facilities and experiences
8 | place-based
should be planned as integral parts of living in a relaxed Tahoe community for people of all ages.
Principle 2: Travel Experience The rural and community settings should be considered part of the entire travel experience, creating a sense of arrival within the Basin, announcing the civic presence of communities. Planning and Design Features: • Investment toward better gateways and focal points should be envisioned as enhancements to existing places, not as investment in creating new ones outside existing communities.
• The travel experience should include residents’ and visitors’ interest, comfort and safety (as pedestrians). • The travel experience should acknowledge the seasonal differences in the Basin.
Principle 3: Design of Community Centers Hwy 28 should be treated as Washoe County Basin communities’ “main street” by presenting walkable environments and an image compatible with the natural setting and their village scale. Planning and Design Features: • Each project should contribute to enhancing pedestrian connections along Hwy 28 and adjacent neighborhoods. • The roadway design of Hwy 28 as it passes through community centers should support pedestrian access and safety needs of the adjacent uses. • Reinvestment in existing commercial developments should be conceived as part of a larger village center plan. Land uses, parking, pedestrian connections, building placement and green design, open space, streetscape, and architectural image all should make contributions toward creating a welcoming, sustainable and successful village center. • New investment should contribute to improv-
ing the mix and quality of commercial activities. • Opportunities to include housing in new community center developments should be considered. • New public and private investment in the village center should contribute to the creation of a system of inter-connected gathering places. • Community center planning should create opportunities for engaging cultural activities.
Principle 4: Supporting Families Planning for Washoe’s communities should address the recreational, educational, housing and economic needs of families.
Vision from 2027
Planning and Design Features:
Purpose and Process
• Housing attainable to families should be incorporated into village centers and other areas. • Recreational facilities and experiences should anticipate the needs of families and children. • Schools should be integrated into their natural and community settings – connected and programm as activity centers. • Commercial services should support the needs of families. • Investment should continue to support quality healthcare services for families.
place-based |
9
Values and Opportuni-ties Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Key Planning Concepts Triple Bottom Line Benefits from achieving Principles and Concepts: Social Social benefits will include attainable housing for families, availability of public gathering places that provide more interactive social experiences of living in Incline Village and Crystal Bay.
Environmental The most important environmental benefit will be an accelerated rate of meeting environmental thresholds powered by reinvestment. Additional environmental benefits include sustainable/green development, walkable and transit-friendly communities, improved air and water quality, and the resulting healthier communities and natural environment.
Economic By consolidating commercial uses, there are opportunities for more profitable operation of commercial centers offering higher quality commercial services. Other economic benefits would include less pronounced seasonal variations of commercial sales and services.
Planning Concepts for Washoe County’s Basin communities build on past investment while tasking new investment with supporting environmental, social and economic goals. Concept 1: Improve Lake Access, Trail Connections and Cultural and Educational Facilities Recreation is an integral part of the Washoe Basin community lifestyle. New investment would provide enhanced access and facilities. Lake Access • Limited access to the Lake at Crystal Bay would be enhanced. • Trail and walking connections between uplands neighborhoods and beach facilities would be improved. • Transit access would be greatly improved to Sand Harbor and East Shore Beaches, within its capacity to accommodate visitors. Trail Connections • Bikeway connections to Sand Harbor would be improved. • Trail access to expanded recreational opportunities (Marlette Lake, Mount Rose, and others) would be completed. • Local Incline multi-use trail systems would be enhanced and connected from the upper neighborhoods to the village center and local beaches.
10 | place-based
Cultural and Educational Facilities • The Country Club Drive area would continue to provide opportunities to expand cultural, recreational and civic offerings, potentially including a new performing arts center. The former elementary school site and other mixeduse opportunity sites would potentially include cultural uses. • Phase 2 of the new school in Incline Village would be programmed and designed as an important place in the community.
Concept 2: Improve Mobility and Travel Experience
Planning concepts for Washoe County’s Basin communities provide more transportation choices for visitors and residents, reduce environmental impacts of driving, and protect the scenic quality of travel. Transit Centers • A multi-modal transit center accommodating buses, bicycles, short-term parking, and other potential future nonpolluting transit would be planned as an integral part of a coordinated regional transportation system. • Planned as part of a coordinated
Concepts
Vision from 2027 Land Use
place-based |
11
Key Planning Concepts
regional transit system, and pending adequate funding, a water transit stop would be located east of the Hyatt with shuttle, trail and bike connections. • A water and bus transit center would be planned for the Sand Harbor State Park. • Transit connections to Carson City and Reno would be improved. Hwy 28 • The highway would be designed as a mixed-mode street as it passes through Incline and Crystal Bay with pedestrian and bicycle facilities being accommodated in the right-of-way. • The design of Hwy 28 would support the seasonal transit, parking and bikeway access needs of Sand Harbor State Park. Hwy431/Hwy 28 Regional Gateway • Thoughtful planning of the junction of these two highways could lead to the desired arrival experience at Lake Tahoe. • The roadway, signage and buildings would be designed to treat the intersection as part of the rural travel experience in the Tahoe Basin. Incline/Crystal Bay Village Gateways • Incline Village’s east gateway would introduce travelers to a mixed-mode Hwy 28 as it passes through Incline Village. Community and regional bike trails and pedestrian facilities would merge at this point. • Incline Village’s west gateway would include adaptive reuse of the old Orbit gas station as a visitor/welcome center and small-scale commercial use that can take advantage of both the location’s visibility and wooded setting. • Hwy 28 in Crystal Bay would shift from a rural highway to a village street as it passes through the California Nevada State Line commercial and visitor district. • Gateways would include locations for public art.
Concept 3: Improve Village Centers
All new investment, both public and private, would contribute to more connected and active village center districts for Incline and Crystal Bay. Incline Village Center • Incline Village center would be master planned as a sustainably designed district, rather than a set of individually zoned parcels. This would include creation of a deliberate design plan for parks and gathering places, and placement of green buildings so they frame and activate public places. • Sites of older existing commercial centers and buildings would be redeveloped as community gathering places, with a mix of uses, cultural uses, higher quality commercial services, and greater attention paid to pedestri-
an connectivity and comfort. • New investment would promote a mix of compatible, mutually supportive uses, including housing built for the workforce and for families. • Parking would be planned as a shared resource, and would be located behind or next to buildings. • Reinvestment on individual parcels along Hwy 28 would have a “main street” orientation, with a mix of uses, connecting storefronts, sidewalks and parking. • Cultural, commercial, recreational and civic facilities in the Country Club Drive area would function as an extension of the Village Center. Crystal Bay • Reinvestment in the Stateline area of Crystal Bay would contribute to the Hwy 28 commercial and visitor area by orienting towards the street and providing an interesting storefront walking experience. • New investment along Hwy 28 should connect pathways and enhance lake access.
Concept 4: Supporting Families
Land use and facility concepts are geared to maintaining cultural diversity and enhance family life in Incline Village and Crystal Bay. Attainable Housing • Existing housing attainable to families would be protected and improved. • Attainable housing would be included in the Village Center and other larger opportunity sites in Washoe County’s Basin communities. • Housing that is attainable and accessible to low and middle income families would be developed as part of new projects. Schools and Facilities • Programming for and investment in recreation facilities would reflect the needs and desires of families. • Year around programming and services such as childcare, education, and entertainment, would be provided for and funded by both public and private sources. • New school facilities would support youth programs and services. • Places for teens and seniors would be included in community facilities. Connections to Global Economy • Availability of high-speed data access, small-scale offices, and support of home businesses would be assured in order to allow businesses and entrepreneurs to stay in thearea rather than be seasonal residents. • The community would expand and encourage opportunities for individuals to work and live in Incline Village/Crystal Bay.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning • www.regionalplanningpartners.com 12 | place-based
PO Box 5310 Stateline, NV 89449
august 2006
placer county
vision summary A 2027 Story: Placer’s Basin Communities Whether it’s a first glimpse of deep blue water, or the daily grind of a snow-covered commute, arriving in one of the North Shore’s main street beach towns instills a sense of
Vision from 2027
Purpose and Process
anticipation and desire to experience Lake Tahoe’s natural places. These communities function well for visitors and residents. People gravitate to alluring restaurants, imaginative storefronts, beachside neighborhoods and diverse
Values and Opportunities
accommodations. Visitors stay overnight by the beach, bike through vibrant town centers, and hike on mountain trails. Residents thrive in healthy, prosperous communities
Guiding Principles
and are united in the common goal of environmental stewardship. It’s easy to get around, there is a variety of housing choices and a strong sense of community–all in a wellplanned place.
Key Planning Concepts
Overall Planning Themes: • Revitalize and reinvest in Placer County’s Tahoe Basin communities with a mix of uses, updated tourist accommodations, workforce housing and “functional commercial”; • Improve the image and vitality of gateway areas; • Improve transit and nonmotorized access for residents, visitors and employees; and • Approach water quality and other environmental improvements as part of an area-wide solution.
Placer County’s Basin Communities: A 2027 Story Whether it’s a first glimpse of deep blue water, or the daily grind of a snow-covered commute, arriving in one of the North Shore’s main street beach towns instills a sense of anticipation and desire to experience Lake Tahoe’s natural places. These communities function well for visitors and residents. People gravitate to alluring restaurants, imaginative storefronts, beachside neighborhoods and diverse accommodations. Visitors stay overnight by the beach, bike through vibrant town centers, and hike on mountain trails. Residents thrive in healthy, prosperous communities and are united in the common goal of environmental stewardship. It’s easy to get around, there is a variety of housing choices and a strong sense of community–all in a wellplanned place.
2027–North Lake Tahoe’s welcoming gateway communities benefit from the concerted efforts to coordinate the design of roadways, new buildings, recreational and community facilities.
Whether arriving in the Tahoe Basin on SR89 in Tahoe City or on SR267 in Kings Beach, you know where you are. Kings Beach and Tahoe City are distinct places in history and by design. Their downtown districts have evolved, taking advantage of their unique histories, traditions, and natural settings. The evolution happened when their downtowns were revitalized to function as mixed-use districts. Each and every public and private investment contributes to their shared success.
2027–Reinvestment in Tahoe City, Kings Beach and other smaller mixed-use places around Lake Tahoe has greatly enhanced the communities’ appearance and created social focus. This enhanced appearance and redeveloped lodging properties have been accomplished while improving water quality, increasing public use of transit and leading to a stable and growing year round local economy. 2 | place-based
A key reason for the environmental, economic and social success of Placer County’s North Lake Tahoe area has been the commitment to reinvest in existing community centers, rather than in building new places. Appropriately scaled mixed-use infill reflects local character and seems familiar to the historic main streets of Kings Beach and Tahoe City, while adding vitality, better visitor accommodations and workforce housing. Historic buildings are prominently featured, new small open spaces enrich shopping streets, and shared parking reduces the visual impact of parking lots. Walking along Hwy 28’s traditional beach towns is now a delightful "postcard experience".
2027–The most popular ways of experiencing North Lake Tahoe are not by car. Traveling along the completed bike trail connecting Kings Beach and Tahoe City and traveling between communities by water borne transit are a favorite day-trip for visitors and residents.
Hwy 28 has become a versatile and effective mixed-mode thoroughfare that connects the North Shore’s communities with connected bike trails and water-borne transit. Most importantly, transportation options have adapted to the needs of the downtown districts where new transit centers have been built at the intersections of car, bus, bike trails and walking paths. Main streets include wide sidewalks and medians have improved economic vitality and pedestrian/bike safety and comfort.
2027–There has been a measurable improvement in lake clarity in the past 20 years. Roadways have been designed to capture run-off, improvements to older parking lots and landscaping have made a difference.
As part of the public and private reinvestment in the downtown areas, solutions for safeguarding and improving water quality and other mandated environmental improvements were designed at a broader, area-wide scale, rather than one parcel or project at a time. This reinvestment was necessary to accelerate meeting important environmental thresholds and to create the types of mixed-use districts envisioned 20 years prior.
2027–The success of Placer County’s communities can be traced to an innovative regional plan, development codes, and incentives that have rewarded public and private investment consistent with communities’ aspirations. The Pathway 2007 effort resulted in a comprehensive update of policies and related codes and ordinances. Placer County's Redevelopment Agency, local Special Districts, Regional Agencies, local businesses and civic organizations worked together to encourage reinvestment in existing communities. New investment made it possible to create successful communities that have become case studies for sustainable design and economic revitalization. A bike ride along main street Tahoe City and Kings Beach reflects 20 years of public-private cooperation.
place-based |
3
Vision from 2027
Purpose and Process Values and Opportuni-ties Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Purpose and Process Placer Planning Working Group Members Bill Combs bcombs@placer.ca.gov Cindy Gustafson cindyg@tcpud.org Dave Wilderotter dave@tahoedaves.com Duane Whitelaw whitelaw@ntfire.net Jan Brisco jbrisco@ltol.com Jeff Rose nsrri@msn.com Jennifer Merchant jmerchan@placer.ca.gov John Friedrich john@keeptahoeblue.org Keith Norberg knorberg@trpa.org Lydia Altick laltick@rtdarch.com Mike Bernard mike@mhdstudio.org Pam Jahnke pam@ntbamainstreet.org Paul Vatistas vatistas@yahoo.com Rachelle Pellissier rachelle@whatt.org Ron McIntyre rmcconsulting@sbcglobal.net Ron Treabess ron@puretahoenorth.com Steve Rogers srogers@ntpud.org Sylvia Ambriz syambriz@kbfrc.com
Purpose of Vision Summary The Placer County Vision Summary is an overview of Principles and Concepts framing a desired direction for Placer County’s Lake Tahoe Basin communities over the next 20 years. The Vision Summary is the end result of Pathway 2007 Partners’ Placed-Based Planning Process engaging local community members in the development of the next 20 year regional plan for the Lake Tahoe Basin.
Planning Process
Three community workshops took place in Kings Beach at the North Tahoe Community Conference Center as part of the Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning Process. The first workshop on March 28, 2006, invited participants to identify Opportunities for Investing in a sustainable Tahoe Basin. The second community workshop held on May 23, 2006, focused on exploring Alternative Futures for Placer County’s Lake Tahoe Basin communities. The third workshop was held on July 18, 2006 and focused on Implementation. A preliminary set of Principles and Concepts were derived from these workshops and subsequently refined with local representatives, the Placer County Place-Based Working Group (PWG). The Place-Based Planning Process explored what participating community members value about the Tahoe Basin and what futures they desire. Workshop participants acknowledged the well documented public concern over catastrophic fire, water quality and the overall scenic excellence and natural beauty of the Tahoe Basin that is shared by visitors and residents. A comprehensive set of preliminary Principles and Concepts has emerged, based on information collected at the Workshops and input from the local representatives (PWG). The preliminary Principles and Concepts were discussed and refined in meetings with the Placer County PWG and have become the basis for the Placer County Vision Summary.
Local Planning and Implementation
The Placer County Planning Department is charged with the long-range and current planning of the unincorporated areas of Placer County. The Placer County
4 | place-based
ABOVE: Over 200 people attended the first two workshops. Their participation with the guidance of the representative Planning Working Group has been the basis for the Principles and Concepts.
Redevelopment Agency (PCRA) assists community members, private individuals and organizations and public agencies to reinvest in defined redevelopment areas. There is one redevelopment project comprised of three sub-areas–Kings Beach/Tahoe Vista, Tahoe City and Tahoe Gateway. The PCRA provides financial support and incentives for development opportunities that reduce and eliminate blight. The Principles and Concepts developed in the Place-Based Planning Process can help prioritize Placer County Redevelopment Agency investment based on overall community goals.
Future Community Plan and Code Updates
TRPA and Placer County have five adopted Community Plans: Tahoe City Community Plan, Kings Beach Commercial Area Community Plan, Kings Beach Industrial Area Community Plan, Tahoe Vista Community Plan, West Shore Community Plan and Carnelian Bay Community Plan. Coordinated with the combined efforts of local Community Plan Teams, Placer County, TRPA and others interested parties, these more detailed local plans will be updated over the next two years to reflect new regional planning policies and local aspirations. Community plan updates will also include an opportunity for the public to continue to refine planning at the local level.
Vision from 2027
The TRPA codes and ordinances that regulate development in Placer County’s Basin communities are also going to be updated to reflect the new goals and policies. These include development standards such as lot coverage, allowable height and setbacks and Plan Area Statements, which include land use classifications (allowable uses), management strategies (types of mitigation), and special designations (such as receiving areas for transferred development rights).
Next Steps: Updating Regional Plans and Policies
The Vision Summary will contribute to establishing an overall regional planning framework for the Tahoe Basin. The planning Principles and Concepts have been included in an interactive workshop with the Forum. The Forum is an advisory committee representing local, state and national interests in the Basin. The Forum will make recommendations to the Pathway 2007 partners (Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, US Forest Service, Nevada Department of Environmental Protection, and Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board) in the coordination of updating their plans and policies. Find out more about Pathway 2007 visiting http://www.pathway2007.org. The Place-Based process will continue to represent the values, vision and interests of local communities in the regional planning process. place-based |
5
Purpose and Process Values and Opportuni-ties Guiding Principles
Key Planning Concepts
Values and Opportunities Did you know that … …at $195 and $189, summer and winter per capita daily visitor expenditures in North Shore communities are 1.5% and 14% higher than corresponding expenditures at South Lake Tahoe. (TRPA) …”peak” daily attendance at Burton Creek State Park is an estimated 5% of annual visitation, or about 170 persons. (CA State Parks) …average August daily traffic volumes on Hwy 28 have remained flat. (TRPA) …the estimated shortfall of affordable housing in Placer County’s Tahoe Basin communities is 1,800 dwelling units. (Placer County)
On March 28, 2006 over 125 people attended the first of three community workshops in the Place-Based Planning Process of the Pathway 2007 Regional Plan update. The workshop was held at the North Tahoe Community Conference Center and provided a chance for participants to identify valued places in their communities and locations that represent opportunities for investment, reinvestment and restoration.
Valued Places: Lake Tahoe, Mountains and Forests The most important or valued places identified by those who participated in the workshop were Lake Tahoe, its shoreline and beaches, the mountains, forests, and recreation areas. More than that, the participants stressed the QUALITY of those places–such as the views of open water, Lake Tahoe’s water quality, air quality, and ease of access to recreation areas. Specific places in communities were also cited including Tahoe City and participants’ own neighborhoods.
Areas of Opportunity: Improving Commercial and Community Centers
The desire and opportunity to reinvest in Placer County’s Basin Community commercial areas was popular. Places that provide an opportunity for new investment as well as reinvestment included Kings Beach, Tahoe City, Tahoe Vista and Homewood. Several areas were identified as important opportunities for restoration, including the Tahoe Basin watersheds and forests. Participants also suggested that residents of the Tahoe Basin start improving their own homes and neighborhoods to reduce the impact those homes and neighborhoods have on the natural environment.
Greatest Opportunity: Kings Beach
Participants identified commercial centers in the communities as a top opportunity for reinvestment with Kings Beach as the leading candidate. The greatest opportunities were determined to be in upgrading community centers’ infrastructure, improving their image, and enhancing social and economic performance. Solutions discussed included providing incentives for business and property owners, supporting improved transit and making life safer and more comfortable for pedestrians. Some participants connected improvements in Tahoe City and Kings Beach as a gateway strategy for Placer County’s Lake Tahoe experience.
6 | place-based
Opportunities
LEFT: In the first community workshop participants identified opportunities for improving Placer County’s Basin communities. They identified Places: • Downtown Kings Beach • Downtown Tahoe City • Homewood Environments: • West Shore beaches • Restored watersheds • Healthy forests • Improved water quality Connections: • Hwy 28 with sidewalks and landscaping • Bike connections between communities and to parks
Vision from 2027
Purpose and Process Values and Opportunities Guiding Principles
place-based |
7
Key Planning Concepts
Guiding Principles At the June 20, 2006 Planning Working Group workshop, teams prepared concepts for the Placer County’s Tahoe Basin communities that identified the most desirable changes envisioned for the next twenty years. Teams highlighted five categories of desired changes; including reinvesting in existing community centers, enhancing gateways, improving transportation connections, addressing water quality at a district scale, and improving local government cooperation. Principle 1: Reinvest in and Revitalize Existing Centers Reinvestment and revitalization should take place in Placer County’s existing Basin community centers; this is preferable to developing new community centers. Planning and Design Features: • Reinvestment in town centers should introduce “functional retail”, eliminate blight, and diversify the local economy. • Placer County’s Basin communities should include workforce housing. • Public and private investment should enhance the image of Placer County’s Basin communities. • Planning should emphasize the town centers of Kings Beach and Tahoe City as important focal points. These town centers are envisioned as mixed-use places
8 | place-based
with visitor accommodations, retail services, housing and recreational activities. • Investments in the smaller surrounding communities should respond to community needs and should reflect community character. • New investment in Placer County’s Basin community centers should enhance the connections and community interface with adjacent neighborhoods and recreational opportunities. • Investment should reflect the communities’ unique scale and character; “clean up the junk” and “keep the best buildings.”
Principle 2: Enhance Placer County’s Basin Gateways Investment in Placer County Basin gateways should improve their image and vitality. Gateways should be designed and planned as integral parts of the Lake Tahoe travel experience.
Planning and Design Features: • Planning should acknowledge the gateway roles of Kings Beach/SR267, Tahoe City, SR89 at the Truckee River corridor, and the southern part of Lake Tahoe’s West Shore. • Gateway land use planning should emphasize arriving at Lake Tahoe rather than at a typical commercial intersection. • Highway design, landscape architecture, signage and visitor information should be coordinated as part of gateway plans.
Principle 3: Improving Connections Public and private investment in Placer County’s Basin communities should contribute to improved vehicular and non-motorized connections to commercial centers, neighborhoods, visitor attractions and recreation. Highway design should improve economic vitality and pedestrian safety and comfort. Planning and Design Features: • Improving connections between Placer County’s Basin communities should be a priority in planning better transportation systems (i.e., bus transit, water-borne transit and bicycle routes). • Investment in Placer County’s Basin commu-
nities should contribute to the completion of regional systems of trails, bike routes, parking and transit services. • Each public roadway and private roadside project should improve the safety and comfort of the pedestrian experience in Placer County’s Basin communities. • Parking in community centers should be planned at a district scale, where resources can be effectively applied toward more efficient transportation, improved water quality and community appearance. Cooperation between public agencies (i.e., Placer County, Public Utility Districts, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, and Federal and State agencies) is required. • Connections between regional-serving airports, ski resorts and communities outside the Basin should be part of the regional transportation strategy.
Principle 4: Area-wide Environmental Improvements Solutions for safeguarding and improving water quality and other environmental improvements should be approached at the broader, areawide scale, rather than one parcel or project at a time.
Vision from 2027
Purpose and Process Values and Opportuni-ties Guiding Principles
Planning and Design Features: • Water quality projects, such as multi-use
place-based |
9
Key Planning Concepts
•
•
•
•
•
swales, should be incorporated into plans for new development; applying state-of-the-art water quality system technology to create needed pathways, snow storage and open space. Investment and regulations should support comprehensive area-wide strategies that improve the Tahoe Basin’s environment. Opportunities to improve water quality and other environmental conditions should be addressed immediately, including projects currently funded and under design. The design of roadways and parking areas and the placement of buildings should be planned as part of a larger, comprehensive strategy for managing stormwater runoff. Solutions for managing water runoff from commercial areas and adjacent residential neighborhoods should be sought within town centers and gateway areas. Investments should result in a healthy forest and safer interface with communities to protect them from catastrophic wildfires.
10 | place-based
Principle 5: Local Government Cooperation Local governing bodies should collaborate on policies and investment in- and out-of-the Basin. This should include land use planning, economic development, marketing, transit, housing, recreation, and mitigating associated environmental impacts. Planning and Design Features: • The Placer County General Plan should include policies about the economic and environmental relationships between resorts, communities and towns in and around the Basin. • Transportation services offered by private providers and public transportation agencies should be coordinated to support peak travel times by visitors and everyday needs of residents and employees. • Workforce housing needs generated by Placer County resorts should be addressed by the County’s Redevelopment Agency. • Parking, public facility, recreation and other infrastructure needs should be coordinated between local special districts, Placer County and TRPA.
Key Planning Concepts Triple Bottom Line Benefits from achieving Principles and Concepts:
Social
The three main social benefits for reinvesting in Kings Beach and Tahoe City are: providing for workforce housing, maintaining a middle class and adding inviting public gathering places.
Environmental
Reinvestment in Placer County’s Basin communities promises a variety of environmental benefits, including improved water and air quality due to reduction of auto trips, green buildings, and restoration of degraded ecosystems.
Economic
The economic benefit coming to Placer County’s Basin communities is expanded visitor accommodations and facilities, economic diversification, and a more constant annual business cycle.
Planning concepts for Placer County’s Basin communities stress reinvesting in existing places, rather than creating new ones. Every public and private investment is expected to contribute to the success of communities. Concept 1: Revitalizing the Centers of Existing Communities Concepts for revitalizing Placer County’s Basin communities’ centers require a comprehensive approach; creating successful mixed-use districts and inviting public gathering places. Mixed-use Future • Investment in Placer’s Basin communities would be part of a County economic development strategy responding to opportunities presented by the growing regional population and the “Resort Triangle”. • Downtowns in Kings Beach and Tahoe City would become mixed-use places with commercial, tourist accommodations, civic, and residential uses. • The downtowns would have a variety of upscale and affordable lodging facilities. Existing facilities would be modernized and new accommodations would be developed as part of redevel-
opment efforts. • New uses would support economic development and placemaking objectives for community centers. • The character of mixed-use infill development would be compatible with the best of the existing traditional buildings. Workforce Housing • Plans for Tahoe City and Kings Beach would include workforce housing as part of mixed-use projects. • In some locations housing would be linked to commercial uses. • Concepts would provide incentives for reinvestment in existing units affordable for Placer’s Basin communities’ workforce. Connections to Neighborhoods • New investment in downtowns and other mixed-use areas would provide appropriate transitions in scale and use with adjacent neighborhoods. • Roadways, pathways and sidewalks with adequate lighting would be
11 | place-based
Key Planning Concepts
planned and designed to provide safe connections between residential neighborhoods and mixed-use downtowns. • Neighborhoods would be made safer and more social by including community uses and facilities, lighted streets and sidewalks, and parks serving the community. • Shared downtown parking would be managed to reflect the needs of mixeduse districts and adjacent residential neighborhoods. Improving the Image • Public investment in roads and facilities would contribute to the enhancement of the overall image and local character of main streets. • New development would be responsive to local site conditions, architectural traditions, and micro-climate. • Site planning would support the creation of gathering places while protecting the trees and beaches that give Lake Tahoe lakefront towns their unique character.
Concept 2: Planning Placer County’s Basin Gateways Concepts for the Tahoe Basin gateways treat them as integral parts of the Lake Tahoe travel experience and improve their image and vitality.
Lake Tahoe Arrival • Information and welcome centers would assist visitors in finding their destination, become aware of the uniqueness of Tahoe’s ecology, and discover other travel modes that allow them to experience the Tahoe without a car. • The design of roadways and related
12 | place-based
transportation infrastructure (walls, bridges, signage, etc.) would acknowledge the uniqueness of Lake Tahoe. • Views, vistas, and scenery that characterize the region would be incorporated into the design of gateways. Kings Beach/SR267 • The arrival in Kings Beach via SR267 would feature both the spectacular natural setting and charming small town character. • The intersection design would be well landscaped and include a round-a-bout. • Generic or franchise design would not be appropriate in the Kings Beach gateway area. • Highway commercial uses, such as service stations or convenience stores, would not be permitted at the SR267 intersection. Tahoe City • The arrival in Tahoe City via SR89 would feature both Lake Tahoe and Tahoe City’s downtown mixed-use main street district. • Generic or franchise design would not be appropriate in the Tahoe City gateway area. • Highway commercial uses, such as gas stations or convenience stores, would not be appropriate at the SR89 intersection. • The gateway intersection would not be faced with parking. • The roadway and intersection design at the SR89 gateway would be in the appropriate scale and character of Tahoe City. SR89/Truckee River • Planning would facilitate the screening or
Concepts trail to Northstar
Land Use
place-based |
13
Key Planning Concepts
relocation of industrial uses. • The “forest and river meets beach” travel experience would feature open views and vistas where parking lots are located behind buildings and screened, and buildings are located to protect views.
Concept 3: Mixed-mode Transportation Strategies Public and private investment in Placer County contribute to improved vehicular and non-motorized connections to commercial centers, residential neighborhoods, visitor attractions and recreation. Highways are designed to improve economic vitality and pedestrian safety and comfort. Enhanced Regional Connections and Local Service • Transit connections to regional airports would support residents and visitors. • Transit connections, intercept parking and non-motorized pathways would connect Placer County’s Basin destinations to communities and resorts outside the basin. • Transit service would be increased to enhance its reliability for residents and visitors. This includes increasing frequency of service/headways and providing buses and shuttles appropriate for the needs of passengers and their belongings. • The future proposed Kings Beach Pier would support recreation and water-borne transit. Transit Centers • Tahoe City and Kings Beach would include transit centers located near the junction of transit and auto routes, bike paths and walking trails. • If found feasible, (seasonal) water transit stops would serve downtowns of Kings Beach and Tahoe City. Managing Downtown Parking • Shared downtown parking would be laid out and managed as a district (with cooperation of Placer County, TRPA, and Federal and State agencies), rather than on a parcel by parcel or project by project basis. • Parking plans and design would respond to local and regional transportation objectives. • Parking would meet dual objectives: community character and water quality. Mixed-mode Main Streets • Hwy 28 in downtown Tahoe City and Kings Beach and SR89 in West Shore communities would be redesigned to accommodate pedestrians, bikes and parking necessary to support the success of mixed-use main street
districts. • The design of Hwy 28 would support the seasonal transit, parking and non-motorized access needs of Burton Creek State Park. Completing Bike Connections • Completion of the Dollar Hill Bike Trail (as multi-use trails) would connect Kings Beach to Dollar Point, Northstar to Kings Beach, and complete the trail to destinations from Dollar Point south. • Improved bike connections would be developed through the Homewood area. • Transit service (with vehicles equipped with bike racks) to popular bike trails would be an objective when planning transit centers.
Concept 4: Area-wide Environmental Improvements Opportunities to improve water quality and other environmental conditions are addressed immediately, including projects currently funded and under design. Solutions for safeguarding and improving water quality and other environmental improvements would be approached at the broader, areawide scale, rather than one parcel or one project at a time. Roadway and Parking Design • The design of roadways and parking areas would be planned as part of a larger, comprehensive strategy for managing stormwater runoff. • Passive on-site and off-site solutions for detaining and filtering parking lot runoff would be considered in context of an area-wide approach. Commercial and Mixed-use Districts • The design of parking areas and the placement of buildings would be planned as part of a larger, comprehensive strategy for managing stormwater runoff. • Managing water runoff from commercial areas and adjacent residential neighborhoods would be part of a comprehensive solution. • Multi-use swales and basins would be incorporated in plans for mixed-use areas. Water quality investments would be used as a method for creating pathways, snow storage and open space. Forest and Lake Health • Continued restoration of watersheds and forest areas would contribute to lake clarity. • Fuels management would make communities safer from catastrophic wild fires while contributing to potential biofuel opportunities.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning • www.regionalplanningpartners.com 14 | place-based
Truckee Intermodal Station
T
P
SR267 Kings Beach Gateway Intermodal Station
Ski Resorts: North Star (SR 267) Squaw Valley (SR89) Alpine Meadows (SR89)
T
Tahoe City Intermodal Station and Parking Intercept
SR89 Gateway
P
T
bike connection
431 Gateway T
T Crystal Bay Transit Station
T
T
sit an r tr ate �w ce rvi se lar nsit gu r tra “re ate ew rvic t se ven al/e son sea
P T T T
Intercept Parking (shuttle/transit) Intermodal Station (time transfer)
Ferry Dock/Transit Stop (year-around)
Ferry Dock/Transit Stop (seasonal) Mixed-mode Street
Priority Bike Connection
Sugar Pine Point Recreation Transit Center
P
Sand Harbor Recreation Transit Center
bike connection
Hwy 50 Gateway
bike connection
Outside the Basin Transit Portal Option
T
Incline Village Intermodal Station
T
T
Reno Intermodal Station/Airport
T
Emerald Bay/D.L. Bliss St. Pk. Recreation Transit Center
Zephyr Cove Recreation Transit Center
T
bike connection
T T T
Tahoe Basin
T
Preliminary Planning Framework
T
P
Stateline Intermodal Station and Parking Intercept
bike connection
6-21-06 working draft
Lake Tahoe Airport
T
Hwy 50 Gateway
P
207 Gateway
Meyers Intermodal Station and Parking Intercept
Truckee Intermodal Station
T
P
SR267 Kings Beach Gateway Intermodal Station
Ski Resorts: North Star (SR 267) Squaw Valley (SR89) Alpine Meadows (SR89)
T
Tahoe City Intermodal Station and Parking Intercept
SR89 Gateway
P
T
bike connection
431 Gateway T
T Crystal Bay Transit Station
T
T
sit an r tr ate �w ce rvi se lar nsit gu r tra “re ate ew rvic t se ven al/e son sea
P T T T
Intercept Parking (shuttle/transit) Intermodal Station (time transfer)
Ferry Dock/Transit Stop (year-around)
Ferry Dock/Transit Stop (seasonal) Mixed-mode Street
Priority Bike Connection
Sugar Pine Point Recreation Transit Center
Hwy 50 Gateway
T
Emerald Bay/D.L. Bliss St. Pk. Recreation Transit Center
Zephyr Cove Recreation Transit Center
T
bike connection
T T T T
T
P
Tahoe Basin
Preliminary Planning Framework
T
Hwy 50 Gateway
P
207 Gateway
Stateline Intermodal Station and Parking Intercept
bike connection
Lake Tahoe Airport
6-21-06 working draft
P
Sand Harbor Recreation Transit Center
bike connection
bike connection
Outside the Basin Transit Portal Option
T
Incline Village Intermodal Station
T
T
Reno Intermodal Station/Airport
Meyers Intermodal Station and Parking Intercept
to northstar and truckee
Placer County
regional bike trail connection
downtown kings beach
SR267
Preliminary Concepts 6-20-06 working draft tahoe vista
Hi ll b ike wa yc on ne cti on
beach
mixed-mode street with bike and pedestrian facilities
fut ure Do lla r
carnelian bay
T
visitor accommodations
beach
T beach
Kings Beach mixed-use downtown
chinquapin
to alpine meadows, squaw valley and truckee regional bike trail connection
ge a l l I V e n i l Inc o t t i s n a r water t
T
oe ake Tah South L ansit to water tr
Tahoe City mixed-use downtown
beach
transit center at 64-acre tract mixed-mode street with bike and pedestrian facilities
to sit tran ter wa e aho eT Lak uth So
tahoe pines
Homewood Ski Resort
Ta ho eC ity
lake forest beach
T
SR89
dollar hill
Burton Creek State Park
downtown tahoe city
wa ter tra ns it t o
H w y
28
cedar point
homewood
mixed-mode street with bike and pedestrian facilities
Hwy 28
Washoe County
Preliminary Concepts 6-20-06 working draft
431
regional gateway
T
sign
beach
Historic Orbit gas station opportunity site
Hwy 28
Incline Village mixed-use town center
water access
water access
water access
visitor accommodations
to t i s n ra t r e t wa
T
Country Club district: recreation cultural activities commercial services civic uses Hyatt resort
visitor accommodations
Ponderosa opportunity area
sign
ty i C e ho a T
wa ter tra ns it t oS ou th La ke Ta ho e
T
Crystal Bay visitor district
beach
incline village center
Hwy 28
sand harbor
water transit to Tahoe City
e o ah T ke a L h t u o S o t it s an r t r e t wa
T
NOTE: Transit service for Sand Harbor has to acknowledge the environmental carrying capacity of the beach and facilities
Thunderbird Lodge– potential water access
NOTE: Locating water transit at the Hyatt may not ben supportable by parking or offer a strong enough jobs-housing connection for “regular service”
Hwy 50
T
visitor accommodations
zephyr heights to sit tran ter wa
beach
ch Bea gs /Kin age Vill line Inc
wa te rt ra ns it to
Ta ho e
Ci ty
beach
al tahoe
Bijou commercial and civic center on the Lake
kahle community center
T
lower kingsbury
visitor accommodations
207
tahoe keys
gardner mountain
T
hospital
visitor accommodations
sierra tract
saw mil l bi ke pa th
lake tahoe airport
pion eer trai l
the “wye� mixed-use district
tahoe island
montgomery estates
consolidated commercial and mixed-use
T Hwy 50
meyers village center SR89 to: Hope Valley, Kirkwood, Christmas Valley
South Lake Tahoe Partnership
Preliminary Concepts 6-21-06 working draft
to historic towns of: Genoa, Gardnerville, Minden
visitor accommodations
visitor accommodations
bike pat h
SR89 to: Emerald Bay
T
Rim Trail trail head
kahle neighborhood
T
56 acre Project (El Dorado Beach Area) consolidated commercial and mixed-use
round hill
east shore bike path
zephyr cove
Lake Tahoe PLACE-BASED PLANNING Frequently Asked Questions Place-Based planning
provides an opportunity to incorporate community values into the thresholds approach required by the Regional Compact; connect local planning efforts to the regional planning process; and helps provide a comprehensive view of the future.
By participating in Place-Based planning you will help
define important natural and communal places of Tahoe; discuss what Tahoe communities value; and demonstrate how local investment can result in a healthier region. PLACE-BASED PLANNING STEPS IN 2006
Opportunities
1
Alternative Futures
2
Plan for Action
3
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
What is the Place-Based planning effort? What is the schedule for the Placed-based planning process? What do we mean by “places�? How is the community participation process structured? How will community input be included in the Tahoe Regional Plan policy document? Will the Place-Based process affect the value of my property? What is a demonstration project?
What is the Place-Based planning effort? The Placed-Based planning effort is part of the Pathway 2007 effort to update the Tahoe Basin land and resource management plans. The Place-Based process expands opportunities for Basin residents and property owners to participate in determining what our communities will look like in 20 years. The Place-Based process will shape land use policies in the regional plans and lay the groundwork for local planning.
What do we mean by “Places”? The communities of the Tahoe Basin are unique and dynamic places within the Lake Tahoe Basin watershed. For the Pathway Place-Based project four “Places” have been designated for the purpose of organizing discussion. •Placer Lake Tahoe, •Washoe Lake Tahoe, •South Shore Partnership (including the City of South Lake Tahoe, Douglas County and El Dorado county lands in the Tahoe Basin.), •Public Lands (throughout the Basin). These places have unique physical, economic and cultural characteristics. The Place-Based process provides an opportunity for communities to identify valued and important places and discuss their future. New planning tools will help identify and connect the issues, opportunities and options for a variety of different types of places in the Basin based upon the information that community members share in the public workshops.
How is the community participation process structured? The process is organized into three steps where participants help 1) identify opportunities, 2) explore alternative futures and 3) chart a course of action. Local participation is organized around four "Working Groups" of citizen advisors representing Placer County, Washoe County, South Lake Tahoe Partnership (El Dorado County, Douglas County and the City of South Lake Tahoe), and Public Lands. Each of the Working Groups will sponsor three hands-on workshops in 2006. The community meetings are all hosted from 6-9pm in local venues for each “Place” as follows:
Alternative Futures Workshops Second in the series of three workshops, this workshop will hone in on the opportunities highlighted by your community in the March workshop. Monday, May 22 Incline Village / Crystal Bay / Washoe 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop The Chateau 955 Fairway Boulevard Incline Village
Tuesday, May 23 Placer Lake Tahoe 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Boulevard Kings Beach
Wednesday, May 24 Public Lands 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Boulvevard Kings Beach
Thursday, May 25 South Shore Partnership 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop Harvey’s Casino, Conference Center, Garden Room, Highway 50, Stateline
Action Plan Workshops Third in the series of three workshops, these workshops will build upon the public work done in the Alternative Futures workshops. Monday, July 17 Incline Village / Crystal Bay / Washoe 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop The Chateau 955 Fairway Boulevard Incline Village
Tuesday, July 18 Placer Lake Tahoe 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop Cal Neva 2 Stateline Road Off of Route 28, Crystal Bay
Wednesday, July 19 South Shore Partnership 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop Kahle Community Center 236 Kingsbury Grade Stateline, NV
Thursday, July 20 Public Lands 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop US Forest Service 35 College Drive (off Al Tahoe Blvd) South Lake Tahoe Findings from each workshop series will be posted to the Place-Based website www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com and Pathway 2007 website, www.Pathway2007.org.
Findings from the workshops will inform Place-Based Planning Working Groups as they consider what implications of the public’s vision for each community might be for the
planning processes in local jurisdictions and the Basin as a whole. These are advisory groups. The findings from the public workshops will also be communicated to the Pathway 2007 Forum, a group of 40 people representing local, regional and national interests in the Tahoe Basin. Finally, the public’s vision for Lake Tahoe Basin “Places” will be conveyed to the Executive of the US Forest Service and the Board of Directors at the TRPA. These people have the responsibility of approving the final versions of the TRPA Regional Plan and the Forest Service Forest Plan.
How will community input be included in the Tahoe Regional Plan policy document? The Place-Based process is intended to provide an opportunity for Tahoe’s communities to take part in shaping community futures. The Place-Based process will result in Vision Summaries for the four geographic planning areas that establish overall policy themes and guiding principles. These will be included in the land use portion of the Regional Plan. A “Core Working Group” of professional planners from local jurisdictions, the Pathway Forum and Planning Working Groups will assist in integrating the public input into the regional policy documents.
Will the Place-Based process affect the value of my property? Yes. The TRPA Regional Plan establishes what land uses are allowed and related development standards. The Place-Based process is intended to inform the Regional Plan with a local perspective. What the people of the Basin desire for their communities does affect land use plans.
What is a demonstration project? The Place-Based approach will use local examples as a way of testing potential regional policies. These “Demonstration Projects” can illustrate how new investment, reinvestment and restoration of Tahoe’s natural and urban places can help accomplish the triple bottom line of balancing financial, natural and social capital.
Thank you for your time and your interest in Pathway 2007. Please do not hesitate to contact us for further information.
Contact: Angela Moniot, amoniot@trpa.org, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, 775-588-4547 x235 Rex Norman, rnorman@fs.fed.us, US Forest Service, 530-543-2627
www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com
Pathway 2007 LUGAR – ESPECIFICO PLANEAR
Lugar-Especifico Planear (‘Place-Based’) se ofrece una oportunidad de agregar nuestros valores a
El proceso
acercamiento de la comunidad; conecte los esfuerzos del planeamiento local al proceso del planeamiento regional; y la ayuda ofrecer un comprensivo vista del futuro.
Por el participar en el proceso Lugar-Especifico
Planear (‘PlaceBased’) usted ayudará a definir comunales lugares importantes de Tahoe; discuta lo que valoramos; y demuestre cómo la inversión local se puede dar resultados más sana para nuestra región. PLACE-BASED PLANNING STEPS IN 2006
Opportunities
1
Alternative Futures
2
Plan for Action
3
Preguntas Más Frecuentes ¿Que es el esfuerzo de planeamiento ‘PlaceBased’? ¿Qué lo hacen significamos por los "lugares"? ¿Cómo es el proceso de la participación de la comunidad estructuró? ¿Cómo la entrada los contribuidos de la comunidad será incluida en el documento policito Regional del Plan de Tahoe? ¿El proceso ‘Place-Based’ se va a afectar el valor de mi propiedad? ¿Que es un proyecto de demostración?
¿Qué es el esfuerzo del planeamiento ‘Lugar Especifico’? El planeamiento de ‘Lugar-Especifico’ es parte de ‘Pathway 2007’ esfuerzo que va a actualizar del planeamiento de ‘Tahoe Basin’ planes del medio ambiente. El proceso ‘Place-Based’ amplía las oportunidades para el ‘Basin’ de los residentes y los dueños de terrenos a participe en la determinación de lo que parecerán nuestras comunidades en 20 años. El proceso ‘Place-Based’ formará políticas de la conservación del suelo en los planes regionales y pondrá la fundación para el planeamiento local.
¿Qué significamos por los "lugares"? Las comunidades del ‘Lake Tahoe Basin’ son lugares únicos y dinámicos dentro de ‘Lake Tahoe Basin watershed’. Para el Pathway 2007 el proyecto del ‘LugarEspecifico Planeamiento’ ha estado señalado cuatro "lugares” para una discusión: •Placer Lake Tahoe, •Washoe Lake Tahoe, •South Tahoe Partnership (incluyendo la ciudad de South Lake Tahoe, jurisdicciones de Douglas y El Dorado en el ‘Lake Tahoe Basin’.), •Público Tierras (a través del ‘Basin’). Éstos lugares tienen características físicas, económicas y culturales únicas. El proceso ‘Lugar-Especifico’ proporciona una oportunidad para las comunidades de identificar los lugares que son valorado y importantes que nos pueden discutir sobre su futuro. Nuevos herramientas del planeamiento ayudará a identificar y a conectar los asuntos o cuestiones, oportunidades y opciones para una variedad de lugares tipos diversos en el ‘Tahoe Basin’ basado sobre la información que los miembros de la comunidad comparten en los talleres públicos.
¿Cómo se estructura el proceso de la participación de la comunidad? El proceso del ‘Pathway 2007’ es informado de los representantes del ‘Tahoe Basin’ de varios lugares e intereses. El proceso esta organizado como tres pasos donde los participantes ayudan a identificar oportunidades, explore los futuros alternativos y planean una manera de acción. La participación local es organizado sobre cuatro organizados "Equipo de Planeamiento" de los consejeros del ciudadano que representan el condados del Placer, Washoe, del South Shore Partnership (jurisdicciones de EL Dorado y Douglas y la ciudad de South Lake Tahoe), y Tierras Públicas. Cada uno del Equipo de Planeamiento patrocinará tres ‘talleres’ y otras reuniones de la comunidad durante los varios meses próximos. Tres talleres públicos serán recibidos en cada "lugar" entre marcha y agosto 2006. Éstos todos se reciben a partir del 6-9pm en los lugares locales para cada "lugar" como sigue:
Alternative Futures Workshops Monday, May 22 Incline Village / Crystal Bay / Washoe 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop The Chateau 955 Fairway Boulevard Incline Village
Tuesday, May 23 Placer Lake Tahoe 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Boulevard Kings Beach
Wednesday, May 24 Public Lands 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Boulvevard Kings Beach
Thursday, May 25 South Shore Partnership
6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop Harvey’s Casino, Conference Center, Garden Room, Highway 50, Stateline
Action Plan Workshops Monday, July 17 Incline Village / Crystal Bay / Washoe 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop The Chateau 955 Fairway Boulevard Incline Village
Tuesday, July 18 Placer Lake Tahoe 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop Cal Neva 2 Stateline Road Off of Route 28, Crystal Bay
Wednesday, July 19 South Shore Partnership 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop Kahle Community Center 236 Kingsbury Grade Stateline, NV
Thursday, July 20 Public Lands 6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop US Forest Service 35 College Drive (off Al Tahoe Blvd) South Lake Tahoe
Resultados de cada taller será puesto al sito del web www.pathway2007.org y www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com.
Éstos resultados los informarán al ‘Equipo del Place-Based Planeamiento’ como consideran lo que las implicaciones de la visión del público para cada comunidad pudieron estar para procesos del planeamiento en las jurisdicciones locales y tambien para el ‘Tahoe Basin’ en su totalidad. Éstos son grupos consultivos. Los resultados de los talleres públicos también estarán comunicado al ‘Pathway 2007 Forum’, un grupo de representación de 40 personas locales, regionales y nacionales en ‘Tahoe Basin’. Finalmente, la visión del público para el ‘Tahoe Basin’ "lugares" será transportada a los ejecutivos del Agencia del Bosque y del Tahoe Regional Agencia de Planeamiento (TRPA). Esta gente tenga la responsabilidad de aprobar las versiones finales de sus planes respectivos. ¿Cómo la entrada de la comunidad será incluida en el documento política Regional Plan de Tahoe? El ‘Place-Based’ proceso va a ofrecer una ocasión para las comunidades de Tahoe a participar a formar futuros visiones de la comunidad. El proceso ‘PlaceBased’ dará a la Visiones Resúmenes para las cuatro áreas de planeamiento geográficas que establecen la política temas y filosofías. Éstos serán incluidos en la porción de la conservación del suelo del Plan Regional. ¿El proceso ‘Pathway 2007’ va a afectar el valor de mi propiedad? Sí. El TRPA Plan Regional establece lo que se admiten la conservación del suelo y el desarrollo de estándares relacionados. El proceso ‘Place-Based” se va a informar el Plan Regional con una perspectiva local. Qué la gente del ‘Tahoe Basin’ desea para sus comunidades afecta planes de la conservación del suelo. ¿Qué es un proyecto de demostración? El proceso ‘Place-Based’ utilizará ejemplos locales como manera de probar regional potencial políticas. Estos "Proyectos De Demostración" pueden ilustrar cómo la nueva inversión, reinversión y restauración de los lugares naturales y urbanos de Lake Tahoe se pueden ayudar a seguir la “línea triple fondo” del capital financiero, natural y social que hacen Lake Tahoe un lugar especial en el mundo. Gracias para su interes en Pathway 2007.
Para mas informacion: Jill Sarick, jsarick@ntcd.org, Nevada Tahoe Conservation District, 775-586-1610 x23 Angela Moniot, amoniot@trpa.org, Tahe Regional Planning Agency, 775-588-4547 x235 Rex Norman, rnorman@fs.fed.us, US Forest Service, 530-543-2627 www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING May 2006 Workshops Alternative Futures Workshops Second in the series of three workshops, this workshop will hone in on the opportunities highlighted by your community in the March workshop.
Monday, May 22 Incline Village / Crystal Bay / Washoe
Wednesday, May 24 Public Lands
6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop The Chateau 955 Fairway Boulevard Incline Village
6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Boulvevard Kings Beach
Tuesday, May 23 Placer Lake Tahoe
Thursday, May 25 South Shore Partnership
6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Boulevard Kings Beach
6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop Harvey’s Casino, Conference Center, Garden Room, Highway 50, Stateline
Contact: Angela Moniot, amoniot@trpa.org, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, 775-588-4547 x235 Rex Norman, rnorman@fs.fed.us, US Forest Service, 530-543-2627
www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING July 2006 Workshops Action Plan Workshops Third in the series of three workshops, these workshops will build upon the public work done in the Alternative Futures workshops.
Monday, July 17 Incline Village / Crystal Bay / Washoe
Wednesday, July 19 South Shore Partnership
6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop The Chateau 955 Fairway Boulevard Incline Village
6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop Ceasars Tahoe Highway 50 at Stateline, NV
Tuesday, July 18 Placer Lake Tahoe
Thursday, July 20 Public Lands
6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop Cal Neva Resort Crystal Bay, NV
6:00 – 9:00 pm Public Workshop Horizon Resort and Casino Highway 50 at Stateline, NV
Contact: Angela Moniot, amoniot@trpa.org, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, 775-588-4547 x235 Rex Norman, rnorman@fs.fed.us, US Forest Service, 530-543-2627
www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com
regional planning partners
1 of 3
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/
Placer County | Washoe County | South Lake Tahoe Partnership | Public Lands Team Introduction | Pathway 2007 website | Project Partners
Place-Based Planning Learning Center Frequently Asked Questions (English) Preguntas en Espanol View Map of Place-Based Planning Areas What is the Place-Based Planning Process?
Planning Working Groups
Thank you to all of you who have participated in Place-Based Planning workshops! There have been 15 public workshops around the lake over the past 6 months with the aim of soliciting public input to help plan for Tahoe's future. We invite you to explore the links above to view results of these workshops. Vision summaries for each planning area are being finalized and will be posted on the web shortly. Please stay tuned for future updates! A summary of your area's previous workshops can be found under each of the planning area links above. On March 9, 2006, a kickoff meeting was held with citizen advisors (formally known as a Planning Working Group) from each planning area to prepare for the workshops. Click the link below to see a summary of what happened and the outcomes of that meeting. Planning Working Groups March 9, Kickoff Meeting - Summary (PDF)
8/31/2006 11:55 AM
regional planning partners
2 of 3
Planning Working Group (PWG) Meeting Schedule
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/
The Workshops The community participation process is organized around three "workshop weeks". Each of these weeks will include hands-on community workshops and meetings.
Stay in the know! Click here to add yourself to the Pathway 2007 email list to receive newsletters and event notification for Pathway 2007 & Place-Based Planning
Step 1-Framework of Opportunities Workshops (March 27-31, 2006) Objectives for the first of three community workshops include reviewing the overall planning process, discuss leading issues, identify important valued places in the Basin, and discuss opportunities for new investment, reinvestment and restoration. Step 2-Alternative Futures Workshops (May 22-26, 2006)
The following is a sample of images compiled for discussion for the Place-Based Planning Process Image Collection Overview
The second workshop series will provide an opportunity for participants to discuss what they want their communities to look like in 20 years. This hands-on workshop will include exploring land use and transportation concepts that meet the "triple bottom line" of growing the region's natural, financial and social capital. These workshops will inform the Vision Summaries for the four Working Group areas. Step 3-Action Plan Workshops (July 17-21, 2006) The third series of workshops will focus on strategies and related principles that capture the visions expressed by the communities in Step 2. These workshops will inform the formation of the Draft Regional Goals and Policies Document.
Questions? Coleen Shade, Project Manager, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency coleens@trpa.org
Darin Dinsmore, Consulting Team Manager, Regional Planning Partners 8/31/2006 11:55 AM
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, Learn About
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/place.html
Placer County | Washoe County | South Lake Tahoe Partnership | Public Lands
The Place-Based Planning Process The Tahoe Basin Communities will benefit from active participation in the place-based public visioning process. This project provides an opportunity to harness the creative energy in the Basin and assist local communities envision a prosperous future while meeting overall regional goals. Community workshops and representation in the process is organized around four "Working Groups" of citizen advisors representing Placer County, Washoe County, South Lake Tahoe Partnership (El Dorado County, Douglas County and the City of South Lake Tahoe), and Public Lands. Each of these areas have their own websites that can be accessed by clicking on the place names below the map diagrams. What is Place-Based Planning? It is inclusive, interactive, and informed Ă‚ by partnering and reaching out to local jurisdictions and working together to create a vision for a better future. Responsible civic leaders may very well ask, how will the place-based visioning process benefit their communities? This question is certainly warranted and deserves a frank and thoughtful answer. It is known that the TRPA's mandate is to protect the Tahoe Basin's natural environment and establish harmony between nature and the manmade environment. Entrusted with this complex mandate, the agency has established appropriate thresholds, prepared three successive plans and enforces supporting regulations. Of all the environmental concerns represented in TRPA's past work, socioeconomic considerations represented but one single concern. Pathway 2007 represents a chance to remedy this imbalance and take a fresh look at public policies and regulations to preserve the watershed's natural environment while also providing for thriving communities.
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, Learn About
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/place.html
This can be accomplished through an effective dialogue between planners, administrators and the scientists who have contributed to establishing the thresholds. With local partnerships and support, broader community input will be facilitated through the public place-based visioning process. The process will assure the necessary community input through three consecutive steps, focusing on: 1) Issues and opportunities, 2) Alternative futures and 3) a Plan of Action. The objective is to balance local need for reinvestment with long-term regional goals for environmental quality, sustainability, and quality of life.
Questions? Coleen Shade, Project Manager, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency coleens@trpa.org Darin Dinsmore, Consulting Team Manager, Regional Planning Partners darin@dinsmoresierra.com Return to Place-Based Planning Home
regional planning partners
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/projectpartners.html
Placer County | Washoe County | South Lake Tahoe Partnership | Public Lands Team Introduction | Pathway 2007 website
Project Partners Lake Tahoe Place-Based Planning would not be possible without the critical support of our partners around the lake. Pathway 2007 Place-based planning was designed to seek maximum input from the communities around the lake in the process of creating the twenty year Regional Plan.The following partners have agreed to participate and contribute time and resources in helping to make this project a success. Placer County Washoe County Incline Village General Improvement District (IVGID)/Incline Vision Douglas County El Dorado County City of South Lake Tahoe
regional planning partners
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/projectpartners.html
Nevada Tahoe Conservation District/Nevada Tahoe Partnership U.S. Forest Service
Questions? Coleen Shade, Project Manager, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency coleens@trpa.org
Darin Dinsmore, Consulting Team Manager, Regional Planning Partners darin@dinsmoresierra.com
Return to Pathway 2007 Website
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, Placer County
1 of 4
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/trpa-placer.html
Return to Place-Based Planning Home
Placer County Thank you eveyrone for your contributions to the Place-Based Planning effort. The Place-based Planning Workshops have concluded and all results can be found in the links below. Please check back to the Documents Center for updated materials. Thank you to Placer County for their continued support. The Place-based planning activities for Placer county are part of the Pathway 2007 effort to update the Tahoe Basin Regional Plan. The Working Group sponsoring local workshops has been appointed by the Placer County Board of Supervisors. The following people are citizen advisors serving on the Placer County Working Group and have agreed to have their email address available for public inquiry regarding the Place-based Planning process: Steve Rogers, Cindy Gustafson, Jan Brisco, Dave Wilderotter, Ron Treabess, Rachelle Pellissier, John Friedrich, Michael Bernard, Duane Whitelaw, Ron McIntyre, Lydia Altick, Jennifer Merchant, Bill Combs, Sylvia Ambriz, Pam Jahnke, Paul Vatistas. TRPA Place-Based Planning Representative - Keith Norberg, knorberg@trpa.org TRPA Transporation Representative, Keith Norberg - knorberg@trpa.org (Click here to see map of the Place-Based planning area)
8/31/2006 12:03 PM
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, Placer County
3 of 4
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/trpa-placer.html
Identifying Important Places in the Basin Community Workshop Tuesday, March 28, 2006 6-9 PM North Tahoe Conference Center
Alternative Futures Community Workshop Tuesday, May 23, 2006 6-9 PM North Tahoe Conference Center
Action Plan Community Workshop Tuesday, July 18, 2006
Community Workshop #1: Identifying Places in the Basin Workshop #1 Powerpoint
Preliminary Principles Placer County Community Plans Lessons Learned Vision Summary
Latino Workshop #1 Demonstration Project Summary Community Policy and Action Plan Workshop #2: Alternative Futures Summary Workshop #2 Powerpoint Workshop #2, Kings Beach Base Map Worksop #2, game pieces Community Workshop #3: Action Plan Workshop #3 Powerpoint
6-9 PM Tahoe Lake School, Tahoe City
8/31/2006 12:03 PM
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, Public Lands
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/trpa-publiclands.html
Return to Place-Based Planning Home
Public Lands and Waterways Thank you eveyrone for your contributions to the Place-Based Planning effort. The Place-based Planning Workshops have concluded and all results can be found in the links below. Please check back to the Documents Center for updated materials. Thank you to all our partners for their continued support. The Place-based planning activities for public lands in the Lake Tahoe Basin are part of the Pathway 2007 effort. The planning of the public lands is a collaboration between The U.S. Forest Service, California State Parks, Nevada Department of Conservation and Natural resources, and the California Tahoe Conservancy. The Working Group sponsoring local workshops is comprised of the following persons, each of whom have agreed to make thier email address available to public inquiry regarding the Place-Based Planning process: Bob King, Don Michaely, Ray Lacey, Carr Kim, Dave Hamilton, David Fournier, Denise Downie, Shane Romsos, Jenny Scanland, Jamie Greenough, Wayne Fisher, Drew Bray, Chuck Greene, Rex Norman, Taira Byrne, Jim Lawrence, Dana Dapolito TRPA Place-Based Planning Representative - Lisa O'Daly, lodaly@trpa.org TRPA Transportation Representative - Nick Haven, nhaven@trpa.org Regional Planning Partners Public Lands contact - Heidi Hill-Drum, heidi@h2dcomm.org (Click here to see map of the Place-Based planning area)
Updates
Community
Documents Center
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, Public Lands
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/trpa-publiclands.html
Meetings
Identifying Important Places in the Basin Community Workshop Wednesday, March 29, 2006 6-9 PM U.S. Forest Service 35 College Drive, S. Lake Tahoe, CA (530) 543-2600
Alternative Futures Community Workshop May 24, 2006 6-9 PM North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach
Action Plan Community Workshop July 20, 2006 6-9 PM South Lake Tahoe Middle School
Questions?
Community Workshop #1: Identifying Places in the Basin Workshop #1 Powerpoint Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures Workshop #2 Powerpoint Community Workshop #3: Action Plan Workshop #3 Powerpoint
Preliminary Concepts Background Summary Vision Summary Demonstration Project Summary Policy and Action Plan Summary
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, South Lake Tahoe Partnership
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/trpa-southlake.html
Return to Place-Based Planning Home
Thank you eveyrone for your contributions to the Place-Based Planning effort. The Place-based Planning Workshops have concluded and all results can be found in the links below. Please check back to the Documents Center for updated materials. Thank you to the City of South Lake Tahoe, and Douglas and El Dorado Counties for their continued support. The Place-based planning activities for the southern portion of Lake Tahoe are part of the Pathway 2007 effort to update the Tahoe Basin Regional Plan. The South Lake Tahoe Partnership is a collaboration between El Dorado County, Douglas County and the City of South Lake Tahoe. The Working Group sponsoring local workshops has been appointed by the Douglas County Board of Commissioners, El Dorado County Board of Supervisors, and the City of South Lake Tahoe. The following people are citizen advisors serving on the South Lake Tahoe Partnership Working Group, each of whom has agreed to make thier email address available for for public inquiry regarding the Place-Based Planning process: David Carneggie, Barbara Childs, Joy Curry, Deb Howard, Del Lafountain, Ari Makinen, Mort Meiers, Nathan Rouse, Carol Daum, Sue Novasell, Daryl Schue, Jim Beattie, Mike Bradford, Gail A. Jaquish, Gary Midkiff, Glen Smith, Maria Luquin, Carol Daum, Katey Fagan, Teri Jamin, Gina Hunter, Norma Santiago, Heather Bovat, Jill Sarrick TRPA Place-Based Planning Representative - John Hitchcock, jhitchcock@trpa.org TRPA Transporation Representative - Karen Fink, kfink@trpa.org (Click here to see map of the Place-based Planning Area)
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, South Lake Tahoe Partnership
Workshops Identifying Important Places in the Basin Community Workshop Thursday, March 30, 2006 6-9 PM Lake Tahoe Community College
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/trpa-southlake.html
Community Meetings Community Workshop #1: Identifying Places in the Basin Workshop #1 Powerpoint Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures Workshop #2 Powerpoint
Alternative Futures Community Workshop Thursday, May 25, 2006 6-9 PM Location: Harvey's Resort and Casino Emerald Bay Room
Action Plan Community Workshop Wednesday, July 19, 2006 6-9 PM
Workshop #2, Y area Base Map Worksop #2, game pieces Community Workshop #3: Action Plan Workshop #3 Powerpoint
Documents Center Preliminary Concepts Background Summary Vision Summary Demonstration Project Summary Policy and Action Plan Summary
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, South Lake Tahoe Partnership
Location: South Lake Tahoe Middle School
Questions? Coleen Shade, Project Manager, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency coleens@trpa.org Return to Place-Based Planning Home Page
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/trpa-southlake.html
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, Washoe County
1 of 2
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/trpa-washoe.html
Return to Place-Based Planning Home
Thank you eveyrone for your contributions to the Place-Based Planning effort. The Place-based Planning Workshops have concluded and all results can be found in the links below. Please check back to the Documents Center for updated materials. Thank you to IVGID for their continued support. The Place-based planning activities for Washoe County are part of the Pathway 2007 effort to update the Tahoe Basin Regional Plan. The Working Group sponsoring local workshops has been appointed by the Washoe County Board of Commissioners. The following people are citizen advisors serving on the Incline Village/Crystal Bay/Washoe Working Group and have agreed to have their email address available for public inquiry regarding the Place-Based Planning process. Gene Brockman, Tom Bruno, Guy Burge, Jacquie Chandler, Bea Epstein, Ed Gurowitz, Gene Murietta, Roger Norman, Jim Nowlin, Barbara Perlman-Whyman, Dan Salerno, Dianne Severance, Dave Zeigler, Don Morehouse. TRPA Place-Based Planning Representative - Brenda Hunt, bhunt@trpa.org TRPA Transportation Representative - Jennifer Hannum, jhannum@trpa.org (Click here to see map of the Place-Based planning area)
Workshops Identifying Important
Community Meetings Community
Documents Center Preliminary Concepts 8/31/2006 12:16 PM
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning, Washoe County
2 of 2
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/trpa-washoe.html
Places in the Basin Community Workshop Monday, March 27, 2006
Workshop #1: Identifying Places in the Basin Workshop#1 Powerpoint Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures
6-9 PM The Chateau
Alternative Futures Community Workshop Monday, May 22, 2006 6-9 PM The Chateau
Action Plan Community Workshop
Vision Summary Demonstration Project Summary Policy and Action Plan Summary
Workshop #2 Powerpoint Workshop #2, Incline Base Map Workshop #2, game pieces Community Workshop #3: Action Plan Workshop #3 Powerpoint
July 17, 2006 6-9 PM The Chateau Questions? Darin Dinsmore, Consulting Team Manager, darin@dinsmoresierra.com Coleen Shade, Project Manager, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency coleens@trpa.org
Return to Place-Based Planning Home Page 8/31/2006 12:16 PM
regional planning partners
Questions? Coleen Shade, Project Manager, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency coleens@trpa.org
Darin Dinsmore, Consulting Team Manager, Regional Planning Partners darin@dinsmoresierra.com
Return to Pathway 2007 Website
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/PWGcenter.html
regional planning partners
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/PWGcenter.html
Placer County | Washoe County | South Lake Tahoe Partnership | Public Lands Team Introduction | Pathway 2007 website
Planning Working Group Information Center PWG Meeting Schedule
Washoe/Incline Village/Crystal Bay Tuesday, April 11, 9-12pm, North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach Monday, May 22, 2-4:30pm, The Chateau, Incline Village Monday, June 19, 1-4pm, the Chateau Monday, July 17, 2-4:30pm, The Chateau, Incline Village Tuesday, August 1, 9-12pm, North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach Wednesday, September 6, 9-12pm, North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach
Placer County Tuesday, April 11, 1-4pm, North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach
regional planning partners
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/PWGcenter.html
Tuesday May 23, 2-4:30pm, North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach Tuesday, June 20, 1-4pm, North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach Tuesday July 18, 2-4:30pm, Tahoe City PUD Conference Room, Tahoe City Tuesday, August 1, 1-4pm, North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach Wednesday, September 6, 1-4pm, North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach
South Lake Partnership Wednesday, April 12, 9-12pm, TRPA Thursday, May 25, 2-4:30pm, TRPA Wednesday, June 21, 9-12pm, TRPA Wednesday, July 19, 2-4:30pm, South Tahoe Middle School, AL Tahoe Blvd and Hwy 50 (Access Multi Use room from Al Tahoe Blvd) Wednesday, August 2, 9-12pm, Lake Tahoe Comm College, Rm F120, Theater Bldg Thursday, September 7, 9-12pm, TRPA
Public Lands Wednesday, April 12, 1-4pm, TRPA Wednesday, May 24, 2-4:30pm, North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach Wednesday, June 21, 1-4pm, TRPA Thursday, July 20, 2-4:30pm, South Tahoe Middle School, Al Tahoe Blvd and Hwy 50 (Access Multi Use room from Al Tahoe Blvd) Wednesday, August 2, 1-4pm, Lake Tahoe Comm College, Rm F120, Theater Bldg Thursday, September 7, 1-4pm, TRPA
regional planning partners
http://www.regionalplanningpartners.com/team.html
Placer County | Washoe County | South Lake Tahoe Partnership | Public Lands Team Introduction | Pathways 2007 Regional Planning Partners (RPP) is a comprehensive team comprised of nationally and internationally-recognized, award-winning experts in their respective fields. Combined, members of the RPP team offer professional services ranging from visioning, community planning and involvement, economic development, to sustainable mountain community design, redevelopment, and partnership building. RPP's core team of consultants includes: Dinsmore SIERRA specializing in transforming Sierra communities and building partnerships for success; RACESTUDIO specializing in community visioning; EDAW specializing in natural resource management; and INTRA specializing in environmentally conscious economic development through tourism. Darin Dinsmore, Consulting Team Manager, Regional Planning Partners Phone: 530-277-0196 Fax: 775-337-0953 darin@dinsmoresierra.com
Return to Pathway 2007 Website
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #1: Places in Incline Village & Crystal Bay The Chateau March 27, 2006 Meeting Objectives Review overall planning process Discuss leading issues Identify important places in the Basin Identify opportunities for reinvestment Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives • Process update Leading Issues and Related Background • Our natural setting • Urban development patterns • Social and economic context • Summary of March 9, 2006 Place-Based Working Groups workshop Places in Incline Village and Crystal Bay The Tahoe Basin is comprised of a variety of natural and built environments. These places can be neighborhoods, commercial areas, and social focal points; natural landmarks, habitats, or fauna; or combinations of urban and natural places at edges of the lake, forests and meadows. Exercise #1: Places in Incline Village & Crystal Bay What are the three most significant places in your community that define your identity? • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ Indicate these places on the map. Exercise #2: Opportunities for Reinvestment Of the urban and natural places you have identified on the map, which represent the greatest opportunities for new investment, reinvestment or restoration over the next 20 years? Which are the top three areas of opportunity? • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ Team Presentations Summary and Next Steps
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Community Workshop #1:
Places in the Basin March 27, 2006
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Community Workshop #1:
Places in the Basin: Framework of Opportunities • • • • •
Introductions Planning process Review leading issues Identify important places in the Basin Identify opportunities for new investment • Summary and next steps Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
1
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
What do we want our communities to look like in 20 years?
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
The Placed-Based Approach • Defining the natural and communal places of Tahoe • Discussing what we value • Demonstrating how local investment can result in a healthier region
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
2
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Place-Based Community Process • Adds our values to the thresholds approach required by the Regional Compact • Provides an opportunity to connect local planning efforts to the regional discussion • A comprehensive view of the future
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Place-Based Planning Context • Three-phase process for updating the 1987 Regional Plan – Phase 1: Public Visioning – Phase 2: Update Codes – Phase 3: Updating Community Plan and Area Statements
• Three-year effort
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
3
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Place-Based Planning Context • Venues for Community Input • Pathway 2007 Forum • Local Working Groups, community workshops, other meetings – Placer County – Washoe County – South Lake Tahoe Partnership – Public Lands
• Governing Board Pathway 2007 Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Public Visioning Phase March 27-30 May 22-25 July 17-21
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
4
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Role of Working Groups–Ambassadors • Provide outreach to the Basin’s communities and solicit members of the community to attend workshops • Co-Sponsor and attend Place-based community workshops • Reflect upon and help interpret community input • Prepare for meetings and conduct follow-up activities in between meetings • Assist in identifying community issues and planning opportunities • Be available to answer questions or direct people to information about study plans and documents Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Top Three Issues from 2004 Forum Regional and Local Workshops • A total of 311 people attended the five Pathway 2007 January 2005 workshops in South Lake Tahoe (170), Incline Village (70), San Francisco (50), Las Vegas (15), and Los Angeles (6). • Themes: – The need for coordination among agencies, and use of flexible and pragmatic approaches, regarding planning and regulation – The need to prioritize implementation strategies and integrate thresholds – Create a sustainable community in the Lake Tahoe Basin
• (From Visioning Analysis Report, Center for Collaborative Policy, 2005) Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
5
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Incline Village Visioning Process and Washoe County •
•
•
•
•
Regional Planning Partners
Continue planning for a well-rounded community through a broad range of affordable community services and facilities. Work toward creating a pedestrian “village center” that could serve as a popular gathering place for residents and their visitors. Improve internal and external circulation by installing sidewalks and expanding the trail system, and by expanding on regional transit links. Provide better access to the lake and consider establishing some form of anchorage, boat landing and/or marina facility. Explore the means of becoming more selfreliant in administering TRPA’s regulations through the permit process. Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Incline Village/Washoe Planning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
6
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Incline Village/Washoe Planning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
March 9, 2006 Work Group Kick-off • Leading issues facing Basin’s communities • Categories or groups of issues • Local issues that are of regional importance • Information required to inform community discussion about these important issues
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
7
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Work Group Kick-off: Issues Themes • Local concern were viewed as an extension of regional issues, opportunities and solutions • Emphasis on seeking feasible solutions (technical, legal and jurisdictional perspective) • Lake Tahoe’s places need to be viewed from a sustainable perspective
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Work Group Kick-off: Washoe Issues “creating a sense of community”
Regional Planning Partners
• Infrastructure–Incline Village infrastructure to support the future wants and needs • Sense of a sustainable community–supports a quality of life that is inclusive and diverse • Environment–community that sustains and honors forest health, lake clarity and other environmental considerations
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
8
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
• Demographics • Economic data • Environmental data • Maps • Case studies
Work Group Kick-off: Washoe Background Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
40%
• Demographics • Economic data • Environmental data • Maps • Case studies
Work Group Kick-off: Washoe Background Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
9
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
• Demographics • Economic data • Environmental data • Maps • Case studies
Work Group Kick-off: Washoe Background Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
• Demographics • Economic data • Environmental data • Maps • Case studies
Source: DRI, 2001 Regional Planning Partners
Work Group Kick-off: Washoe Background Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
10
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
• Demographics • Environmental data • Economic data • Maps • Case studies
Work Group Kick-off: Washoe Background Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
• • • • • Regional Planning Partners
Demographics Environmental data Economic data Maps Case studies
Work Group Kick-off: Washoe Background
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
11
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Places in the Basin: Exercise #1 • What are the three most significant places in your community that define your identity? • • • •
Make a list: _________________ _________________ _________________ Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Places in the Basin: Bonus Q1 • ID the three most important streets and “number 1 corner” • • • •
Regional Planning Partners
Make a list: _________________ _________________ _________________
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
12
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Places in the Basin: Bonus Q2 • Most important places with a strong relationship or connection to the natural environment. • • • •
Make a list: _________________ _________________ _________________ Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Places in the Basin: Exercise #2 • What places offer the greatest opportunities for new investment, reinvestment or restoration? List your top three: • • • • Regional Planning Partners
Make a list: _________________ _________________ _________________ Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
13
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Places in the Basin: Bonus Q3 • For the MOST important investment opportunity area list three reasons why: • • • •
Make a list: _________________ _________________ _________________
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Team Presentations • Top Places in the Basin–top three • Top three places for opportunities for investment, reinvestment, and/or restoration • Bonus Q–top three reasons for most important opportunity area
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
14
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Community Alternative Futures Workshop May 22, 2006 • Location: The Chateau • Time: 6:00-9:00 PM
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Media and Outreach • List of groups and individuals to contact • Local newsletters • Websites • Other Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
15
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #1: Places in Lake Tahoe Public Lands U.S. Forest Service Building, S. Lake Tahoe March 29, 2006 Meeting Objectives Review overall planning process Discuss leading issues Identify important places in the Basin Identify opportunities for reinvestment Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives • Process update Leading Issues and Related Background • Our natural setting • Urban development patterns • Social and economic context • Summary of March 9, 2006 Place-Based Working Groups workshop Places in Lake Tahoe’s Public Lands The Tahoe Basin is comprised of a variety of natural and built environments. These places can be neighborhoods, commercial areas, and social focal points; natural landmarks, habitats, or fauna; or combinations of urban and natural places at edges of the lake, forests and meadows. Exercise #1: Places in Lake Tahoe Public Lands What are the three most significant places in your community that define your identity? • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ Indicate these places on the map. Exercise #2: Opportunities for Reinvestment Of the urban and natural places you have identified on the map, which represent the greatest opportunities for new investment, reinvestment or restoration over the next 20 years? Which are the top three areas of opportunity? • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ Team Presentations Summary and Next Steps
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #1: Places in South Lake Tahoe South Lake Tahoe March 30, 2006 Meeting Objectives Review overall planning process Discuss leading issues Identify important places in the Basin Identify opportunities for reinvestment Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives • Process update Leading Issues and Related Background • Our natural setting • Urban development patterns • Social and economic context • Summary of March 9, 2006 Place-Based Working Groups workshop Places in South Lake Tahoe The Tahoe Basin is comprised of a variety of natural and built environments. These places can be neighborhoods, commercial areas, and social focal points; natural landmarks, habitats, or fauna; or combinations of urban and natural places at edges of the lake, forests and meadows. Exercise #1: Places in South Lake Tahoe What are the three most significant places in your community that define your identity? • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ Indicate these places on the map. Exercise #2: Opportunities for Reinvestment Of the urban and natural places you have identified on the map, which represent the greatest opportunities for new investment, reinvestment or restoration over the next 20 years? Which are the top three areas of opportunity? • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ • ________________________________________ Team Presentations Summary and Next Steps
Your Community. Your Vision.
Your Community. Your Vision.
PLACE-BASED PLANNING
PLACE-BASED PLANNING For More Information on Public Lands:
Pathway 2007 is a cooperative effort to envision and implement a shared future for Lake Tahoe. The future of our region and our communities depend on your participation. Join us for Pathway 2007 Place-based Planning. These workshops are hosted by Placer County N. Lake Tahoe Residents and TRPA. FREE. Light refreshments provided.
Keith Norberg PHONE: 775-588-4547-289 EMAIL: knorberg@trpa.org www.trpa.org
Placer Lake Tahoe Public Workshop Tuesday March 28 6:00 to 9:00 pm North Tahoe Conference Center Kings Beach, CA
For More Information on Public Lands:
Pathway 2007 is a cooperative effort to envision and implement a shared future for Lake Tahoe. The future of our region and our communities depend on your participation. Join us for Pathway 2007 Place-based Planning. These workshops are hosted by Placer County N. Lake Tahoe Residents and TRPA. FREE. Light refreshments provided.
Your Community. Your Vision.
Your Community. Your Vision.
PLACE-BASED PLANNING
PLACE-BASED PLANNING For More Information on Public Lands:
Pathway 2007 is a cooperative effort to envision and implement a shared future for Lake Tahoe. The future of our region and our communities depend on your participation. Join us for Pathway 2007 Place-based Planning. These workshops are hosted by Placer County N. Lake Tahoe Residents and TRPA. FREE. Light refreshments provided.
Keith Norberg PHONE: 775-588-4547-289 EMAIL: knorberg@trpa.org www.trpa.org
Placer Lake Tahoe Public Workshop Tuesday March 28 6:00 to 9:00 pm North Tahoe Conference Center Kings Beach, CA
Keith Norberg PHONE: 775-588-4547-289 EMAIL: knorberg@trpa.org www.trpa.org
Placer Lake Tahoe Public Workshop Tuesday March 28 6:00 to 9:00 pm North Tahoe Conference Center Kings Beach, CA
For More Information on Public Lands:
Pathway 2007 is a cooperative effort to envision and implement a shared future for Lake Tahoe. The future of our region and our communities depend on your participation. Join us for Pathway 2007 Place-based Planning. These workshops are hosted by Placer County N. Lake Tahoe Residents and TRPA. FREE. Light refreshments provided.
Keith Norberg PHONE: 775-588-4547-289 EMAIL: knorberg@trpa.org www.trpa.org
Placer Lake Tahoe Public Workshop Tuesday March 28 6:00 to 9:00 pm North Tahoe Conference Center Kings Beach, CA
Your Community. Your Vision.
Your Community. Your Vision.
PLACE-BASED PLANNING
PLACE-BASED PLANNING
Pathway 2007 is a cooperative effort to envision and implement a shared future for Lake Tahoe. The future of our region and our communities depend on your participation. Join us for Pathway 2007 Place-based Planning. These workshops are hosted by US Forest Service and Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. FREE. Light Refreshments Provided.
For More Information on Public Lands: Rex Norman PHONE: 530-543-2627 EMAIL: rnorman@fs.fed.us Peter Eichar PHONE: 775-588-4547-259 EMAIL: peichar@trpa.org
Public Lands Public Workshop Wednesday March 29 6:00 to 9:00 pm US Forest Service Office
Pathway 2007 is a cooperative effort to envision and implement a shared future for Lake Tahoe. The future of our region and our communities depend on your participation. Join us for Pathway 2007 Place-based Planning. These workshops are hosted by US Forest Service and Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. FREE. Light Refreshments Provided.
Your Community. Your Vision.
Your Community. Your Vision.
PLACE-BASED PLANNING
PLACE-BASED PLANNING
Pathway 2007 is a cooperative effort to envision and implement a shared future for Lake Tahoe. The future of our region and our communities depend on your participation. Join us for Pathway 2007 Place-based Planning. These workshops are hosted by US Forest Service and Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. FREE. Light Refreshments Provided.
For More Information on Public Lands: Rex Norman PHONE: 530-543-2627 EMAIL: rnorman@fs.fed.us Peter Eichar PHONE: 775-588-4547-259 EMAIL: peichar@trpa.org
Public Lands Public Workshop Wednesday March 29 6:00 to 9:00 pm US Forest Service Office
Pathway 2007 is a cooperative effort to envision and implement a shared future for Lake Tahoe. The future of our region and our communities depend on your participation. Join us for Pathway 2007 Place-based Planning. These workshops are hosted by US Forest Service and Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. FREE. Light Refreshments Provided.
For More Information on Public Lands: Rex Norman PHONE: 530-543-2627 EMAIL: rnorman@fs.fed.us Peter Eichar PHONE: 775-588-4547-259 EMAIL: peichar@trpa.org
Public Lands Public Workshop Wednesday March 29 6:00 to 9:00 pm US Forest Service Office
For More Information on Public Lands: Rex Norman PHONE: 530-543-2627 EMAIL: rnorman@fs.fed.us Peter Eichar PHONE: 775-588-4547-259 EMAIL: peichar@trpa.org
Public Lands Public Workshop Wednesday March 29 6:00 to 9:00 pm US Forest Service Office
Es su comunidad. Es su visión.
Es su comunidad. Es su visión.
Hablamos español!
Planeamiento de Comunidades Locales
Pathway 2007 es un esfuerzo conjunto, que busca prever y poner en marcha un futuro para todos en Lake Tahoe. El futuro del nuestra región y comunidades depende de participación del público. Nos juntamos en el Pathway 2007 Planeamiento de Comunidades Locales. US Agencia de Bosque y TRPA están ofreciendo esos talles públicos. Gratis. Refrescos están incluido.
Es su comunidad. Es su visión.
Planeamiento de Comunidades Locales Para informaciones en Tierra Público: Rex Norman PHONE: 530-543-2627 EMAIL: rnorman@fs.fed.us www.fs.fed.us/r5/ltbmu Peter Eichar PHONE: 775-588-4547-259 EMAIL: peichar@trpa.org www.trpa.org
Talles Públicos El miércoles 29 de marzo 18:00 a 21:00 US Forest Service Office in South Lake Tahoe
El futuro del nuestra región y comunidades depende de participación del público. Nos juntamos en el Pathway 2007 Planeamiento de Comunidades Locales. US Agencia de Bosque y TRPA están ofreciendo esos talles públicos. Gratis. Refrescos están incluido.
Pathway 2007 es un esfuerzo conjunto, que busca prever y poner en marcha un futuro para todos en Lake Tahoe. El futuro del nuestra región y comunidades depende de participación del público. Nos juntamos en el Pathway 2007 Planeamiento de Comunidades Locales. US Agencia de Bosque y TRPA están ofreciendo esos talles públicos. Gratis. Refrescos están incluido.
Es su comunidad. Es su visión.
Hablamos español!
Planeamiento de Comunidades Locales
Pathway 2007 es un esfuerzo conjunto, que busca prever y poner en marcha un futuro para todos en Lake Tahoe.
Hablamos español!
Para informaciones en Tierra Público: Rex Norman PHONE: 530-543-2627 EMAIL: rnorman@fs.fed.us www.fs.fed.us/r5/ltbmu Peter Eichar PHONE: 775-588-4547-259 EMAIL: peichar@trpa.org www.trpa.org
Talles Públicos El miércoles 29 de marzo 18:00 a 21:00 US Forest Service Office in South Lake Tahoe
Hablamos español!
Planeamiento de Comunidades Locales Para informaciones en Tierra Público: Rex Norman PHONE: 530-543-2627 EMAIL: rnorman@fs.fed.us www.fs.fed.us/r5/ltbmu Peter Eichar PHONE: 775-588-4547-259 EMAIL: peichar@trpa.org www.trpa.org
Talles Públicos El miércoles 29 de marzo 18:00 a 21:00 US Forest Service Office in South Lake Tahoe
Pathway 2007 es un esfuerzo conjunto, que busca prever y poner en marcha un futuro para todos en Lake Tahoe. El futuro del nuestra región y comunidades depende de participación del público. Nos juntamos en el Pathway 2007 Planeamiento de Comunidades Locales. US Agencia de Bosque y TRPA están ofreciendo esos talles públicos. Gratis. Refrescos están incluido.
Para informaciones en Tierra Público: Rex Norman PHONE: 530-543-2627 EMAIL: rnorman@fs.fed.us www.fs.fed.us/r5/ltbmu Peter Eichar PHONE: 775-588-4547-259 EMAIL: peichar@trpa.org www.trpa.org
Talles Públicos El miércoles 29 de marzo 18:00 a 21:00 US Forest Service Office in South Lake Tahoe
Dear Lake Tahoe Neighbor; Join your North Tahoe neighbors in an energetic and creative evening envisioning the future of our community at the North Tahoe Conference Center, 6:00-9:00pm Tuesday, March 28th. What are the Tahoe places that are the most important to you? What do you hope to see more of in our community? Your ideas meet the future when we roll out the first of three community workshops featuring… People who make Tahoe an amazing place to live. Wall size maps of our communities (that you get to draw on)! Colored markers (tools to use in depicting what is most important to you in our community). Digital cameras. and refreshments. It’s an entertaining evening, sharing with your neighbors the things that matter most to you about your Tahoe community. Where: North Tahoe Conference Center When: 6:00pm, Tuesday, March 28th What: Opportunity in our Community – Place-Based Planning Workshop #1 of 3 Public Admission: Free. Arrive early to catch up with friends and assemble your “Opportunity Ideas”. Kids, please join too! We hope you can join us. This is a unique occasion to focus our attention on the features of our built and natural environment as one. The success of these workshops is an important step toward a plan of action for our communities that we can all be jazzed to be a part of. See you there, Keith Norberg, Pathway 2007, knorberg@trpa.org, (775)588-4547 x289 Jennifer Merchant, Placer County, jmerchan@placer.ca.gov, (530) 546-1952 Jill Sarick, Nevada Tahoe Conservation District, jsarick@ntcd.org (775)586-1610 x23 (habla espanol)
Find out more on the web!
www.pathway2007.org www.regionalplanningpartners.com This event brought to you by Placer County, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service.
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
PLACER, NORTH LAKE TAHOE COMMUNITY WORKSHOPS Share your vision of the Opportunities in our community. Tuesday, March 28 6:00 pm – 9:00pm North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Blvd, Kings Beach (530)546-7249
For more information contact: Keith Norberg, knorberg@trpa.org, 775-588-4547 x 289 www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com This event hosted by Placer County and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Base Planning
Community Workshop #1: Places in the Basin Placer County Date: March 28, 2006 On March 28, 2006 over 100 people attended the first of three community workshops in the Place-Based planning process portion of the Pathway 2007 regional plan update. The workshop was held at the North Tahoe Conference Center and provided a chance for participants to identify valued places in their communities and locations that represent opportunities for investment, reinvestment and restoration.
The meeting included a brief overview of the planning process, summary of important community and regional issues identified at the March 9, 2006 kick-off meeting of the Working Groups from the four placed-based planning areas, overview of information requested by the Working Groups, and breakout teams. The workshop participants worked as members of eight planning teams. The teams had two exercises and three “bonus exercises” they needed to discuss, map and summarize. Bonus Exercise #1: Top Issues Identify the five most important issues facing Placer County in the Basin. Exercise #1: Places in the Basin What are the three most significant places in your community that define your identity? Indicate these places on the map. Bonus Exercise #2: Community Connections to the Natural Places Indicate on the map places in your have a strong relationship with or special connection to the natural environment. Exercise #2: Opportunities for Reinvestment Of the urban and natural places you have identified on the map, which represent the greatest opportunities for new investment, reinvestment or restoration over the next 20 years? Which are the top three areas of opportunity? Bonus Exercise #3 Identify the MOST important investment opportunity and list three reasons why.
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Meeting Summary The planning teams presented the results of their efforts. The following themes became emerged from their presentations. Valued Places: The Lake, Mountains and Forests The most important or valued places identified by the planning teams were the shoreline, Lake, beaches, mountains, forests, and recreational areas. More than that, the participants stressed the QUALITY of those places–such as the views of open water, the Lake’s water quality, air quality, and ease of access to recreational areas. Some places in communities were also cited including Tahoe City and their own neighborhoods. Areas of Opportunity: Improving Commercial and Town Centers All the teams discussed the desire and opportunity to reinvest in Placer’s town commercial areas. Places that provide an opportunity for new and reinvestment included Kings Beach, Tahoe City, Tahoe Vista, and Homewood. There were areas that were identified as important opportunities for restoration. These included the watersheds and forests. Two of the teams also volunteered residents of the Basin to start with improving their own homes and neighborhoods to reduce the impact they have on the environment. Greatest Opportunity: Kings Beach All the teams identified commercial centers in the towns as a top opportunity for reinvestment. Five of the eight teams felt Kings Beach was the leading candidate. The other teams included other centers as well. The need for upgrading infrastructure, improving their image, enhancing social and economic performance as the central place for the communities, supporting transit, and making it safer and more comfortable for pedestrians were the leading reasons. One team connected improvements in Tahoe City and Kings Beach as a gateway strategy for Placer’s Lake Tahoe experience.
2
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Participation The map below indicates where workshop participants live. As the dots on the map indicate, attendees came from many parts of Placer County and beyond.
Team Summaries The following pages include each team’s summary notes and maps.
3
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #1
Question #1 • Beaches/water quality & clarity • Forests • Skiing, biking, hiking, recreation opportunities Question #2 • Kings Beach, Tahoe Vista • West Shore, Homewood, Granlibakken • Tahoe City Bonus Kings Beach 1. Blighted & ugly 2. Greatest opportunity 3. Existing misdevelopment (improve housing, commercial core, heads on beds) B1: Issues 1. Sustained growth 2. Blight 3. Workforce housing 4. Public transit 5. Fast approval, envisioned projects 6. Aging infrastructure 7. Open space
4
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #2
Question #1 • Tahoe City Commercial/Beach community • Homewood Community – Ski Area • Kings Beach – NT Beach Center Question #2 • Homewood Ski and Community Area • TC Downtown Community • Kings Beach Community – commercial and residential Bonus • Kings Beach – most bang for the buck, most blighted, most potential B1: Issues 1. Housing 2. Commercial viability 3. Traffic 4. Infrastructure 5. Recreation opportunities 6. Fire 7. Air and water quality
5
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #3
Question #1 • Lake Tahoe (clarify, view/open space, noise pollution) • Lakeshore Beaches (access, cleanliness, protection) • Forest (rec, open space, forest health) Question #2 • Tahoe City – economic, traffic and balanced planning • Kings Beach – improve and revitalize • Homes – BMPs, Defensible Space Bonus Kings Beach Revitalization 1. Safety and security 2. Opportunity exists 3. Improve quality of life B1: Issues 1. Lake clarity 2. Traffic 3. Housing 4. Public transit 5. Forest health
6
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #4
Question #1 • Lake Tahoe • Forest/mtns • Air/water quality Question #2 • Kings Beach redevelopment • Tahoe City redevelopment • Watershed/water quality Bonus Urban redevelopment • Aging infrastructure • Provides economic sustainability • Provides environmental restoration B1: Issues 1. Housing 2. Water quality 3. Jobs 4. Lodging (lack of quality) 5. 30 minute transit headways
7
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #5
Question #1 • The Lake • Forest Ecosystem • Our communities/neighbo rhoods Question #2 • Kings Beach • Homewood/West Shore • Tahoe City Bonus Kings Beach • Run Down • Aging Infrastructure • Opportunity exists B1 1. Housing 2. The Lake 3. Business/commercial viability 4. Transportation 5. Affordability, cost of living
8
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #6
Question #1 • Woods, trails behind our neighborhoods (Burton Creek, Old County, Eagle Rock, KB) • Beaches and lakeview (Tahoe Vista, Commons Beach, Speedboat, Kings Beach) • Truckee River Question #2 • Kings Beach Commercial Area • Tahoe Vista/National Ave • Tahoe City commercial, industrial hwy 89 Bonus Kings Beach • Best public beach access • Greatest improvement potential • Culturally diverse B1: Issues 1. Water quality 2. Transportation/traffic/ noise 3. Affordable housing 4. Schools closing 5. Diverse rec. opportunities 6. Overdevelopment
9
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #7
Question #1 • Shoreline preservation and public access • Undisturbed natural areas • Defined and unique and separate communities Question #2 • Kings Beach redevelopment (housing, tourism) • Restore natural systems (retention ponds, connection between cities) • Tahoe City wye and commercial corridor (Golf course, ollieland, fanny bridge) Bonus Kings beach and Tahoe City • Vacant bldgs • Gateway • Fanny bridge bypass • Greater need and opportunity • Economic and cultural diversity B1: Issues 1. Overdevelopment – 2. 3. 4. 5.
land and shorezone Affordability Business environment/economic sustainability Lake clarity Transportation/too much traffic
10
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #8
Question #1 • Open Water • Shorelines • Public Lands Question #2 • Kings Beach Downtown core • Tahoe City downtown core • Watershed restoration Bonus • Pedestrian safety/access • Pollutant sources/water quality projects • Sustainable economy and communities • Community character • Transportation opportunities – public, biking, walking B1: Issues 1. Affordable housing 2. Clean and clear lake/environmental stability 3. Economic vitality/sustainable economy 4. Sense of community 5. Transportation/traffic
11
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
PUBLIC LANDS WORKSHOP Share your vision of the Opportunities for the public lands of the Tahoe Basin. Wednesday, March 29 6:00 pm – 9:00pm US Forest Service Lake Tahoe Headquarters, South Lake Tahoe 35 College Drive (off of Al Tahoe Blvd.) For more information contact: Rex Norman, rnorman@fs.fed.us, 530-543-2627 Peter Eichar, peichar@trpa.org, 775-588-4547 x259 www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com This event hosted by the US Forest Service and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Base Planning
Community Workshop #1: Places in the Basin Public Lands Date: March 29, 2006
On March 29, 2006 over 70 people attended the first of three community workshops in the Place-Based planning process portion of the Pathway 2007 regional plan update. The workshop was held at the Forest Service office located in South Lake Tahoe. The workshop provided a chance for participants to identify valued places in the public lands area of the Tahoe Basin that represent opportunities for investment and restoration.
The meeting included a brief overview of the planning process, summary of important community and regional issues identified at the March 9, 2006 kick-off meeting of the Working Groups from the four placed-based planning areas, various data and demographic information supporting these issues, overview of information provided by the Working Groups, and breakout teams. The workshop participants worked as members of nine planning teams. The teams had two exercises and one “bonus exercise” they needed to discuss, map and summarize. As a warm up exercise, the group was asked to draw their favorite place in the Basin. Exercise #1: Places in the Basin From your personal perspective, what are the three places in the Basin’s public lands that significantly contribute to Tahoe’s identity? Indicate these places on the map. And your favorite place? Exercise #2: Of the places you have identified on the map, which represent the greatest opportunities for new investing or restoration over the next 20 years? Which are the top three areas of opportunity? Bonus Exercise For the two most important opportunity areas, list three reasons why. Meeting Summary Toward the end of the evening, the planning teams presented the results of their efforts. The following themes emerged from their presentations.
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Valued Places that Identify Tahoe: The Lake, Mountains and Emerald Bay The most important places that contribute to Tahoe’s identity were Lake Tahoe, the shoreline, beaches, mountains, and Emerald Bay. Some participants more specifically noted the east shore beaches as significant, Desolation Wilderness and other backcountry areas, and Heavenly Ski Resort when noting the value of recreation, and in particular skiing. Furthermore, the participants stressed the quality of these places–such as the “world class” views, open space, and the abundant recreational opportunities. Other places noted were Fallen Leaf Lake, Mount Tallac and trails, such as Tahoe Rim Trail. Favorite Places: The Backcountry, Beaches and the Lake The participants’ favorite places are the backcountry, particularly Desolation Wilderness, the beaches, shoreline and Lake Tahoe. There was a high value placed on Tahoe’s open spaces, providing abundant opportunity for solitude. Supporting this, trails and views were also mentioned. In addition, the abundant recreational opportunities are highly valued, particularly in the wilderness, in and along the lake, and at the ski areas. Areas of Opportunity: Watershed Restoration, Shoreline and Alternative Transportation Several of the teams discussed the desire and opportunity to invest in restoring watersheds to improve water quality, lake clarity and habitats. The specific watershed identified by three teams was the Upper Truckee River. Another popular opportunity identified was the shoreline and beaches for protecting lake clarity and accessibility. The primary approach suggested for improving accessibility was increasing alternative transportation options to primary recreational sites, both beaches and trailheads. Forest health and restoration was another popular opportunity identified. Greatest Opportunities: Upper Truckee River Watershed Restoration, Beaches and Alternative Transportation Nearly all of the teams identified environmental restoration as the top opportunity for investment in the Basin. Some teams prioritized watershed restoration in general, with focus on water quality, lake clarity and habitat enhancement. Two teams specifically identified the Upper Truckee River watershed as the top restoration opportunity area. Shoreline and beaches were another popular opportunity area to improve public access but also to improve the lake clarity, reduce erosion and enhance habitat. East shore beaches and Camp Richardson were each identified as specific shoreline opportunities. Providing better alternative transportation was identified as a top opportunity by two teams and was included as a potential benefit to almost every opportunity area. The benefits of providing alternative transportation to the primary recreation areas included dispersing the public to reduce crowding and traffic, improve public safety, improving air and water quality and sustaining the quality of life and visitor’s experience while in the Basin.
2
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Participation The map below indicates where workshop participants live. As the dots on the map indicate, the majority of attendees came from South Lake Tahoe and some areas beyond.
Team Summaries The following pages include each team’s summary notes and maps. The teams developed different approaches to identifying their top selections for the various questions. Some teams discussed their ideas until they came to a consensus, others voted through a show of hands, while one group listed all of their ideas on paper and each were given three votes to indicate their top picks.
3
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Team #1
Question #1 • Lake Tahoe • Desolation Wilderness • Heavenly Ski Area Question #1a • Desolation Wilderness • Heavenly ski resort • Tahoe Rim Trail/Fallen Leaf Lake/Sand Harbor Question #2 • East Shore Access (Highway 28 parking, sanitation, capacity) • Creek Restoration/Watershed Restoration • Forest Health, Road and Mountain Bike Trails and Urban public lands restoration/redevelopment (3-way tie)
Bonus Question #3 East Shore Access • Recreational degradation/over capacity • Safety/traffic • Resource impact, erosion/water quality Creek/watershed restoration • Water quality/pollution • Habitat restoration • Lake clarity
4
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Team # 2
Question #1 • Emerald Bay • Beaches and Lake • Trails (Tahoe Rim Trail, Desolation Wilderness, etc.) Question #1a • All Season access • Backcounty/, Less populated areas • Lake & shore Question #2 • Restoration of natural flow/de-channelization of Upper Truckee River • Public Transportation to recreation sites • Biking and hiking trails Bonus Question #3 Restoration • Reduce sediment • Habitat (fish and wildlife) • Scenic/aesthetic quality Transportation • Improve Tahoe experience • Better crowd distribution • Improve air and water quality
5
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Team #3
Question #1 • Lake Tahoe • Mount Tallac • Shoreline Question #1a • Lake Tahoe/Emerald Bay • Desolation Wilderness • Shoreline (south shore beaches in particular) Question #2 • South shore beaches • Restore Upper Truckee River watershed • East Shore/Heavenly Bonus Question Beaches • Year round parking and better facilities/Public access • Deal with traffic • Improve water quality, marsh habitat, hydrology Restore Upper Truckee River Watershed • Restore natural functions and river flows, restore meadows, reduce sediment to lake • Reduce flooding and overall ecosystem health • Improve recreation opportunities (biking, canoeing, fishing, xcountry skiing)
6
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Team #4
Question #1 • Lake Tahoe • Emerald Bay • Mount Tallac and Heavenly Question #1a • Lake Tahoe • Heavenly (tied with Desolation) • Desolation Wilderness Question #2 • Forest Health • Lake Access • Recreation Bonus Question • Lake clarity/quality of life • Public Safety/recreation • Sustainable economy/sustainable economy
7
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Team #5
Question #1 • Emerald Bay • Mt Tallac • Ski resort summits Question #1a • Shoreline/beach access • Backcountry access, trails, meadows, and small lakes • Anyplace with a world class view Question #2 • Airport Meadow • Dump Meadow (Meyers Landfill), Powerline Corridor • Disperse backcountry users from major impact areas • More alternative transportation • More reliable boat/ramp access and parking • Improve Emerald Bay access points Bonus Question Dump Meadow (Meyers Landfill), Powerline Corridor/Airport meadow • Alternative transportation and parking opportunity (monorail) • Increased backcountry/meadow access • World class recreation sites (tubing in dump meadow, snowshoe/xc skiing in airport • meadow and powerline trail corridor) Shoreline access • Better public awareness of access points • Better access opportunities/ transportation/parking • Increase seasonal access (it’s often closed to public)
8
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Team #6
Question #1 • Lake Tahoe • Emerald Bay • Mount Tallac Question #1a • The Lake • Meadows and marshes (Taylor/Tallac, Pope, Upper Truckee, Meiss) • Desolation Wilderness Question #2 • Upper Truckee River restoration – headwaters to the lake • Enhance and improve public access – beaches/trailheads • Provide transportation alternatives to cars; bicycle trail network and public transportation to public recreation areas Bonus Question Upper Truckee River restoration • Improve water quality • Improve habitat • Improve scenic quality Public access – shoreline/trails • Disperse demand • Protect/enhance lake access (the lake and shoreline belongs to everyone – public trust) • Integrate with public transit and alternatives to vehicles (e.g., bicycle, pedestrian, lake)
9
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Team #7
Question #1 • Ski areas • Beaches/mountains Question #1a • Wilderness areas • Beaches Question #2 • Camp Rich Beach Area (Pope to Baldwin) -- need transit/mixed uses/parking management/restoration • East Shore Beach Access -- need transit/parking/trails • Freel/High Meadow – need multi-use recreation/restoration Bonus Question Camp Rich area/beaches • Transit/parking • Restoration • Mixed Use Freel/High Meadow • Multi use • Restoration • Environmental management
10
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Team #8
Question #1 • The Lake • Emerald Bay • Backcountry/beaches Question #1a • The Lake/beaches • The backcountry • Urban/wildlands interface Question #2 • Link transportation solutions to trail access/public transit • Water quality/lake clarity • Ecosystem/forest restoration Bonus Question Trails/access • Reduce traffic/manage; prevent erosion • Education/watershed awareness/cultural heritage • Quality of life Forest restoration • Defense/fire prevention/fuels reduction • Wildfire • Quality of life
11
3-29-06 Public Lands Workshop
Team #9
Question #1 • The Lake • Emerald Bay • Fallen Leaf, East Shore, Rim Trail Question #1a • Heavenly • Beaches • Trails en Leaf Lake Question #2 • Linkage of bike trails and access opportunities • Forest fuel reduction • Transit to places, e.g., water taxis, train from Folsom to Tahoe (get people out of cars) Bonus • Discovery of incredible scenic places such as Emerald Bay/Hidden Falls • Infrastructure to support transit such as collector parking areas linked to transit • If clarity of lake or health of forests are degraded, then tourist don’t come and economy suffers – depending on user group)
12
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
SOUTH SHORE COMMUNITY WORKSHOPS Share your vision of the Opportunities in our community. Thursday, March 30 6:00 pm – 9:00pm Lake Tahoe Community College 1 College Drive ( East of Highway 50 off of Al Tahoe Blvd.) For more information contact: The City of South Lake Tahoe – Teri Jamin tjamin@ci.south-lake-tahoe.ca.us Douglas County – Heather Bovat, hbovat@co.douglas.nv.us El Dorado County- Norma Santiago, norma.santiago@edcgov.us or Jill Sarick at the Nevada Tahoe Conservation District jsarick@ntcd.org, 775586-1610 x23 www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com This event hosted by the City of South Lake Tahoe, Douglas County, El Dorado County, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #1: Places in the Basin South Lake Tahoe Partnership Date: March 30, 2006 On March 30, 2006 over 160 people participated in the first of three community workshops in South Lake Tahoe as part of the Place-Based planning process of the Pathway 2007 Regional Plan update. The workshop was held at Lake Tahoe Community College and provided a chance for participants to identify valued places in their communities and locations that represent opportunities for investment, reinvestment and restoration.
The meeting included a brief overview of the planning process, summary of important community and regional issues identified at the March 9, 2006 kick-off meeting of the Working Groups from the four placed-based planning areas, overview of information requested by the Working Groups, and breakout teams. The workshop participants worked as members of 16 planning teams. The teams had two exercises and three “bonus exercises” they needed to discuss, map and summarize. Exercise #1: Places in the Basin What are the three most significant places in your community that define your identity? Indicate these places on the map. Bonus Exercise #1 Indicate on the maps the three most important streets in your community and the “number 1 corner”. Bonus Exercise #2 Indicate on the map places in your community you have a strong relationship with or that have a special connection to the natural environment. Exercise #2: Opportunities for Reinvestment Of the urban and natural places you have identified on the map, which represent the greatest opportunities for new investment, reinvestment or restoration over the next 20 years? Which are the top three areas of opportunity? Bonus Exercise #3 Identify the two MOST important investment opportunities and list three reasons why.
1
Meeting Summary The planning teams presented the results of their efforts. The following themes became evident in their presentations. Valued Places: The Environments Around the Lake The Lake, beaches, and mountains were identified as valued environments. Workshop participants also said that natural places were important such as the Upper Truckee River, Emerald Bay, Fallen Leaf Lake, and Echo Summit. Other significant places presented by teams included Heavenly Valley, Lake Tahoe Community College, the casinos and shopping. Areas of Opportunity: The Wye, Highway 50 and Upper Truckee Watershed Teams identified the Wye and Highway 50 as important opportunity areas for new investment and reinvestment. In terms of restoration, the Upper Truckee River watershed was identified as an area of opportunity. Other areas presented as restoration opportunities included the airport and Meyers Landfill. Teams were divided on the future of the airport citing economic benefits of keeping the airport and the environmental benefits of wildlands restoration. Greatest Opportunity: Improving the Image, Economy, Environment and Mobility of South Lake Participants felt the benefits of reinvesting in the Wye and the Highway 50 corridor would include economic development, improved image, creation of affordable housing, and better pedestrian facilities (sidewalks) and transit service. Restoration of the Upper Truckee watershed and other areas would create a healthier forest, clearer lake, and increase recreational and hiking opportunities. Some teams pointed out that a healthier lake and forest would also create economic benefits for the region.
Team Summaries The following pages include each team’s summary notes and maps.
2
Team #1
Q1 • •
•
Lake Recreation opportunity areas Health and wellbeing – environmental and personal, educational, cultural
Q2 • • •
Hwy 50 corridor The Wye redevelopment Watershed restoration
Bonus Hwy 50 Corridor • Mitigate pollution • Ease congestion • Sidewalks – bike paths – make community friendly Watershed restoration • For health of the lake • Healthy water supply • Wildlife
3
Team #2
Q1 • • • •
Lake and Beaches The mountains Open Space/trails/ public beaches Community centers
Q2 •
•
•
Low income housing – city wide Restoration (wildlife care, public access, view corridors, open space) Redevelopment/ hwy 50/recycle old motels
Bonus Low income housing • lack of affordable housing • Stateline/Raley’s, Bijou, Ski Run Restoration • Restore Meeks Meadow (relocate Meeks Lumber), bike trails and sidewalks through town • Relocate Lake •
Tahoe Wildlife to Old Meyers Dump Nodes – Harrison Ave
4
Team #3
Q1 • • •
Lake Tahoe Stateline/Heav enly Emerald Bay – Camp Rich
Q2 • •
•
The Wye El Dorado Beach/ Harrison Ave Meyers Gateway
Bonus The Wye • Ugly entry • Community identity • Lost revenue El Dorado/Harrison Ave • Best potential • Under utilized • Lake access
5
Team #4
Q1 • • •
Fallen Leaf Lake Stateline Upper Truckee River/Meadows Area
•
Hwy 50/Pioneer (Ski Run and Primerose) – Sidewalks, alternate transportation, bike friendly South Y – rehab Locals town center Y/Harrison center
Q2
• •
Bonus Hwy 50 rehab • Pedestrian, Sidewalks/ Safety • Other non-auto option – bike trails, monorail, buses, public • Improve look of town and less pollution Local town center • Place to gather, hang out (Y, Harrison St) • •
Sense of community Focus improvement
6
Team #5
Q1 • • •
The Lake, streams & meadows Heavenly Ski Area Casinos/Stateline
Q2 •
•
•
•
The Wye – Commercial redevelopment, reinvestment, beautify, sidewalks Hwy 50 corridor Harrison Ave, Sierra Tract, Carson, Ski Run Blvd/public transit Sidewalks (with winter maintenance), bike paths, lighting Forest health/fuels reduction
Bonus Hwy 50 • First impression of SLT and Lake • Reduce VMT and congestion, improve air quality • Lake Health Forest Health = vital for economy • Fire prevention • Water clarity and quality • Sustainability for lake, resident an visitors
7
Team #6
Q1 • •
•
Lake/beaches Mountain rec areas (Tallac, Heavenly, Rim Trail, Fallen Leaf, Bike trails, Taylor Creek, Meese Meadow) Community Center
Q2 •
• •
Hwy 50 corridor and transit Wye Meyers
Bonus • •
•
•
•
8
Environment/ transit Flow/efficieny/ pedestrians/ Bike Economic Development/ Sustainable Wye – multiuse community place Scenic
Team #7
Q1 • •
•
Lake and Beaches Commercial corridor from Stateline to the Y Mt Tallac/Freel Peak and surrounding wilderness
Q2 • •
•
The Wye Stateline Redevelopment area Airport
Bonus The Wye • Unsightly – trees, less concrete • Local hub • More user friendly – traffic flows, pedestrians • Stimulate new investment Airport (divided in group whether to remove or go commercial) • Financial burden • Deactivate? •
Improve
9
Team #8
Q1 •
•
•
Lake Tahoe Wildlife Care at Old Meyers Landfill Affordable Housing, centrally located Hwy 50 restoration (sidewalks and lighting)
Q2 • • •
Convention center (attract business) Upper Truckee River (restoration) Airport (restore Upper Truckee Area, reinvest in businesses)
Bonus Convention Center • Tourism, economic stimulation, job creation, fill hotels • Tax base • Economic Diversification Upper Truckee River restoration • More recreation • Pollution •
Habitat
10
Team #9
Q1 •
•
•
Lake Front, Stateline to Emerald Bay Echo Summit/ Stateline & hwy 50 Corridor Natural Environment
Q2 • • •
Wye area Al Tahoe Airport
Bonus • Needs to provide for local residents • Improve transportation • Improve infrastructure
11
Team #10
Q1 • • •
Lake Mtns Heavenly Village
• • •
The Wye Airport Hwy 50 Corridor
Q2
Bonus The Wye • Entry (gateway), • Community center, gathering place, • Run Down (needs help) Airport • Educational bird sanctuary • Important wetland • Noise and air pollution
12
Team #11
Q1 • • •
Lake/Beaches Schools/Work Shopping
•
Old Meyers Landfill for wildlife parks and rehab Wye and Hwy 50 to Stateline Airport
Q2
• • Bonus
Old Meyers Landfill • Clean Up • Multi group • Education and view (like Touler Creek) Airport • Better use of land • Government consolidation • Improve feasibility, restore meadow
13
Team #12
Q1 •
•
•
Lake and Mtns (wildlife, meadows, outdoor environment) Heavenly and recreation (outdoor) Wildlife and community balance (transportation)
Q2 •
•
•
Transportation, transit and airport, bike and pedestrian Environmental restoration (Meyers landfill wildlife park, conservancy purchase tweetens Balance between housing and environment, community centers
Bonus Transportation • Reduces emissions • •
Economic impact Tourism
Environmental restoration • Future generations
14
Team #13
Q1 • •
•
Lake Tahoe (beaches, recreation, views) Recreation (skiing, boarding, biking, atv’s, boating, skydiving, etc) Casinos/ redevelopment (blight and poverty)
Q2 •
•
•
Airport and Environmental Improvement The Wye and Project 3 (sidewalks and gutters) Transportation (bike, bus, boats, monorail, airport)
Bonus Transportation • Environment (reduce VMT’s, in-basin pollution) • Community/wildlife (natural disasters, emergency services) • Economy – increase ppl = more $ to the basin, new biz growth, helicopters) Redevelopment/Y project • Improve economy • Sidewalks – resort destination • Keep people wanting to be here
15
Team #14
Q1 • • •
Lake Fallen Leaf Lake Community College
•
Traffic congestion – roundabouts, transit Upper Truckee River restoration Sidewalks
Q2
• • Bonus
Traffic Congestion • Quality of life • Economic impact • Air quality Upper Truckee River Watershed restoration • Lake Clarity • Wildlife habitat • Recreation
16
Team #15
Q1 •
•
• •
Lake and mountains environment, open spaces, and beaches Hwy 50 corridor (positive and negative) Heavenly – recreation Gambling
Q2 • • •
•
Wye Hwy 50 corridor Open spaces beaches, trails, streams, backcountry Airport
Bonus Wye • • •
Gateway local hub location
Hwy 50 corridor • transportation • identifies community • safety
17
Team #16
Q1 • • •
Lake Hwy 50 Heavenly and recreation (outdoor)
•
Bike Trails and sidewalks Affordable Housing Hwy 50/Wye corridor
Q2
• • Bonus
Hwy 50/Wye • Pedestrian Safety • Emission Reduction • Aesthetics Affordable Housing • Diversity • Primary residents • Schools
18
Team #19 (Youth Team)
Q1 •
•
•
South Shore Bike Trail (Tahoe Valley to Pope/Baldwin) Truckee River/Washoe St Park, Back 40 Community College/pool
Q2 •
•
Community reinvestment – the Wye and community college to Reagan/El Dorado Beach Natural reinvestment – airport and meadow
Bonus The Wye and community college • Needs to be walkable • Potential for real business community district • Functional shops that support daytime business activities (lunch, office supplies, new business) Airport Meadow • Increase access to Upper Truckee or a restored stream • Kill the eyesore that hits you with the lake as you come over echo summit • Harrison St across to library & pool – connect it
19
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #1: Places in the Basin Incline/Washoe County Date: March 27, 2006 On March 27, 2006 over 80 people attended the first of three community workshops in the Place-Based planning process portion of the Pathway 2007 regional plan update. The workshop was held at the Chateau in Incline Village and provided a chance for participants to identify valued places in their communities and locations that represent opportunities for investment, reinvestment and restoration.
The meeting included a brief overview of the planning process, summary of important community and regional issues identified at the March 9, 2006 kick-off meeting of the Working Groups from the four placed-based planning areas, overview of information requested by the Working Groups, and breakout teams. The workshop participants worked as members of 10 planning teams. The teams had two exercises and three “bonus exercises” they needed to discuss, map and summarize. Exercise #1: Places in the Basin What are the three most significant places in your community that define your identity? Indicate these places on the map. Bonus Exercise #1 Indicate on the maps the three most important streets in your community and the “number 1 corner”. Bonus Exercise #2 Indicate on the map places in your have a strong relationship with or special connection to the natural environment. Exercise #2: Opportunities for Reinvestment Of the urban and natural places you have identified on the map, which represent the greatest opportunities for new investment, reinvestment or restoration over the next 20 years? Which are the top three areas of opportunity? Bonus Exercise #3 Identify the MOST important investment opportunity and list three reasons why.
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Meeting Summary The planning teams presented the results of their efforts. The following themes became evident in their presentations. Valued Places: Our Natural Setting The most important or valued places in their community largely involved natural places such as the shoreline, trails, and recreational areas. In addition to natural places, the village’s community facilities were viewed as high value places. Schools, health clinic, town center and recreational facilities were mentioned as important features too. Areas of Opportunity: Enhancing Central Places All the teams discussed the desire and opportunity to reinvest in Incline’s commercial center. Teams defined it in different ways. Some called it the Town Center or Village Center. Some treated it as a corridor stretching from the Ponderosa to the Village Center or as the North-South loop. Others focused on reinvestment in and expansion of the existing Village Center. Other development opportunity sites discussed included Old Mariner site, industrial area, the Ponderosa site, and former school site. In addition to development sites, some teams identified recreational opportunities at Incline Lake, Diamond Peak, Beach access for Crystal Bay. Greatest Opportunity: Reinvesting in Incline’s Town Center All the teams identified the central district of Incline as a place for reinvestment. They cited the opportunity to take advantage of it central location and available land. Here the community could consolidate commercial and community-services in a way it improves it Incline’s central district’s image and character. They felt this project would create a “ripple effect” for new investment. It could become a central hub for the village with improved transit, pedestrian and bike access.
The following pages include each team’s summary notes and maps.
2
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Team One
Question One • Lake Tahoe and Lake Tahoe Watershed • All Recreational Areas (Trails, Golf, Mountain, Etc.) • Lakeshore -- Accessible Views Question Two • Community Access • Town Center! (Highway 28 and Village Southwest and Northwest Corner) • Pedestrian Pathways and Bicycle Pathways • Creative Transportation (Boat, Fairy, Trolley, Etc.) Bonus Question • Town Center -Consolidate Access to All Amenities( Including People) • Create Pedestrian/Bicycle Friendly and Safe Community • Centralized Community Transportation (Nonpolluting)
3
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Team Two
Question One • Shoreline and Lake • Forest Environments • Village Center Question Two • *Village Center • Transportation • Incline Lake Bonus Question • Pedestrian Friendly, Bicycle Accessible (Multi-Modal Transportation) • Sense of Community and Social, Business, Recreation MultiUsed Area • Developmentally Advantageous “Ripple Effect”
4
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Team Three
Question One • The Lake/Beaches • Rim Trails and Tunnel Creek • Incline Way/Southwood - Country Club Dr. Question Two • Village Center/the Southwood Arc • Highway 28 Corridor/Redevelopment • Connect the Village Main Corridors with Walking Pathways and Bike Pathways Bonus Question • To Create a Village Center • Make Village/Town Center More Conducive to Pedestrian Foot Traffic • Accessible Use of Center of Town
5
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Team Four
Question One • Beaches/Lakefro nt/Lake Areas • Recreation Areas • Open Space Question Two • Ponderosa • Village Center/Elementa ry School • Open Space Bonus Question • Availability • Location • Center/Focus for Community
6
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Team Five
Question One • Recreational Facilities • Town Center Corridor • Schools Question Two • Town Center Corridor • Diamond Peak • Industrial Area/Ponderosa Bonus Question • Town Center Corridor • Consolidation (Convenience) • Serves Everybody • Aesthetics
7
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Team Six
Question One • Sand Harbor/Beaches • Diamond Peak • Hospital/EMS (Fire) Question Two • Ponderosa • Old Mariner Site -Crystal Bay • Village Center Upgrade Bonus Question • Ponderosa • Tax Revenue • Size of Property • Flexibility
8
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Team Seven
Question One • Access to Natural Areas • Community Center • Shoreline Question Two • Investment and Redevelopment • North Stateline Redevelopment • Incline Lake • Village Center • Other - Bypass/Walking Trails Linking Incline Village and Crystal Bay, More Access to Natural Areas Bonus Question • Crystal Bay • Economic Viability in Renewal • Tourist Accommodation • Workforce Housing – Incentives Incline Village • Economic Well-Being • Social Well-Being • Ecological Integrity -Lake and Streams
9
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Team Eight
Question One • Lake and Beaches • Recreation Areas (Meadows, Trails, Bike Path, Ski Area, Forest) • Schools Question Two • Tahoe Blvd. Corridor (Ponderosa, Start of Highway to End) • Village Plaza -- Town Center (Walking Pedestrian Village) • Casino Corridor (Facelift) Crystal Bay • Incline Lake Bonus Question • Create an Inviting Gateway to Incline on Each End • Create the Ability to Be Pedestrian and Bike Friendly End to End • Uniform and Attractive Signage Commercial and Residential and Visitor Friendly
10
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Team Nine
Question One • Recreation/Open Spaces (Beaches, Waterfront, Golf, Ski, Playing Fields) • Town Center /Commercial Core • Education/Schools Question Two • Northwood/ Southwood Loop • Tahoe Blvd. • Crystal Bay Commercial • Ponderosa Ranch/Incline Bonus Question • Community Identity with Green Building and Alternative Energy (Leed/Usable) • Economy • Most Feasible Reinvestment and Restoration Opportunity
11
3-27-06 Washoe/Incline Village Workshop
Team Ten
Question One • Recreational Opportunities and Facilities • Interplay between Homes and Forest, Lake • Public Health and Safety • Low-Key Character of Incline (Minority Opinion) Question Two • Northwood/Southwood Loop Special Connection to School and Link to Future Pier • Incline Lake • Country Club Mall/Ski Beach Pier -- Lake Transportation and Commercial Development Bonus Question • Many Opportunities to Integrate Commercial, Cultural, Recreational Interests of the Community and Town Center (Bicycle and Pedestrian Pathways) • Visually Rundown and Physically Disconnected Not Suitable for Walking • Economic, Transportation, Cultural Centers Provide Educational Mixed-Use Opportunities
12
Dear Place-Based Planning Workshop Participants: Thank you for helping take a crucial step toward creating a desirable vision for your community. Your attendance at the place-based planning workshop was much appreciated and we thank you for your valued contribution. To view a summary of the results from your area, please visit the Lake Tahoe Basin’s Placebased Planning website at www.regionalplanningpartners.com, and click on your planning area’s web page. The next week of community workshops will take place May 22 to May 25. We hope you will join us for the next round of workshops as we will take the “vision” to another level of detail. We look forward to seeing you there and ask that you advise your friends to come and participate as well. PLEASE note that the next workshop for Public Lands will take place in Kings Beach to make sure the North Shore voices are also heard. We will build on the input we received at the South Lake Tahoe Public Lands workshop, so please join us in Kings Beach on May 24th. May (22-25) Workshop Schedule: • Incline Village/Crystal Bay, May 22 at The Chateau, 6 to 9 pm • Placer County, May 23 at the North Tahoe Conference Center, 6 to 9 pm • Public Lands, May 24 at the North Tahoe Conference Center, 6 to 9 pm • South Shore, May 25 at Harvey’s Casino and Resort, 6 to 9 pm July (17-20) Workshop Schedule (exact addresses to follow) • Incline/Crystal Bay/Washoe – July 17 at The Chateau, 6 – 9 pm • Placer County – July 18 at Tahoe Lake School Gymnasium, Tahoe City, 6 to 9 pm • South Shore – July 19 at Caesar’s Lake Tahoe, Stateline, 6 to 9 pm • Public Lands – July 20 at South Tahoe Middle School, S. Lake Tahoe, 6 to 9 pm
We look forward to seeing you at the next workshop!
Sincerely, The Pathway 2007 Team and Regional Planning Partners
Dear Place-Based Planning Workshop Participants: Thank you for helping take a crucial step toward creating a desirable vision for our community. Your attendance at the place-based planning workshop was much appreciated and we thank you for your valued contribution. To view a summary of the results from your area, please visit the Lake Tahoe Basin’s Place-based Planning website at www.regionalplanningpartners.com, and click on your planning area’s web page. The next week of community workshops will take place May 22 to May 25. We hope you will join us for the next workshop as we will take the “vision” to another level of detail. We look forward to seeing you there and ask that you advise your friends to come and participate as well. PLEASE note that the next workshop for Public Lands will take place on the North Shore. The hope is to build on the input we received at the South Lake Tahoe workshop, so please join us in Kings Beach on May 24th. May Workshop Schedule: • • • •
Incline Village/Crystal Bay, May 22 at The Chateau, 6 to 9 pm Placer County, May 23 at the North Tahoe Conference Center, 6 to 9 pm Public Lands, May 24 at the North Tahoe Conference Center, 6 to 9 pm South Shore, May 25 at Harvey’s Casino and Resort, 6 to 9 pm
We look forward to seeing you again soon! Sincerely, The Pathway 2007 Team and Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures Washoe/Incline • May 22, 2006 Objectives: • Identify concepts for investment, reinvestment and restoration of Washoe County’s places • Identify desirable scenic and design characteristics for places • Discuss strategies for accomplishing the “triple bottom line” Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives • Process update Potential Futures • Places in the basin (summary of workshop 1 results) • Meeting the “triple bottom line” • Areas of opportunities (Incline Village/Town Center) Planning Framework Concepts Image the future of Washoe County’s areas of opportunity in the Basin at a community scale. What type of activities are we planning for? What is their character and scenic qualities? How will people access them? This requires pursuing an overall vision comprised of land use, cultural and environmental concepts. Exercise #1: Organizing Ideas–Community Scale The first exercise is to provide an opportunity for teams to diagram a community-scale planning and design framework. You will consider future civic streets, gateways and focal points for the Washoe sub-region. Future Civic Streets On your map, identify the most important “civic streets”. Civic streets are considered central to economic and social life in your community. They often are your “show case” streets. Future Gateways Where are the entries to Washoe’s communities? Where will they be in the future? Indicate future gateway locations on your map. Future Focal Points Every community has places that act as a social, economic, and physical nodes. Identify existing and potential future focal points in the Washoe’s Basin communities. Planning Concepts Image the future of Incline Village’s central places. What type of activities will be there? What is their character and scenic qualities? How will people access them? This requires pursuing an overall vision comprised of land use, cultural and environmental concepts. Exercise #2: Organizing Ideas How will opportunity sites change in the next 20 years? List three desired changes for areas of opportunity in Incline. • ______________________ • ______________________ • ______________________
MAPPING: Using land use “chips”, allocate development to areas of opportunities. Consider the types of land uses, the location of community gathering places, linkages and the natural features on the site. Exercise #3: Community Identity What will your places look like? List three defining characteristics for three important places. • ______________________ • ______________________ • ______________________ MAPPING: Cut out sample images that reflect desirable design characteristics for the opportunity areas identified on your map. Add notes. Exercise #4: Strategies for the “triple bottom line” (creating social, financial and natural capital) What are your leading strategies for meeting the “triple bottom line” in your future vision of your valued places? Write your win-win-win summary on the flip chart paper provided. • ______________________ • ______________________ • ______________________ Team Presentations Summary and Next Steps
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures Washoe/Incline • May 22, 2006
On May 22, 2006 over 110 people attended the second of three workshops of the PlaceBased planning process for Pathway 2007. The workshop was held at The Chateau in Incline Village. The workshop provided an opportunity for participants to: • • •
Identify concepts for investment, reinvestment and restoration of Incline Village places; Identify desirable scenic and design characteristics for places; and Discuss strategies for accomplishing the “triple bottom line”.
The workshop featured attendees working in ten planning teams to address planning concepts at two scales. The first assignment included preparing a planning framework and summarizing top priorities for Washoe County’s Lake Tahoe Basin communities. The second assignment used Incline Village’s town center to demonstrate place-based planning concepts. Assignments–Teams identified: Planning Framework Concepts–Community-Scale • Future civic streets • Future gateways • Future focal points Incline Town Center Demonstrating Potential Place-Based Concepts and Policies • Organizing ideas • Community identity/character • Strategies for “triple bottom line”
1
Team Summaries The planning teams presented the highlights of their efforts. Teams discussed desired changes at the community scale, leading organizational concepts for central Incline, and how their ideas would accomplish the “triple bottom line” where investments result in social, environmental and economic benefits.
Washoe Communities Most of the teams identified existing highways and principal local streets as “civic streets”. These streets and highways included the ENTIRE travel experience in the county, not just as these roads passed through communities. Many gateways and focal points were envisioned as enhancements to existing places. The enhancements included activities that added to the commercial, public and recreational choices for residents and visitors. Two of the teams reminded participants that there are two key reasons for people choosing to live here–the beach season and ski season–and these were an important part of the Tahoe experience. Teams discussed a variety of desired changes to Washoe County’s Lake Tahoe Basin communities. These changes included increasing choices of recreational facilities, enhancing community centers, better commercial services, and providing housing and services that would support families.
Incline Village Town Center Central Incline was identified at the March workshop as an important opportunity area. It was used here to demonstrate place-based planning concepts. The team summaries are organized by community design and desired uses. Generally, teams envisioned a central Incline different from today with greater attention paid to pedestrian comfort, higher quality commercial services, a mix of uses and places for the community to gather.
Community Design Teams developed organizational ideas that identified community centers. There were three basic ways teams organized their concepts. Some teams assumed there would be a single center where commercial uses could be consolidated, connected and blended. Others created “dumbbell” concepts that reinvented existing commercial centers and connected with a “main street” along Hwy 28. Others identified three centers, each tasked with different activities, such as one being mixed-use, another as a commercial center and the third as recreational. At a site planning level, teams featured pedestrian access, open spaces and a mix of uses. They also considered the location of parking.
2
The Future of Hwy 28 All the teams addressed the role of Hwy 28 as Incline’s primary exposure to the regional traveler and as the primary access street for Incline. Many of the teams called for a design overhaul of Hwy 28 into a main street. This included increasing street-oriented commercial uses and a continuous pedestrian environment. Some teams showed new commercial and mixed-use buildings fronting Hwy 28 with parking located at the rear of the site.
Triple Bottom Line Each team had to present how their concepts supported the triple bottom line.
Social The most consistent attribute regarding social benefits was the inclusion of affordable housing. In addition, teams felt creating interactive gathering places would improve the social experience of living in Incline. Environmental By creating a more walkable and transit-friendly community, teams felt their concepts would decrease driving, improve air quality and make Incline a healthier community. Economic Consolidation of commercial uses, improved management and higher quality commercial services were credited as features that would improve the local economy.
The following pages include photographic and written summaries of each team’s efforts at the workshop.
3
Team #1
Social – Integrates existing cultures – supporting family and visitor needs Environment – Encourage people pathways – BMP: indigenous landscaping (meandering creeks) – balance development Economic – User friendly shopping
4
5
Team #2
Social – – – –
Community gathering place (i.e. Village Market Plaza area) workforce housing recreational/entertainment (amphitheater/performing arts center), cultural center trolley transportation around commercial and recreational area
Financial – Consolidation of services/businesses – Upscale businesses/buildings Natural – Open space (green spaces) – pedestrian friendly, gathering places, – green and environmentally friendly
6
7
Team #3
Social – Create a true “town center” – create a senior/youth center Financial – More/better organized businesses and shopping opportunities (facilitate shopping for locals) Natural – Reduce driving with a planned community/shopping area, – more parks and green spaces
8
9
Team #4
Â
social
financial
walk access
health, interact with others
shop local
affordable housing
local schools
workforce support
redevelopment
community gathering places
business opportunity and tax base
natural air, green, high desire to maintain reduce travel to community for workers aesthetics, beauty
10
11
Team #5
1. Multi-use construction 2. Ties to the college 3. Attractions for social gatherings that support local businesses
12
13
Team #6
Need to combine social and retail centers Increase financial output Afford to conserve property
Affordable housing
Natural
ď ś Places for people to have a good time (outside) ď ś Variation of things to do
Social
14
15
Team #7
Social – Diversity, family-oriented, people place Economic – affordable but quality Environmental – FOCUS!!
16
17
Team #8
Social - Pedestrian central commercial area - More access to lake - Concentrating residential areas Natural -
pedestrian access highlighting natural features ability to travel without car preservation of open spaces/natural spaces
Financial - foot traffic increasing economic activity - gas savings
18
19
Team #9
Social - public meeting space, green space/ice rink - affordable housing - benches – coffee shops/restaurants Environmental - green space - underground parking - walking (no cars) - ski area/beaches/golf – public transport Financial - high density commercial - high traffic zone - shared use parking - highly visible form main highway
20
21
Team #10
Social -
rec. center, Parasol building, Village Green (expansion, multiple accessibility Renovation of general area More affordable housing Integrated planning – mulit-use/multi-race/inter-racial buildings/communities
Environmental - centralizing business and social area (effect:control what going in & coming out) - no more flushing of toilets (Alexandra) - pedestrian friendly Economic - Centralization of business long hwy 28 o Increased pedestrian opportunities o Mixed use income o Use of old elementary school for business o Preservation of old tourist area – major income o Projecting – effect: management
22
23
Kids Team
24
25
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures Placer County • May 23, 2006 Objectives: Identify concepts for investment, reinvestment and restoration of Placer County’s places Identify scenic and design characteristics for places Discuss strategies for accomplishing the “triple bottom line”
Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives • Process update Potential Futures • Places in the basin (summary of workshop 1 results) • Meeting the “triple bottom line” overview • Planning framework for Placer County Basin communities • Areas of opportunities (Kings Beach) Planning Framework Concepts Image the future of Placer County’s areas of opportunity in the Basin at a community scale. What type of activities are we planning for? What is their character and scenic qualities? How will people access them? This requires pursuing an overall vision comprised of land use, cultural and environmental concepts. Exercise #1: Organizing Ideas–Community Scale The first exercise is to provide an opportunity for teams to diagram a community-scale planning and design framework. You will consider future civic streets, gateways and focal points for the Placer sub-region. Future Civic Streets On your map, identify the most important “civic streets”. Civic streets are considered central to economic and social life in your community. They often are your “show case” streets. Future Gateways Where are the entries to Placer’s communities? Where will they be in the future? Indicate future gateway locations on your map. Future Focal Points Every community has places that act as a social, economic, and physical nodes. Identify existing and potential future focal points in the South Lake’s community. Kings Beach: Demonstrating Potential Place-Based Concepts and Policies Image the future of Kings Beach’s “main street” district. What type of activities will be there? What is their character and scenic qualities? How will people access them? This requires pursuing an overall vision comprised of land use, cultural and environmental concepts. Exercise #2: Organizing Ideas How will the areas of opportunity change in the next 20 years? List three desired overall changes for Kings Beach. • ______________________ • ______________________ • ______________________
MAPPING: Using land use “chips”, allocate development to areas of opportunities. Consider the types of land uses, the location of community gathering places, linkages and the natural features on each site, and their relationship to the entire district. Exercise #3: Community Identity What will your places look like? List three defining characteristics for three important places. • ______________________ • ______________________ • ______________________ MAPPING: Cut out sample images that reflect desirable design characteristics for the opportunity areas identified on your map. Add notes. Exercise #4: Strategies for the “triple bottom line” (creating social, financial and natural capital) What are your leading strategies for meeting the “triple bottom line” in your future vision of your valued places? Write your win-win-win summary on the flip chart paper provided. • ______________________ • ______________________ • ______________________ Team Presentations Summary and Next Steps
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures Placer County, Lake Tahoe • May 23, 2006
On May 23, 2006 over 120 people attended the second of three workshops of the Place-Based planning process for Pathway 2007at the North Tahoe Community Conference Center. The workshop provided an opportunity for participants to: • • •
Identify concepts for investment, reinvestment and restoration of Placer County’s Lake Tahoe places; Identify desirable scenic and design characteristics for places; and Discuss strategies for accomplishing the “triple bottom line”.
Attendees at the workshop worked in twelve planning teams to address planning concepts at two scales. The first assignment asked participants to prepare a planning framework and summarize top priorities for Placer County’s Lake Tahoe communities. The second assignment used Kings Beach “downtown” to demonstrate place-based planning concepts.
1
Assignments–Teams identified: Planning Framework Concepts–Community-Scale • Future civic streets • Future gateways • Future focal points Downtown Kings Beach Demonstrating Potential Place-Based Concepts and Policies • Organizing ideas • Community identity/character • Strategies for “triple bottom line” Team Summaries The planning teams presented the highlights of their efforts. They discussed desired changes at Placer County’s Lake Tahoe Basin scale, leading organizational concepts for Kings Beach, and how their ideas would accomplish the “triple bottom line” where investments result in social, environmental and economic benefits.
Placer County’s Lake Tahoe Communities The teams emphasized enhancing existing centers, rather than introducing new ones. The town commercial centers and gateways were mapped as part of the larger travel experience. Key gateways mentioned by teams included Kings Beach, Tahoe City, Hwy 89, Homewood, and Tahoma. The town centers of Kings Beach and Tahoe City were important focal points. One team emphasized the need to also reinvest in smaller commercial centers, such as Homewood, over the next 20 years. These smaller places would need their own plans. Reinvestment in town centers should introduce “functional retail”, eliminate blight, diversify the local economy, provide affordable housing, and improve the image of Placer County’s Lake Tahoe communities. Improving connections between Placer County’s Lake Tahoe communities was important to participants. Completing a regional system of trails, bike routes, parking, and transit services were imagined as important improvements to be made over the next 20 years. Improving the pedestrian’s experience, safety and comfort was mentioned by nearly all the teams.
2
“Downtown” Kings Beach Workshop participants were asked to use the commercial portions of Kings Beach to demonstrate how their vision could improve Placer County’s Lake Tahoe communities. The teams discussed the importance of the beach to the community, the mix of uses desired, how to integrate transit, the highway commercial frontage relationship with adjacent neighborhoods, community character, infrastructure and water quality.
It’s the Beach The teams emphasized the role of the beach as a central feature for the community. The views of the Lake, access to the beach and its future role as a public open space was central to the way teams approached developing concepts for Downtown Kings Beach. The idea of introducing a boardwalk was part of two of the teams’ ideas for the beach. The pier was mentioned as a Kings Beach destination as well. Land Use: Mixed-use Future Most of the teams envisioned a mixed-use future for Downtown Kings Beach. This included improved visitor accommodations, more functional retail, housing and cultural enhancements. Relationship to Neighborhoods The connection to adjacent neighborhoods was featured by several of the teams. Concepts included creation of “backstreet villages” of pedestrian-scaled commercial and community uses, enhanced sidewalk connections, and residential transition. Transportation and Parking Ten out of twelve of the teams identified a three-lane solution for the highway as the most desirable approach. This pedestrian-friendly theme was complemented with shared parking and transit by most of the teams. Some teams also explored creating a parallel road to the highway for local traffic. Community Character Most of the teams stressed improving the image of Kings Beach. Two of the teams wanted to “clean up the junk” in Kings Beach where new investment improved the area’s image. Others expressed the desire to “keep the best buildings”. Infrastructure Several of the teams approached infrastructure on a district basis. This holistic approach was evident in the approach to parking, water quality, and open space. Water Quality The Kings Beach Community Plan requires the preparation of a water quality solution for the downtown district. Several of the teams explored how to do this including looking for uphill solutions running parallel with the topography and downhill multi-use swales used for drainage, snow storage and trails.
Triple Bottom Line Teams were asked to present how their concepts supported the triple bottom line.
3
Social Teams identified two primary areas of benefit for reinvesting in Kings Beach–increasing the amount of affordable housing and creating gathering places. Environmental A variety of environmental benefits were identified by the teams including reduction of auto trips due to enhanced transit and pedestrian access, green buildings, and improved visual character. Economic Economic diversification was a top benefit of concepts for reinvestment in Kings Beach.
The following pages include photographic and written summaries of each team’s efforts at the workshop.
4
Team #1
Environmental - Addressing drainage, transportation - Designing efficient green buildings, solar Social - Mixed housing - Walkable communities - Sense of place (inviting) Economic - Diversified and sustainable economic base - Simplified entitlements process
5
6
Team #2
Economic - Better lodging Environmental - Pedestrian and bike friendly - Concentrated development, build over parking Social - Appropriate housing, affordable and upgraded - Parks, small neighborhood parks and public beaches
7
8
Team #3
Environmental - encourage walking, biking - drainage, lake protection - eclectic architecture preserving natural setting Social - affordable middle class community - public spaces - year round neighborhoods Economic - create diverse sustainable business environment - maintain affordable housing for workforce - attract visitors
9
10
Team #4
Mixed use hubs with functional commercial, gives opportunity to populate (housing and TA’s) downtowns, generates economic sustainability (reduce VMT) Creates community - Create more public open space with trails
11
12
Team #5
Environmental - alternative transportation, water/public transit stop/enhanced pedestrian - stream/creek protection/enhancement Social - plaza focal point - enhanced pedestrian experience - mixed use Economic - enhanced tourist accommodations - increased and focused commercial - public spaces promote business - pier! - parking nodes
13
14
Team #6
Social -
walk = healthy housing improvements green building centers to hang out mixed use = building community
Economic - longer stopovers - better product - people want to come to a vibrant and environmentally friendly community Environmental - less traffic/walkability/bike friendly - BMP’s - non-motorized use in the lake encouraged - green building
15
16
Team #7
Environmental - more bike trails and sidewalks = less cars, less traffic, less smog and congestion - parking removed from hwy 28 enhances scenic corridor and “village: environment - cover open ditches with sidewalks, improves water quality Economic - redevelop “junk�/slums into workforce housing - pedestrian village, nicer accommodations (RV campground) draw more tourists dollars (and TOT income), conference dollars - pay parking for tourists, local stickers Social -
more pleasing, friendly and livable community environment great atmosphere for families, parks and pedestrian friendly slower traffic, sidewalks, roundabouts promote safety people can afford to live in town year round
17
18
Team #8
INNOVATE Social -
public spaces scenic corridors safer streets (ped friendly) linkages gateways/access/transit
3 story buildings, reduce sprawl
Environmental - Reduce dependence on resources - Reduced maintenance and operational costs required for new buildings - Treat causes at source - Simplest solutions first - Embrace permeable paving options - Upgrade sewers and water system - Ban road sand in the basin
Economic - local economy first - revitalize blight - affordable housing - mixed use focus
19
20
Team #9
Social - Affordable/quality housing - pedestrian friendly community - “Carmel”ization of Kings Beach Environmental - maintain and preserve open space - Implementation of Kings Beach Community Core Improvement Project Economic - Businesses people will gravitate towards - More “buzz”
21
22
Team #10
Environmental - walkable Economic - active downtown Social - community/togetherness
23
24
Team 11
Economic - year-round professional/seasonal - viable conference facility and lodging - affordable housing - intermixed mixed use buildings Social - Walking transit/gathering - Shops/restaurants core Environmental - preservation - protect lake views and clarity - visitor education information - green solutions
-
access
25
26
Team 12
Economic - expanded economic aid for redevelopment for property owners and business owners - welcome center - affordable housing throughout, integrated high quality visitor housing Environmental - BMP standards enforced on county land and roads - New parks and plaza areas - Extensive landscaping with native vegetation Social -
expand = full time sheriffs office at KB affordable housing for rent and purchase more events and festivals (music and art, etc) pedestrian and bike friendly grid better school system
27
28
Kids Team
29
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Community Workshop #2:
Alternative Futures
Community Workshop #2:
Alternative Futures
May 23, 2006
Regional Planning Partners
• Introductions • Planning process update • March workshop highlights • Policy context and issues • Exploring opportunities and concepts • Summary and next steps Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Updating the Regional Plan–Every 20 Years
What is Pathway 2007?
... a historic opportunity. Research
The Partners TRPA US Forest Service Lahontan Nevada Dept of Environmental Protection
1
2 • TRPA Regional Plan Update • USFS Forest Plan • Lahontan Basin Plan Update/TMDL • NDEP TMDL Regional Planning Partners
Place-Based Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Regional Planning Partners
Desired Conditions Place-Based Visioning and 3 Planning Phase 1: Visioning Phase 2: Regulations Phase 3: Community Plans Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
March 28, 2006 Workshop Highlights
March 28, 2006 Workshop Highlights • Valued Places – The Lake, mountains and forests – Quality of natural setting, views – Communities and neighborhoods
• Opportunities for reinvestment – Improving commercial and town centers
• Benefits of reinvestment– Improvements to Kings Beach – Upgrading infrastructure – Improved image – Supporting transit and comfortable for pedestrians – Gateway to Tahoe experience Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
1
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Homework
Placer County Policy Context
• How do these places reflect the social and cultural history of your community? • What areas provide an economic focus for the community? • What open spaces and natural places does your community physically or emotionally associate with? • Is there a special street or place that is “central” to your community? • Are there neighborhoods that are distinctive places? Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Kings Beach
• 235 acres of commercial • 77 acres of tourist accommodations • 212 acres of multi-family • 2,611 acres of single family residential • 5,987 acres of recreation
State Line
Tahoe City
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Kings Beach Planning Areas Kings Beach Industrial Community Plan Area
Kings Beach Community Plan (1996) 1. 2.
3. 4.
Downtown Commercial East and West Gateway Commercial Recreation Area Beach Street Tourist and Residential Area
4
2
3
1 2
Community Commercial Plan Area Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Kings Beach Commercial Community Plan
Case Studies Darin pics and story
• “Downtown” has: – About 180,000 SF of commercial floor area – Has higher impervious land coverage than currently allowed – 380 hotel rooms
• Candidate for redevelopment • Envisioned as a tourist village “ Old Tahoe” pedestrian main street (shared parking) • Entries with a mix of uses • “Back street” service uses Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
2
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Workshop Assignments: Two Scales
Assignment 1: Community-Scale • Map:
• Planning Framework Concepts–Community-Scale
– Future civic streets – Future gateways – Future focal points
– Future civic streets – Future gateways – Future focal points
• Kings Beach Demonstrating Potential Place-Based Concepts and Policies
Add photos and notes
– Organizing ideas – Community identity/character – Strategies for “triple bottom line” Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Assignment 2, 3 and 4: Kings Beach
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Assignment 2, 3 and 4: Kings Beach
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Assignment 2, 3 and 4: Kings Beach
Assignment 2: Organizing Ideas • List three desired changes for areas of opportunity in Kings Beach: • _________________________ • _________________________ • _________________________
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
3
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Assignment 3: Community Identity • List three defining characteristics for three important places: • _________________________ • _________________________ • _________________________
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Assignment 4: Triple Bottom Line • What are your leading strategies for meeting the “triple bottom line” in your future vision: • Environmental________________________ • Social ______________________________ • Economic ___________________________
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Action Plan Workshop July 18, 2006
Media and Outreach • List of groups and individuals to contact • Local newsletters • Websites • Other
• Location: Tahoe City • Time: 6:00-9:00 PM
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
4
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures Public Lands and Waterways • May 24, 2006
On May 24, 2006, the second in a series of three workshops related to the topic of public lands and waterways was held at the N. Tahoe Conference Center in Kings Beach, CA. Close to 80 people attended the meeting with about two-thirds new to attending a workshop as a part of the Pathway 2007 regional plan update process. This workshop provided participants the opportunity to look at alternative futures for public lands and waterways around the Tahoe basin. Topics focused in on issues related to access and connectivity, facilities improvement, and restoration opportunities.
The meeting started with a brief overview of the planning process, a summary of themes from the first workshop, held March 29, 2006, demographic and recreation trend data for the basin, and introduction to “transect planning” and related transect maps as well as information on what the participants would be working on at their assigned tables. There were ten tables at the workshop, each with about 5-8 participants making up a team. The teams had a warm-up exercise to describe their favorite places around Tahoe in addition to the main tasks. These included: 1) Describe the areas around Lake Tahoe that have the best and worst access. (Basin-wide maps used for this exercise.) 2) Describe what improvements could be made for access and connectivity in these areas as well as the specific areas identified by the maps at each table. For the specific transect area maps and the GIS maps, teams were asked to answer: 1) Where are the high-quality experiences? 2) What issues related to access and connectivity need to be addressed? 3) Identify where the facilities are located – specifically high-quality facilities and facilities that need improvement. Also – note where it would be appropriate to address future capacity as it relates to these facilities. 4) Identify areas on the map where there are restoration opportunities in the areas of ecological, historical and/or cultural. Meeting Summary
There were many themes at this workshop that echoed some of the themes from the first workshop. Alternative transportation options as they relate to access to public lands and waterways was brought up by every team. Most teams felt that increasing non-motorized options 1
for alternative transportation (bike/pedestrian trails) was the best way to achieve better access, although some teams felt offering motorized options (ferries, boat access) would help alleviate some of the congestion on the roads. It was noted that planning for alternative transportation issues and parking on public lands was not significantly different than planning for parking management strategies in urban areas. Another common theme for the teams was the “sense of place and niche” for various areas around the lake. All teams cared deeply for these places and wanted to keep them protected from degradation, yet they also wanted them to continue to provide access for others. Handling capacity in this regard was critical. Some teams felt that certain areas did not need more access improvements, as it was easy enough to access them currently. Recreational activities in these areas was also prominently noted although the types of activities varied (skiing, biking, hiking, snowmobiling, kayaking, and boating were mentioned most. Regarding the transect areas that were chosen specifically for discussion purposes at the various tables (Blackwood Canyon, East Shore and Emerald Bay) there were many opinions on how these areas should be managed. Blackwood Canyon: Teams 3, 6, and 10 reviewed the GIS and transect maps related to the Blackwood Canyon area. Common themes for this area included how important the views and recreation activities in this area were to the general public. Some groups thought motorized access should be increased, while others thought non-motorized access should be improved for the area. East Shore: Teams 4, 5, and 9 worked on the GIS and transect maps for the East Shore area. Most teams agreed this was the worst area related to access around the Lake Tahoe Basin. Highway 28 did not offer enough parking and alternative transportation options. The East Shore beaches in particular were a very popular destination for residents and visitors, however, due to the problems related to access, were difficult to enjoy. All teams felt better parking options and public transit should be encouraged for this area. Some teams felt there could be an increase in motorized access including: RV access, a pier for boats, and more parking lots for cars. Others felt that no cars should be allowed without paying a fee that in turn would help pay for alternative transportation. Even the teams that promoted increasing motorized access felt that options for non-motorized (bike trails) access should be considered. One team felt that paid parking passes should be purchased by anyone wanting to park along highway 28 and that the proceeds could help pay for alternative transportation options. Emerald Bay: The teams that reviewed the GIS and transect maps for Emerald Bay included: 1, 2, 7 and 8. Each of these teams identified improving alternative transportation options to this area as being of major importance. Most teams felt a bike trail around Emerald Bay was a priority. Some teams felt improving shuttles and trolleys to the area also should be considered. Emerald Bay was identified by many teams to be one of the primary “focal points” of Lake Tahoe and therefore deserved special attention since capacity was an issue in the area. Some teams noted it had the worst access around the lake.
2
Individual Team Reports: Team 1: On the basin-wide map, team 1 felt the best access areas were Tahoe Meadows, Blackwood Canyon and High Meadows. The areas with the worst access were the East Shore, Incline Village and S. Shore Beaches as well as Emerald Bay.
Transect questions: (Emerald Bay) 1) They felt the high-quality experiences in Emerald Bay included hiking, views, solitude, camping, fishing (Desolation Wilderness area), scenic and camping (roadless area), the views and facilities in the Eagle Falls trailhead area, the historic, beaches, boating access, scenic, hiking, tours and recreation in the state park area, as well as the lake, historic, island, recreation, tour boats and boating in the bay. 2) Access and trail maintenance are good. They felt public transit is needed to the trailhead as well as summer and winter parking. A bike trail is needed in the state park and beach access should be improved. A hiking trail around the shore would be an improvement in the state park area as well. In the Bay – enforcement of speed limits and no wake zone is needed and public boat transit with a fee. They would prefer no diesel boats on the lake. 3) Day use limitations are needed in Desolation. For the trailhead and parking lots (LTBMU) keep the good restrooms, parking, and public transit and continue maintenance. More bike and hiking trails in the shorezone area, and add a public transit dock in the Bay. 4) Avalanche/landslide reduction in the roadless areas, roadway pullouts (Bayview Campground) as well as stream restoration at the trailheads and around Emerald Bay. Beach restoration in the state park. Eradicate Eurasian milfoil, reduce and remove fuels from boats (diesel and gas) and for all areas of the transect, improve trash removal.
3
Team 1 Basin Map
4
Team 1 Transect Map
5
Team 2: This team felt the Tahoe Rim Trail had the best access, while the lake overall was difficult to get to unless you were privileged. They also thought the backcountry area off Hwy 89 was difficult to get to. Their photographs represented outdoor activities such as camping, sports and wildlife. Transect questions: (Emerald Bay) 1) High quality experiences here included the scenery, solitude, trails, climbing, camping, views, falls, skiing, swimming, historic tours, boat camping, kayaking and boating. 2) In both Desolation and the roadless area – maintaining existing trails was a priority. Along the roadway, bike lanes, a trolley and limiting vehicle size was mentioned. A public pier, ferry service and a class 1 bike trail were suggested. No new parking or capacity for cars is suggested, rather improving access through alternative means such as bike trails, transit, and ferries would help. 3) In general for facilities, this group wanted to control capacity. Quality and capacity can be enhanced by developing off-site alternative access points, eg: off-site parking with bike trails to Emerald Bay, ferries with a public pier at Vikingsholm. Continue trail maintenance in Desolation. Restore slide area, Vikingsholm, trail switchbacks and continue trail maintenance in the area between Eagle Falls and the shore. For the Bay – keep Tahoe blue and restore the Tea House.
6
Team 2 Basin Map
7
Team 2 Transect Map
8
Team 3: Team 3 agreed that the Tahoe Rim Trail offered some of the best access as well as Sugar Pine Point. The worst access areas were Bliss (for skiing) and the East and South shore beaches. Their photographs represented views, seasons and outdoor recreational activities. Transect questions: (Blackwood Canyon) 1) Undeveloped, views, good access, good birding, wild scene, trails, camping and public lake access were mentioned as the high quality experiences in this area. 2) No need to plow Barker Pass road in winter, but maintain informal camping areas (no more roads) to improve access. The picnic area at the lake could have improved public access. 3) Keep limited roads, trail signage and non-motorized use trails. Improve picnic facilities with toilets and acquire more public access points. 4) The parking area at the TRT/PCT trailhead could be restored. There should be stream restoration in Blackwood Canyon. Forest health and restoration of some roads along Blackwood Ridge. Forest health, stream restoration and the historic 1960 Olympic trails as well as the sewer lines near the picnic area are good restoration options.
9
Team 3 Basin Map
10
Team 3 Transect Map
11
Team 4:
Transect questions: (East Shore) 1) The remoteness and solitude, natural experience, trail access, opportunity to experience undisturbed ecosystems and wildlife, the Tahoe Rim Trail, and non-motorized experience were all mentioned as high-quality. 2) Discourage autos through paid parking passes and toll booths (one member disagreed with the toll booth concept) with the fees from these paying for shuttles between Incline and Spooner. Have waterborne, kayak and hydrofoil access. No indiscriminate parking. More bike trails. Only allow low-impact access – less pollution per visitor. NV needs to implement high water mark as public access. 3) Expand existing parking facilities (no new development). Have fee-based parking to fund shuttles, enforcement and BMPs. Shuttles to use clean fuels. Allow overnight camping at shoreline of Marlette Lake. 4) Fuels management (not with invasive equipment), stream/watershed restoration, and improve BMPs along the highway. Manage and control human debris. Natural area maintains healthy ecosystem – maintain health.
12
Team 4 Basin Map
13
Team 4 Transect Map
14
Team 5: This team felt Spooner Summit had the best access, while Emerald Bay had the worst. They had photos of natural features such as Cave Rock.
Transect questions: (East Shore) 1) In the TRT area, hiking, views, wildlife viewing, natural environment, thin crowds were the high quality experiences. They were fishing, biking, views, wildlife viewing and hiking in the Marlette lake to highway 28 area. The road had views and lake access. The shore had solitude, bird watching, swimming, beaches, dogs, views, and cultural experiences. The lake had kayaking, boating, swimming, snorkeling, fish and shelter from prevailing winds as the high-quality experiences. 2) In summer, they do not want to increase access/parking because it is at capacity for the desired quality experience. Have a shuttle (boat and bus) to developed recreation sites such as Sand Harbor and Thunderbird Lodge. In winter, could increase human capacity through alternative modes of access if compatible with resources (snowmobile access). 3) Control parking/cars to control experience quality. Have shuttles to appropriate areas (developed recreation sites) and include fee parking (one pass that includes shuttle). Eliminate NV state park corp. yard at Sand Harbor and replace with appropriate recreation use. Potential for public piers where use is concentrated (Sand Harbor) to support waterborne transit. Add seasonal public restroom at Marlette. 4) Road restoration at Ponderosa end of Flume Trail. Fuels management work and opportunities through thinning for better views. Restore old building across from Thunderbird if historic.
15
Team 5 Basin Map
16
Team 5 Transect Map
17
Team 6: This team felt the best access areas were Spooner Summit and the worst access was the East Shore along Highway 28.
Transect questions (Blackwood Canyon) 1) Trailhead parking, hiking, enjoying Aspen and Black Cottonwood (exercise), tributary waterfalls, rollerblading, biking, cross-country skiing and snowmobiling were all suggested as high-quality experiences in this area. 2) Limit motorized access from the Tahoe when road is closed. Restrict creek camping access, need a defined campground, and have interpretive signage would improve access and connectivity. 3) Water and suitable sites will limit camping, road maintenance should be considered and parking would limit motorized access. There is a lack of campgrounds in canyon area. 4) Trail and road maintenance, reforestation, stream restoration, restoring old creek roads to trails, controlling OHVs, and improving restroom facilities should happen in this area.
18
Team 6 Basin Map
19
Team 6 Transect Map
20
Team 7: This team felt that parking at Tahoe Meadows and Spooner allowed for good access as did Big Meadow trailhead. The East Shore and Emerald Bay had the worst access. Their photos were representative of mountain biking. Transect questions (Emerald Bay) 1) Backpacking, backcountry skiing, views, easy access, beach, boating, kayaking, sailing, and canoeing were all listed as high-quality experiences. 2) Keep campsites, TRT/PCT access, trails, good parking, walking path, and water camping. Add restrooms at boat camping area and non-motorized boat storage. Charge for all parking. 3) Good campsites, add restrooms, enforce limited parking and add a bike only bridge. Enforce boat speed limit and limit number of boats in Bay. Keep boat camping and Tea House. 4) Put in a bike path and allow limited use in the area.
21
Team 7 Basin Map
22
Team 7 Transect Map
23
Team 8: Team 8 felt that Pope Beach had good access while the biggest problem was that bike access was limited in most places around the lake.
Transect questions: (Emerald Bay) 1) Hiking, climbing, camping, fishing, swimming, mountain biking, skiing/snowsoeing in the backcountry, scenic photos, picnics, bird watching, kayaking, canoeing, boat camping and commercial boat tours were high-quality here. 2) Parking is a problem – add public transportation element and scenic turnouts. Also consider bike trails around bay and to shore, manage boat traffic/speed limits, encourage non-motorized boat5s and improve boat parking. 3) Use by permits, undefined and self-regulating. Limit access and increase trails. Improve public transportation, bus stops, garbage pick up and restrooms. Have a boat parking area/marina with buoys. Allow for bike trails to improve public transportation access. 4) Restore slide area and Bayview campground. Add turnouts and cultural interpretive information. Improve Eagle Creek restrooms, Vikingsholm and cultural restoration on Island.
24
Team 8 Basin Map
25
Team 8 Transect Map
26
Team 9: This team had the advantage of both younger and older generations presenting ideas for the future. They had photos of outdoor recreational activities and felt the worst access was between Chimney Rock and Glenbrook.
Transect questions: (East Shore) 1) Great views, mountain biking, hiking, wildlife spotting, swimming, refreshing vistas, clean water/watershed, picnicking and beaches were listed as the high quality experiences in this area. 2) Need better access to TRT from Carson Valley. Flume and Marlette trail are excellent as are the horse, bike, hike, and ski trails, too. Add more parking and alternative trails and no more nudity on the beaches. 3) Need more RV and tent camping to match present need. Snow play area (sliding mountain). Organize the access for biking, hiking, skiing. Separate ski trails from snow shoe trails. Snowmobile access on wide trail to Marlette. Ponderosa parking for RV and camping access. Add more horse trails and camping near Marlette lake as well as restroom. 4) Reduce fuels on forest floor, maintain and increase bald eagle habitat and creeks that cross under highway should be made easier and cleaner.
27
Team 9 Basin Map
28
Team 9 Transect Map
29
Team 10: This team felt that transit to Heavenly provide excellent access and that limited parking at Tahoe Meadows and the East shore beaches limited access the most in these areas.
Transect questions: (Blackwood Canyon) 1) Rural/remote access, views, wildflowers, PCT/TRT, fishing, social spot for highschoolers, OHV access summer and winter, unique paved road access to West Rim of Lake Tahohe and the good picnic, parking, restroom areas with lake access were mentioned as high quality. 2) No improvements needed in the TRT/PCT area. Separate non-motorized and motorized trails (peak summer and winter seasons). Improve parking and public transit access. Equestrian parking needed. Arts/cultural area at Thunderbird Lodge. 3) Leave the area relatively unimproved except for the water transit option. Encourage a water taxi to Tahoe City and improve parking. 4) Restoration should occur in the forest, creek, fisheries, old Gravel Quarry, roads, trails, WUI, and creek banks. Highway/local road runoff should be lessened. Consider road obliteration and restoration.
30
Team 10 Basin Map
31
Team 10 Transect Map
32
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures South Lake Tahoe Partnership • May 25, 2006 Objectives: Identify concepts for investment, reinvestment and restoration of City of South Lake Tahoe, El Dorado County, and Douglas County places Identify scenic and design characteristics for places Discuss strategies for accomplishing the “triple bottom line” Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives • Process update Potential Futures • Places in the basin (summary of workshop 1 results) • Meeting the “triple bottom line” overview • Areas of opportunities (South Lake sub-region and The Wye) Planning Concepts Imagine the future of South Lake Tahoe’s areas of opportunity, both at a community scale and at The Wye. What type of activities are we planning for? What is their character and scenic qualities? How will people access them? This requires pursuing an overall vision comprised of land use, cultural and environmental concepts. Exercise #1: Organizing Ideas–Community Scale The first exercise is to provide an opportunity for teams to diagram establish a community-scale planning and design framework. You will consider future civic streets, gateways and focal points for the South Lake sub-region. Future Civic Streets On your map, identify the most important “civic streets”. Civic streets are considered central to economic and social life in your community. They often are your “show case” streets. Future Gateways Where are the entries to South Lake’s communities? Where will they be in the future? Indicate future gateway locations on your map. Future Focal Points Every community has places that act as a social, economic, and physical nodes. Identify existing and potential future focal points in the South Lake’s community. Exercise #2: Organizing Ideas–The Wye How will the areas of opportunity change in the next 20 years? List three desired changes for areas of opportunity at The Wye. • ______________________ • ______________________ • ______________________ MAPPING: Using land use “chips”, allocate development to areas of opportunities. Consider the types of land uses, the location of community gathering places, linkages and the natural features on each site, and their relationship to the entire district. Exercise #3: Community Identity at The Wye What will your places look like? List three defining characteristics for three important places. • ______________________
• ______________________ • ______________________ MAPPING: Cut out sample images that reflect desirable design characteristics for the opportunity areas identified on your map. Add notes. Exercise #3: Strategies for the “triple bottom line” (creating social, financial and natural capital) What are your leading strategies for meeting the “triple bottom line” in your future vision of your valued places? Write your win-win-win summary on the flip chart paper provided. • ______________________ • ______________________ • ______________________ Team Presentations Summary and Next Steps
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures South Lake Tahoe Partnership • May 25, 2006
On May 25, 2006 over 130 people attended the second of three workshops of the PlaceBased planning process for Pathway 2007 in South Lake Tahoe. The workshop was held at Harveys Lake Tahoe Casino. The workshop provided an opportunity for participants to: • • •
Identify concepts for investment, reinvestment and restoration of S. Lake Tahoe’s places; Identify desirable scenic and design characteristics for places; and Discuss strategies for accomplishing the “triple bottom line”.
Workshop attendees worked in ten planning teams to address planning concepts at two scales. The first assignment included preparing a planning framework and summarizing top priorities for South Lake Tahoe’s communities. The second assignment used Hwy 50 and The Wye to demonstrate place-based planning concepts.
Assignments–Teams identified: Planning Framework Concepts–Community-Scale • Future civic streets • Future gateways • Future focal points Hwy 50 and The Wye Demonstrating Potential Place-Based Concepts and Policies • Organizing ideas • Community identity/character • Strategies for “triple bottom line” Team Summaries The planning teams presented the highlights of their efforts. They discussed desired changes at the South Lake Tahoe scale, leading organizational concepts for Hwy 50 and The Wye, and how their ideas
1
would accomplish the “triple bottom line” where investments result in social, environmental and economic benefits.
South Lake Communities The teams prepared concepts for the southern part of the Basin that identified the most desirable changes in the next 20 years. There were four categories that were highlighted. These included enhancement of gateways, creation of civic gathering places, increasing non-automotive transportation choices, and creation of new places.
Gateways Most of the teams emphasized enhancing the economic vitality and/or image of the Basin’s southern gateways. Hwy 50 image enhancements, in terms of protecting scenic corridors (views of the Lake and mountains), highway design (roundabouts, sidewalks), and private reinvestment (consolidated retail nodes), were viewed as solutions. Gathering Places in the Basin Teams emphasized the enhancement of their communities by creating social and active centers. Mixed-use places with affordable housing, civic uses and facilities, and better-managed commercial activities were identified as ingredients for these focal points. Mixed-mode Corridors and Centers Improved pedestrian, bike and transit access was identified by each team as important part of the future for the southern part of the Basin. The role of Hwy 50 as a mixed-mode connection within the Basin was an important concept. New Places–Central Myers and Bijou Center Two new places/centers were identified. An enhanced Meyers, as a place, not just a gateway was identified. Meyers’ commercial area was envisioned as a social and economic center for the community as well as an enhanced gateway to the basin. The Bijou Center on the Lake was identified by a team as a potential new place. Bijou Center could provide public access to the Lake and be a center for civic/cultural activities. Other Planning Ideas There were some other ideas mentioned by the teams including consolidation of school districts, improved architectural aesthetics, creation of a South Lake Community Center, and restoration of the Upper Truckee watershed.
2
Hwy 50 and The Wye Teams used Hwy 50 and The Wye to test various planning concepts. Several organizing ideas were explored by the groups including: mixing uses, introduction of public open space, resolving pedestrian and auto conflicts, hiding parking, and connections to the neighborhoods.
Mixed-use Place Most of the teams viewed The Wye as a mixed-use environment supported by enhanced transit access. Retail, office, government services, tourist accommodations and residential uses were mentioned by planning teams. BIG Ideas Teams used larger organizational ideas for their 20-year futures for the the Wye area. Organizing features included roundabouts, quadrangles, open spaces/town greens, bypass roads for local traffic, and village shopping streets. Open Space Focal Point All the teams identified open space features as part of their planning solutions for The Wye. Larger civic spaces were used to organize commercial uses and smaller neighborhood-scale parks placed to support residential investment. Traffic and Pedestrian Solutions All the groups wrestled with the inherent challenges for planning a mixed-use center around a highway intersection. They split traffic, created grade separation concepts, introduced traffic calming, and enhanced pedestrian and bike facilities. Hide the Car Most of the teams tried to hide parking. They placed it in structures, buried it, located behind or adjacent to streets, and screened it. Some teams emphasized using a shared parking approach. Street-Oriented Investment Teams looked for ways for new investment to improve the image and pedestrian friendliness of Hwy 50. Some showed buildings facing the highway with enhanced sidewalks and streetscaping. Connections to Neighborhoods Participants were asked to identify important neighborhood connection streets in their concepts. These streets were reflected in some of the concepts. One team made an effort to make a visible association with the hospital on Hwy 50 creating a focal point of medical buildings. Other teams connected open spaces and transit stops to adjacent areas.
Triple Bottom Line Each team had to present how their concepts supported the triple bottom line.
3
Social Teams identified two primary areas of benefit for reinvesting along Hwy 50 and The Wye–increasing the opportunity for face-to-face social interaction in the community and providing affordable housing. Environmental A variety of environmental benefits were identified by the teams including reduced dependence on the car, thereby improving air quality, more environmentally friendly buildings, and improved water quality control projects as an integral part of reinvesting in Hwy 50 and The Wye. Economic Economic benefits included improved commercial vitality and tourist accommodations, introduction of workforce housing, and creating a variety of employment opportunities.
The following pages include photographic and written summaries of each team’s efforts at the workshop.
4
Team #1
Environmental - Restoration of disturbed lands - Scenic improvements Social - Mixed uses for community services - Create community centers and gathering places Economic - Strong business - Diverse economy - Middle class housing opportunities o Higher densities o More land coverage
5
6
Team #2
Environmental - Multi modal approach to transportation o Community bike program o Community car o Bike racks on buses Social - Creating personalized people meeting spaces Economic - Integrate denser residential/commercial/community
7
8
Team #3
Environmental - Water quality - treatment basin/swales - Air quality - transit/bike and pedestrian friendly / fuel reformulator (ethos) - Scenic, open space, building upgrades Social - Mixed use facilities with low income housing - Public gathering areas/open space - Consolidation of social services - Outdoor events Economic - Vibrant nodes/centers (not strip malls) - Attractive retail space (Trader Joe’s) - Mixed use which activates the area - Affordable housing keeps locals in the area
9
10
Team #4
Social - Don’t need to leave to get and do what you need, see your neighbors and all members of local population Environmental - Less driving is better - Transit center - More green design - Better drainage - Build up Economic - Variety of business, including locally-owned, unique businesses - Affordable and workforce housing
11
12
Team #5
Environmental - Sustainable, green and multimodal Mixed use Social - Community and commercial center Economic - $$$ and jobs to build it - Economic benefit to mixed-use transit access. Free coverage for accommodations and residential over commercial
13
14
Team #6
Key Features 1. Mixed-use/additional height L.I. Housing 2. Underground parking, workforce housing 3. Close to jobs, bike/walk to work Environmental - less air pollution - improved drainage/filtering - nicer views, less scenic pollution Social - Nicer places to live for working people - Walk to work/shopping – save money Economic - Better/nicer housing and commercial structures o Bring residents back to SLT o Additional govt. funding to do more improvements
15
16
Team #7
Environmental - Multi use transit center - Biking and hiking trails - Green space and pocket parks - Air and water quality Social - Theater and performing arts center - Community gathering area (cafes and restaurants) Economic - Specialty retail - Jobs/housing balance - Aesthetically attractive architecture
17
18
Team #8
Environmental - Effective pedestrian and bike system linked with automotive options and street car o Key is well lit, safe, year-round Social - Jobs/housing/green space - Hubs conducive to social interaction and economic activity Economic - Underground parking - Diverse economy
19
20
Team #9
Economic - Flexibility in codes to create incentives (ie. Tax incentives) - Support business community Social - Attractive gathering places, leisure and recreation Environmental - Better public transit (out of cars into other modes of transit, walk, bike, ferry, bus)
21
22
Team #10
1. Change policy and ordinances to support vision 2. Provide incentives to increase capital investment 3. Agency and policymakers need to align with and support vision
23
24
Team #11
Environmental - Aesthetically pleasing (underground utilities) - community based BMP’s (transportation, rail) Social - Community center-social outlet/hub Economic - Revive local economy - Incentives to private sector to develop - Affordable/workforce housing
25
26
Team #12
Environment - Pedestrian friendly o Less vehicle traffic o Transit center o Mixed use (less driving) - channel runoff, swales Social - Parks - Aesthetic/community feel - Mixed use social Economic - Pedestrian – drives sales - Mixed use - More commercial floor area
27
28
Kids Team -
-
Whatever you do, don’t demolish any of the cool places (dominoes) Try to preserve the environment Keep the schools at their full size and function (don’t demolish anything)
29
Pathway 2007 • Place-Base Planning
North Shore Latino Community Workshop #1: Issues and Opportunities Kings Beach, La Casita Verde Date: June 19, 2006 On June 19, 2006, approximately 35 people attended a community workshop, conducted in Spanish and aimed at the Latino community of Kings Beach, as part of the Place-Based planning process portion of the Pathway 2007 regional plan update. The workshop was held at La Casita Verde, otherwise known as Carpenter’s Hall, and provided a chance for participants to identify valued places in their communities and locations that represent opportunities for investment, reinvestment. They also explored alternative futures for the Kings Beach area and identified shortcomings in current community services.
The meeting included a brief overview of the planning process and a summary of important community and regional issues identified at the previous public workshops. The workshop participants worked as members of four teams. The teams worked on two maps, with three exercises on each. Part #1 Exercise #1: Place in Lake Tahoe/Favorite Places • If someone form your family visits from outside the area, what three places would you want to show them? • Indicate on the map your three favorite places in North Lake Tahoe Exercise #2: Opportunities for reinvestment • Of the urban and natural places you identified on the map, which three represent the greatest opportuntiy for improvement? Part #2 Exercise #3: Ideas for the future (Suggetions) • Write three changes you would make in Kings Beach if you had the opportunity. Exercise #4: Community Identity • Write three things that you like about your community and three things you don’t like.
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Meeting Summary The planning teams presented the results of their efforts. The following themes emerged from their presentations. Places in Lake Tahoe/Favorite Places All teams mentioned the beaches as places they would take visitors and as their favorite places. Emerald Bay, Reno and the Casinos were also mentioned by several teams as places they would take visitors. The beaches and the casinos both were mentioned as favorite places as well. Also mentioned were local cafes and coffee shops and some specific nearby natural areas, such as a local lookout point. Areas of Opportunity: Opportunities for Reivnestment All teams focused almost exclusively on Kings Beach and the improvement s they felt were needed in their community. Some ideas included improving blighted areas of the community, including the main street district and an existing trailer park. All groups identified areas of Kings Beach that they believed could be transformed in some way to provide more diverse community services including new cultural or commercial centers. 3 of the 4 groups mentioned more nighttime activities for youth, such as an underage nightclub.
Team Summaries The following pages include each team’s summary notes and maps.
2
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #1
What we don’t like about Kings Beach 1. Las Calles (Oyos, basura, sin luz) 2. No Hay Vigilencia (policia en las calles) 3. No hay centros de diversion para jovenes What we like about Kings Beach 1. Hay grupos que ayudan a los jovenes 2. El Medio Ambiente 3. Hay fuentes de trabajo Suggestions 1. Transporte 2. Mejorar las calles/luces 3. Viviendas de bajos recursos 4. Centro de recursos con mas servicios, una clinica mas grande
3
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
4
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #2
What we like about Kings Beach 1. The Beach 2. Fields at the school 3. The tranquility of the town What we don’t like about Kings Beach 1. There are no sidewalks and there is a lot of trash on the streets, the area around the trailers. 2. The people that work at the clinic in town have a bad attitude, The Medical facilities have the same problem 3. There are not many doctors in the areas 4. There are many promises that are not realized Sugerencias 1. Gym: health 2. Cultural workshops 3. Grants, in order that our kids can study arts (such as singing, acting, and guitar)
5
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
6
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #3
Like 1. North Tahoe Beach areas 2. Beach 3. Cafes (Izzies, Java Hut, Starbucks) 4. Diversity Dislike 1. Dirty, dirty, dirty (graffiti) 2. Drugs Lack of Security, need neighborhood watch/police 3. Dark Streets Suggestions 1. Low income housing 2. Community center access 3. Recreation center 4. Big library
7
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
8
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
Team #4
Like 1. 2. 3. 4.
A lot of beaches Fresh Air Natural scenary No sharks
Don’t Like 1. Need more lights – too dark to walk at night 2. Boring – nothing to do, not many things to keep us entertained, we need clubs, hang out places (not just B & G club of school) 3. Everything closes early, including parks and beach and public places Suggestions 1. Lights, more of them & sidewalks along the highway 2. Bus service at night 3. more business and commercial activities to stay open at later hours 4. Alternate route through town to get to hwy 267
9
3-28-06 Placer County Workshop
10
Dear Lake Tahoe Neighbor; Join your Incline Village and Crystal Bay neighbors in an energetic and creative evening envisioning the future of our communities at The Chateau, 6:00-9:00pm Monday, May 22nd. What future do you envision for your community? This workshop will explore “Alternative Futures” for Incline Village and Crystal Bay. It’s an entertaining evening, sharing with your neighbors the things that matter most to you about your Tahoe community. Where: The Chateau When: 6:00pm, Monday, May 22nd What: Alternative Futures for our Community – Place-Based Planning Workshop #2 of 3 Admission is Free and open to everyone and anyone. The workshop begins at 6:00 pm. Please arrive early to sign in and catch up with friends. Kids are welcome! We hope you can join us. This is a unique occasion to focus our attention on the features of our built and natural environment as one. The success of these workshops is an important step toward a plan of action for our communities that we can all feel good about. See you there! Questions? Brenda Hunt, TRPA & Pathway 2007, bhunt@trpa.org, (775)588-4547 Bea Epstein, IVGID, boobeaattahoe@netscape.net Find out more on the web!
www.pathway2007.org www.regionalplanningpartners.com This event brought to you by IVGID, Washoe County, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service.
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
Incline Village & Crystal Bay COMMUNITY WORKSHOPS Build upon the good work of Incline Vision. Focus on Opportunities in our community.
Monday, May 22 6:00 pm – 9:00pm The Chateau 955 Fairway Boulevard For more information contact:
Brenda Hunt, bhunt@trpa.org, 775-588-4547 x 225 Please visit the following websites for more information: www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
Incline Village & Crystal Bay COMMUNITY WORKSHOPS Build upon the good work of Incline Vision. Focus on Opportunities in our community.
Monday, May 22 6:00 pm – 9:00pm The Chateau 955 Fairway Boulevard For more information contact:
Brenda Hunt, bhunt@trpa.org, 775-588-4547 x 225 Please visit the following websites for more information: www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com
¡Esta invitado a
talleres comunidades! Su Comunidad. Su oportunidad a hacer una diferencia en su comunidad.
Other Otros Talleres alrededor del Lago Tahoe mayo de 2006 23 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 en Placer County North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA 24 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 para tierras publicas North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA 25 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 el sociedad de South Lake Tahoe Harveys Lake Tahoe, Stateline, NV
¡Talleres de acción Coming Soon: Action Plan Workshops viendo pronto!
el taller para Washoe/Incline Village/Cristal Bay 22 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 The Chateau Incline Village, NV
July julio17-20, el 17 –2006 20, 2006
Este taller esta auspiciando por Washoe County, IVGID and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
www.pathway2007.org
Para mas informaciones, llama: Brenda Hunt / bhunt@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 225
¡Esta invitado a talleres comunidades! Su Comunidad. Su oportunidad a hacer una diferencia en su comunidad.
Otros Talleres alrededor del Lago Tahoe mayo de 2006 22 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 el taller para Washoe/Incline Village/Cristal Bay The Chateau, Incline Village, NV 23 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 en Placer County North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA 25 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 el sociedad de South Lake Tahoe Harveys Lake Tahoe, Stateline, NV
el taller para Tierras Publicas 24 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 North Tahoe Conference Center Kings Beach, CA
¡Talleres de acción viendo pronto! julio el 17 – 20, 2006
Este taller esta auspiciando por the USDA Forest Service, CA State Parks, NV State Lands, California Tahoe Conservancy and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
www.pathway2007.org
Para mas informaciones, llama: Coleen Shade / cshade@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 228
¡Esta invitado a talleres comunidades! Su Comunidad. Su oportunidad a hacer una diferencia en su comunidad.
Otros Talleres alrededor del Lago Tahoe mayo de 2006 22 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 el taller para Washoe/Incline Village/Cristal Bay The Chateau, Incline Village, NV 23 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 en Placer County North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA 24 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 para tierras publicas North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA
¡Talleres de acción viendo pronto! julio el 17 – 20, 2006
www.pathway2007.org
para tierras publicas South Shore Community 25 de mayo, 18:00–21:00 Harveys Lake Tahoe Stateline, NV Este taller esta auspiciando por the City of South Lake Tahoe, Douglas County, El Dorado County, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the USDA Forest Service.
Para mas informaciones, llama: John Hitchcock / jhitchcock@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 220
Dear Lake Tahoe Neighbor; Join your North Tahoe neighbors in an energetic and creative evening envisioning the future of our communities at the North Tahoe Conference Center, 6:00-9:00pm Tuesday, May 23rd. What future do you envision for your community? This workshop will explore “Alternative Futures” for Lake Tahoe’s Placer County communities. It’s an entertaining evening, sharing with your neighbors the things that matter most to you about your Tahoe community. Where: North Tahoe Conference Center When: 6:00pm, Tuesday, May 23rd What: Alternative Futures for our Community – Place-Based Planning Workshop #2 of 3 Admission is Free and open to everyone and anyone. The workshop begins at 6:00 pm. Please arrive early to sign in and catch up with friends. Kids are welcome! We hope you can join us. This is a unique occasion to focus our attention on the features of our built and natural environment as one. The success of these workshops is an important step toward a plan of action for our communities that we can all feel good about. See you there, Keith Norberg, Pathway 2007, knorberg@trpa.org, (775)588-4547 x289 Jennifer Merchant, Placer County, jmerchan@placer.ca.gov, (530) 546-1952 Darren Campbell, Regional Planning Partners, dcampbell@dinsmoresierra.com, (530) 277-8339 Find out more on the web!
www.pathway2007.org www.regionalplanningpartners.com This event brought to you by Placer County, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service.
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
PLACER COUNTY COMMUNITY WORKSHOPS Share your vision of the Opportunities in our community. Tuesday, May 23 6:00 pm – 9:00pm North Tahoe Community Center 8318 North Lake Blvd, Kings Beach (530)546-7249
For more information contact: Keith Norberg, knorberg@trpa.org, 775-588-4547 x 289 Darren Campbell, 530-277-8339, dcampbell@dinsmoresierra.com Please visit the following websites for more information: www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com This event hosted by Placer County and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
You’re Invited to Community Workshops Your Community. Your Chance to Make a Difference.
Other Placed-Based Workshops Around the Lake May 2006 May 22, 6–9pm Washoe/Incline Village/ Crystal Bay The Chateau, Incline Village, NV May 24, 6–9pm Public Lands North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA May 25, 6–9pm South Lake Tahoe Partnership Harveys Lake Tahoe, Stateline, NV Coming Soon: Action Plan Workshops July 17-21, 2006
www.pathway2007.org
North Shore Workshop May 23, 6–9pm North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA This event is hosted by Placer County and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
For more information contact: Keith Norberg / knorberg@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 289
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
PLACER, NORTH LAKE TAHOE COMMUNITY WORKSHOPS Share your vision of the Opportunities in our community. Tuesday, May 23 6:00 pm – 9:00pm North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Blvd, Kings Beach (530)546-7249
For more information contact: Keith Norberg, knorberg@trpa.org, 775-588-4547 x 289 www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com This event hosted by Placer County and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
PUBLIC LANDS WORKSHOP Share your vision of the Opportunities for the public lands of the Tahoe Basin. Wednesday, May 24 6:00 pm – 9:00pm North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Blvd, Kings Beach (530)546-7249
For more information contact: Rex Norman, rnorman@fs.fed.us, 530-543-2627 Julie Regan, jregan@trpa.org, 775-588-4547 x237 www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com This event hosted by the US Forest Service and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
You’re Invited to Community Workshops Your Community. Your Chance to Make a Difference.
Other Placed-Based Workshops Around the Lake May 2006 May 22, 6–9pm Washoe/Incline Village/ Crystal Bay The Chateau, Incline Village, NV May 23, 6–9pm Placer County North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA May 25, 6–9pm South Lake Tahoe Partnership Harveys Lake Tahoe, Stateline, NV Coming Soon: Action Plan Workshops July 17-21, 2006
www.pathway2007.org
Public Lands Workshop May 24, 6–9pm North Tahoe Conference Center Kings Beach, CA This event is hosted by the USDA Forest Service, CA State Parks, NV State Lands, California Tahoe Conservancy and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. For more information contact: Coleen Shade / cshade@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 228
Dear Lake Tahoe Neighbor; Join your Lake Tahoe neighbors in an energetic and creative evening envisioning the future of Lake Tahoe Basin’s Public Lands at the North Tahoe Conference Center in Kings Beach, 6:009:00pm Wednesday, May 24th. What future do you envision for your community? This workshop will explore “Alternative Futures” for Lake Tahoe’s Public Lands. It’s an entertaining evening, sharing with your neighbors the things that matter most to you about your Tahoe community. Where: North Tahoe Conference Center When: 6:00pm, Wednesday, May 24th What: Alternative Futures for our Community – Place-Based Planning Workshop #2 of 3 Admission is Free and open to everyone and anyone. The workshop begins at 6:00 pm. Please arrive early to sign in and catch up with friends. Kids are welcome! We hope you can join us. This is a unique occasion to focus our attention on the features of our built and natural environment as one. The success of these workshops is an important step toward a plan of action for our communities that we can all feel good about. See you there! Questions? Rex Norman, US Forest Service, rnorman@fs.fed.us, 530-543-2627 Find out more on the web!
www.pathway2007.org www.regionalplanningpartners.com This event brought to you by The U.S. Forest Service and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
PUBLIC LANDS WORKSHOP Share your vision of the Opportunities for the public lands of the Tahoe Basin. Wednesday, May 24 6:00 pm – 9:00pm North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Blvd, Kings Beach (530)546-7249
For more information contact: Rex Norman, rnorman@fs.fed.us, 530-543-2627 Julie Regan, jregan@trpa.org, 775-588-4547 x237 www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com This event hosted by the US Forest Service and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
Dear Lake Tahoe Neighbor; Join your South Lake Tahoe neighbors in an energetic and creative evening envisioning the future of our communities at Harvey’s Casino, 6:00-9:00pm Thursday, May 25th. What future do you envision for your community? This workshop will explore “Alternative Futures” for South Lake Tahoe. It’s an entertaining evening, sharing with your neighbors the things that matter most to you about your Tahoe community. Where: Harvey’s Casino When: 6:00pm, Thursday, May 25th What: Alternative Futures for our Community – Place-Based Planning Workshop #2 of 3 Admission is Free and open to everyone and anyone. The workshop begins at 6:00 pm. Please arrive early to sign in and catch up with friends. Kids are welcome! We hope you can join us. This is a unique occasion to focus our attention on the features of our built and natural environment as one. The success of these workshops is an important step toward a plan of action for our communities that we can all feel good about. See you there! Questions? John Hitchcock, TRPA & Pathway 2007, jhitchcock@trpa.org, (775)588-4547 Teri Jamin, tjamin@ci.south-lake-tahoe.ca.us, (530) 542-6025 Find out more on the web!
www.pathway2007.org www.regionalplanningpartners.com This event brought to you by the City of South Lake Tahoe, Douglas County, El Dorado County, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service.
You’re Invited to Community Workshops Your Community. Your Chance to Make a Difference.
Other Placed-Based Workshops Around the Lake May 2006 May 22, 6–9pm Washoe/Incline Village/ Crystal Bay The Chateau, Incline Village, NV May 23, 6–9pm Placer County North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA May 24, 6–9pm Public Lands North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA Coming Soon: Action Plan Workshops July 17-21, 2006
www.pathway2007.org
South Shore Community Workshop May 25, 6–9pm Harveys Lake Tahoe Stateline, NV This event is hosted by the City of South Lake Tahoe, Douglas County, El Dorado County, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the USDA Forest Service.
For more information contact: John Hitchcock / jhitchcock@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 220
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
SOUTH SHORE COMMUNITY WORKSHOPS Share your vision of the Opportunities in our community. Thursday, May 25 6:00 pm – 9:00pm Harvey’s Lake Tahoe Casino and Resort Highway 50 at Stateline, NV For more information contact: The City of South Lake Tahoe – Teri Jamin tjamin@ci.south-lake-tahoe.ca.us Douglas County – Heather Bovat, hbovat@co.douglas.nv.us El Dorado County- Norma Santiago, norma.santiago@edcgov.us Jill Sarick at the Nevada Tahoe Conservation District jsarick@ntcd.org, 775586-1610 x23 Please visit these websites for more information: www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com This event hosted by the City of South Lake Tahoe, Douglas County, El Dorado County, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service.
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
SOUTH SHORE COMMUNITY WORKSHOPS Share your vision of the Opportunities in our community. Thursday, May 25 6:00 pm – 9:00pm Harvey’s Lake Tahoe Casino and Resort Highway 50 at Stateline, NV For more information contact: The City of South Lake Tahoe – Teri Jamin tjamin@ci.south-lake-tahoe.ca.us Douglas County – Heather Bovat, hbovat@co.douglas.nv.us El Dorado County- Norma Santiago, norma.santiago@edcgov.us Jill Sarick at the Nevada Tahoe Conservation District jsarick@ntcd.org, 775586-1610 x23 Please visit these websites for more information: www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com This event hosted by the City of South Lake Tahoe, Douglas County, El Dorado County, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service.
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
PLACER, NORTH LAKE TAHOE COMMUNITY WORKSHOPS Share your vision of the Opportunities in our community. Tuesday, May 23 6:00 pm – 9:00pm North Tahoe Conference Center 8318 North Lake Blvd, Kings Beach (530)546-7249
For more information contact: Keith Norberg, knorberg@trpa.org, 775-588-4547 x 289 www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com This event hosted by Placer County and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
You’re Invited to Community Workshops Your Community. Your Chance to Make a Difference.
Other Placed-Based Workshops Around the Lake May 2006 May 23, 6–9pm Placer County North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA May 24, 6–9pm Public Lands North Tahoe Conference Center, Kings Beach, CA May 25, 6–9pm South Lake Tahoe Partnership Harveys Lake Tahoe, Stateline, NV Coming Soon: Action Plan Workshops July 17-21, 2006
Washoe/ Incline Village/ Crystal Bay Workshop May 22, 6–9pm The Chateau Incline Village, NV This event is hosted by Washoe County, IVGID and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
www.pathway2007.org
For more information contact: Brenda Hunt / bhunt@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 225
Dear Place-Based Planning Workshop Participants: Thank you for helping take a crucial step toward creating a desirable vision for your community. Your attendance at the place-based planning workshop was much appreciated and we thank you for your valued contribution. To view a summary of the results from your area, please visit the Lake Tahoe Basin’s Placebased Planning website at www.regionalplanningpartners.com, and click on your planning area’s web page. The next week of community workshops will take place July 17-20. We hope you will join us for the next round of workshops to discuss the “Action Plan” as we explore options for implementing ideas that came out of the previous workshops. We look forward to seeing you there and ask that you advise your friends and colleagues to come and participate as well. July (17-20) Action Plan Workshop Schedule: • Incline Village/Crystal Bay, July 17 at The Chateau, 6 to 9 pm • Placer County, July 18 at the Tahoe Lake School, Tahoe City, 6 to 9 pm • South Shore, July 19 at the South Lake Tahoe Middle School, 6 to 9 pm • Public Lands, July 20 at the South Lake Tahoe Middle School, 6 to 9 pm
We look forward to seeing you at the next workshop!
Sincerely, The Pathway 2007 Team and Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #3: Strategies for Success South Lake Tahoe Partnership • July 19, 2006
On July 19, 2006 over 70 people attended the third of three workshops of the Place-Based Planning Process for Pathway 2007. The workshop was held at South Lake Tahoe Middle School. The workshop provided an opportunity for participants to: • • • •
Get an update on Place-Based Planning Process; Discuss ways to improve upon the Concept Plan; Identify implementation considerations for the concepts; and Provide overall strategies for implementation.
The workshop featured attendees working in four planning teams on three assignments. Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? Assignment 2: List three implementation considerations for: • The design of gateways; • Mixed-mode corridors, centers and gathering places; • New and enhanced places; and • Restoring South Shore’s natural places. Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for South Shore.
1
Team Summaries The planning teams presented the highlights of their efforts. Teams discussed the ways the concept plan could be improved, BIG strategies and how South Shore contributes to the region. Ways to make the Concept Better Team presentations emphasized three ways to make the concept better–economic development, transportation and environment/image. Economic Development • Streamline the development review process • Short term improvements at the Y • Coordinate state, county and city incentives • Affordable and workforce housing–zone for it • Diversify the economy–creative class workers • Community endorsed priorities Transportation • Transit that works for both visitors and locals • Stateline pedestrian mall • Free transit • Implement transportation plans at the airport • Test transit alternatives • Joint/duel use trails and bike paths (similar to American River system) • Multi-modal transit improvements Environment/Community Character • Environmental education • Design guidelines • Keep Meyers a place that feels like it is in the country • Plan recreation and other uses to result in clearer lake and Basin
BIG Strategies BIG strategies presented by teams included ideas for Meyers, Stateline and Kahle community centers. Meyers • Creating a gathering place in Meyers
2
• • • • • • • •
Mixed-use commercial Family-oriented community Visitor center and signage Access to bike paths, recreation, disperse crowds Develop “green”–sustainable development Transit center with connections to Y and Heavenly Improved traffic flow (timed lights, etc.) Funding and incentives for implementation
Stateline • Transit, trolley • Bike and pedestrian connections • Rezone for housing • Access to recreation • Environmentally friendly infrastructure Kahle Neighborhood • High density residential • Economic spectrum • Guidelines • Fund infrastructure, common drainage solution • Paths and access to recreation • Incentives and TDRs (transfer of development rights)
The following pages include photographic and written summaries of each team’s efforts at the workshop.
3
Team #1
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • Streamline development review process • Community support for the plan • Transit that works for residents and tourists Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations The Design of Gateways • Streamline permitting/reasonable code exceptions (to enhance good projects) • Community based priority setting • Transportation center needs (tourists vs. residents) Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places • “Improved” airport facility • Rt 50 corridor – coordinated effort, between gov’t and other entities • Community civic centers New and Enhanced Places • Convention Center (Stateline redevelopment w/ sidewalks/infrastructure) • “y” – connectivity, mixed use commercial • Mixed use throughout, housing at college (relieve low income housing strain) Restoring South Shore’s Natural Places • Upper Truckee Watershed – Meeks, Airport restoration, Tahoe paradise park, • Low impact public access Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for South Shore. Stateline • Alternative transit–hubs • Redevelopment vs development • Natural resources Bonus Question: What will be South Shore contributions to the region? •
Improve the quality of life for residents and visitors by creating a vibrant, diverse, sustainable community.
4
5
6
Team #2
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • Bike paths • Stateline pedestrian mall • Short-term solutions at Y Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations 1. Coverage and density variance changes 2. “NOW” becomes financially viable 3. Height restrictions relaxed Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for South Shore. Kahle • • •
Transportation Rezoning Enhanced recreational assets
Stateline • Public access to public areas • Improve transportation–fix Hwy 50 on Sunday, bike paths alternatives • Coverage/zoning/density relaxing to provide economic growth Bonus Question: What will be South Shore contributions to the region? Kahle •
Optimizing access, workforce lodging to recreation assets with low impact and high lifestyle.
Stateline • Improve transportation–less congestion, pollution and better experience for guests and residents.
7
8
9
Team #3
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • Keep Meyers a country-like style • Improve airport and shuttle folks from airport • Reduce role of TRPA Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations The Design of Gateways • Transportation – dedicated hub before development • Economic incentives and corresponding code changes in community plans Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places • Unique community design within over-arching criteria, Historical preservation • Economic incentives and corresponding code changes in community plans • Green spaces New and Enhanced Places • Forest health and restoration incentives • economic incentives for environmental benefits • restoring beaches to public use Restoring South Shore’s Natural Places • Forest health and restoration incentives • Economic incentives for environmental benefits • Restoring beaches to public use Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for South Shore. Meyers • Maintain to a standard code enforcement and compliance for existing properties • Hwy 50 green zone • Renewable resource center in Meyers incorporate with environmental school Stateline • More environmentally friendly • Improved housing • Improve infrastructure
10
Bonus Question: What will be South Shore contributions to the region? •
•
Meyers is the environmental gateway. Stateline–Creating better communities for people that live here.
11
12
13
Team #4
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • Improve transportation system and bus, bike water, air and foot • Worker housing by favorable zoning • Diversify economy Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations The Design of Gateways Natural • Echo summit scenic pull over • Welcome signs • Visitors center (maybe at Echo Summit or Meyers and include transit and parking options) Meyers • Improved visitor center • Better welcome sign • Transit center The “Y” Green belts/parkways • Sidewalks/walkable community • Street lights • Pedestrian underpass or overpass Improved Intersection • Rotor? • Underpass? Airport gateway • Business Park • Transit center (all modes) Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places Modify height restrictions • 1st floor shops/restaurants • 2nd floor – restaurants • 3rd floor residential Workforce Housing (New and Enhanced Places) • Deed-restricted (must stay as rental housing) • Specific zoning for affordable housing 14
•
Creative infiltration options (ex. A building built on top of an infiltration basin)
Restoring South Shore’s Natural Places • Increased funding to expert agencies (NTCD, CTC) • Research and manage road runoff Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for South Shore. • • •
Central green development meeting are integrated with park and ride, transit, visitor center Transit center integrated into above Improved auto transportation –timed lights, left turn lanes, pedestrian underpass
Bonus Question: What will be South Shore contributions to the region? •
Improved environment, more attractive area, economic growth and benefit, increased visitor numbers and experience.
15
16
Team #5
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? Transportation/recreation transport/commuter • Bike paths • Clean transit – water bourne/new technology • Snow removal including bike paths and sidewalks • Round-a-bouts in less traveled area • User friendly public transit – ‘free’ View and Shore access • Restoration of North upper Truckee Area, ie Dump site Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations The Design of Gateways Visitors center – kiosk, information • Public parking • Restrooms • Underground or bridges – crosswalks to transit centers Walkable (sidewalks), bikeable, served by transport Design guidelines for buildings • Architectural standards • Theme for each gateway, ie Tahoe Valley not the “Y” • Old Meyers – historic - frontier Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places • Encourage investment redevelopment – incentives – i.e. tax • Design guidelines – hold the line by government • New codes and ordinances to allow flexibility • Parking underground • Connector streets to bring people into the businesses New and Enhanced Places • Funding – New sources/incentives/grants/private-public • Code and ordinances – modified, streamlining process, loosen regs
17
•
Government support – regionalize area – nev and cal sharing casinos, erase state boundaries lines for regional tax purposes Gathering places – outdoor gathering places (more like sand harbor and Truckee amphitheater, concerts/shows) Places of worship Ski Run area
• • •
Restoring South Shore’s Natural Places • Relocate beavers • Shorten run ways • Regulate lake level more evenly • Get rid of non-indigenous plants • Wildlife restoration Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for South Shore. Kahle • • •
Incentives, public-private partnerships, TDRs, match programs for businesses Develop a funding strategy, specifically to bike path, pedestrian, streetscape integration Hwy 50/SR207 Develop an overall design guideline for lower Kingsbury
Meyers • Improve recreational opportunities • Disperse crowds from high use areas • Create a sense of community by developing multi-use centers Bonus Question: What will be South Shore contributions to the region? • •
Kahle–Makes people happy because they live in an environment that works. Meyers–Improve base funding for air and water quality improvements, recreational opportunities, sense of community, and reducing vehicular miles traveled.
18
19
20
Team #6
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • Realistic transportation solutions (degrees of mobility) • Design guidelines • Better awareness about environmental issues • More housing to support growth Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations The Design of Gateways • Funding (private and public investment) o Incentives that meet the vision • Interagency/governmental collaboration o Region-wide • Uniformity in gateways o Signage o Information • Change in ordinances to allow implementation of vision Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places • Cluster activities o Commercial/residential o Community center • Incentives (economic) to develop community centers that link to commercial • What do we want from the community New and Enhanced Places • Address needs of our youth and young adults • Funding – investment incentives- sources, corporate sponsorships • Make park more user friendly with consideration for specific activities Restoring South Shore’s Natural Places • Expected implementation of BMP, BMP’s science based • Water quality projects do what they are intended to do o Measurement o Quality of influent to lake o TRPA enforcement includes restoration • Integration of environmental projects, eg. Defensible space and BMP’s Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for South Shore. • Funding (public and private)
21
• • •
Integrated/governmental collaboration Long-term area specific vision implementation Ordinance/zoning
Bonus Question: What will be South Shore contributions to the region? •
Better watershed management
22
23
Team #7
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? Stateline: • By pass road (loop road) • Stateline improve quality of housing • Echo; Moss St Improvement Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations The Design of Gateways Meyers • View of mtns • How to protect • Increase airport – national airport • Shuttle from airport to community Kingsbury • Gateway/local Spooner and Echo summit Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places • No roundabout, no consideration for mass transit • Bike paths (summer), cross country by winter • Recalculate coverage per TRPA • Sidewalks on main hwys (Hwy 50, Kingsbury, Hwy 89) • Monorail not practical New and Enhanced Places Restoring South Shore’s Natural Places • Restore Tahoe Keys to natural filter from Upper Truckee to Lake Tahoe • Thin trees to reduce fire fuel, forest fuels reduction • Redirect water flow from echo lake • Save nature by redirecting people to airport Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for South Shore. Kalhe •
Continue developing Arbor Cove to meet needs of middle income people 24
• • •
Less gov/trpa regulation Flexible not rigid code for homeowners BMPs are not scientifically valid
Meyers • Village center/gathering place • Gateway sign/visitors center • Reduce/streamline permits/ordinances Bonus Question: What will be South Shore contributions to the region? • •
Kalhe–We want to be America’s all year around playground again! American enterprise is free– less gov intervention in our lives people first/trees second or third! Meyers–A place for our children to grow, play and learn,; increased economic growth; and educate visitors about Tahoe
25
26
27
Team #8
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? Meyers • Major visitor center, Open year-round, @ gas station or current one • Snow removal concerns • Public toilet Y – Better traffic flow, need to look at pioneer trail and Meyers K’ Grade • Get real transit for center being built • Transit from Carson Valley to Lake Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations The Design of Gateways • Incentives for native vegetation • Adopt-a-roadway by businesses and service clubs • Nice vista points (Spooner) Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places Mixed Use • TRPA code amendments like height regulations • Signage • Density Workforce Housing • Have it near work • Deed restricted • TRPA height restrictions • Density Mobility/transit • User friendly transit, posted schedules, bus symbols on signs • Dedicated Hwy lanes on 50 for buses Future community facilities • Cultural • LTWC – permanent home at old dump site • Washoe tribe
28
•
YMCA’s – larger age range
New and Enhanced Places Meyers • Visitor center • Recreation gateway • Staging for snowmobile to 88 Bijou • Bomb It! Transfer biz to “Y” • Land owner could get coverage elsewhere • CTC takes over • Or turn it back into a dancehall with beautiful gardens like it was Stateline • Loop road improvements • Pedestrian friendly – overpass/underpass • TRPA let casinos redo facades • More transit around that area Ski Run – why the heck is the parking across the street? Restoring South Shore’s Natural Places Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for South Shore. Meyers • Visitor center with recreation facilities that can all be accessed by public transit • Tahoe Paradise Park–expand with visitor center, county rec department manage it, make it family oriented • Public transportation–easy, timely schedule Bonus Question: What will be South Shore contributions to the region? Meyers • • • • •
People will enjoy a more physically beautiful area People being more active More dollars for county Destination for locals and tourists–not something you just drive through A sense of community pride
29
30
31
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Planning Working Group
7-17-06 thru 7-20-06 Objectives: Discussing of concepts and related implementation issues Process update Place-Based principles and concepts Implementation issue categories
AGENDA Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives • Forum workshop • Review of Workshop Agenda Overview of Place-Based Planning Concepts (review of slide show) • Summary of process and meetings • Planning principles • Planning concepts Leading Implementation Issue Categories Regulatory • Updating Development Codes • Community Plan Updates • Syncing local and regional plans • Other: _________________________________________________________________ Regional Cooperation • Transportation Agencies • Public Lands Management • Other: ________________________________________________________________ Feasibility of Triple Bottom Line (harnessing private investment to improve the environment) • Feasibility of redeveloping existing 1960’s vintage developments • Allocation of future commercial development • “Rewarding Good Behavior”–Incentives for positive social and environmental outcomes • Other: _________________________________________________________________ Attracting Public Funding • Environmental restoration • Transportation • Economic development • Other: _________________________________________________________________ Summary and Next Steps
7-17-06 Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #3: Strategies for Success Washoe/Incline/Crystal Bay Objectives: Collaboration on assessing overall preliminary planning concepts Update on Place-Based Process Discuss implementation of Planning Concepts Triple Bottom Line Assessment
AGENDA Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives Overview of Place-Based Planning Concepts • Summary of process and meetings • Review planning principles • Review planning concepts Breakout Teams Expand and Improve Beach Access Concepts: • Beach access • Trail connections • Cultural and educational facilities List three implementation considerations for land use concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Improve Mobility and Travel Experience Concepts: • Transit centers • Highway 28 • 431/Hwy 28 Gateway • Incline/Crystal Bay Community Gateways List three implementation considerations for transportation concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Improve Community Centers Concepts: • Incline Village Center • Crystal Bay List three implementation considerations for recreation concepts:
• ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Supporting Families Concepts: • Affordable Housing • Schools and facilities • Connections to the global economy List three implementation considerations for water quality concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Triple Bottom Line List three ways the concepts contribute to the Basin’s environmental, social and economic wellbeing. List these on the transect provided. Environmental: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Social: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Economic: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Team Presentations and Discussion Summary and Next Steps
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #3: Strategies for Success Washoe/Incline Village/Crystal Bay • July 17, 2006
On July 17, 2006 over 50 people attended the third of three Washoe/Incline Village/Crystal Bay workshops of the Place-Based Planning Process for Pathway 2007. The workshop was held at The Chateau in Incline Village. The workshop provided an opportunity for participants to: • • • •
Get an update on the Place-Based Planning Process; Discuss ways to improve upon the Concept Plan; Consider means of implementing the planning concepts; and Provide overall strategies for implementation.
The workshop featured attendees working in four planning teams on three assignments. Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? Assignment 2: List three implementation considerations for: Expanding and improving access to Lake Tahoe; Improving mobility and the travel experience; Improving community centers; and Providing investments that support families. Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Washoe/Incline/Crystal Bay.
1
Team Summaries The planning teams presented highlights of their efforts. Teams discussed ways the concept plan could be improved. They also identified BIG strategies for implementation. Ways to improve the Concept Team presentations emphasized two categories of improving the concept: 1) through better transportation and 2) by creating new public places. Transportation improvements included: • Better transit to outside Basin destinations; • New, more appropriate transit corridors; • A transit terminal at the Ponderosa; • New bike trails; • Safer pedestrian crossings on Hwy 28; and • Improved bike connections between Incline and Crystal Bay. New places included: • A new performing arts center; and • Moving the visitor center to the Orbit Station site, at the western gateway to Incline. BIG Strategies BIG strategies presented by teams included transportation, land use, governance, and natural environment. Transportation: • Multi-use trails for bikes and electric carts; • Keeping transit at the edge of Incline; and • Bridging the gap between Incline and Crystal Bay. Land use: • Keep Incline a residential and not a resort community; • Make the community desirable to full time residents; • Create a multi-use town center with shared parking and affordable housing; • Include land uses that are appropriate for the area; and • Include granny flats as a means of providing attainable housing. Governance: • Explore means for making Incline an incorporated city; • Balance regulations with community goals; and • Design standards. Natural Environment: • Protect the communities from forest fires; • Improve water quality; and • Manage our natural resources.
2
The following pages include photographic and written summaries of each team’s efforts at the workshop.
3
Team #1
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • • • •
Good transit to other places Run transit through Incline Move visitor center to west entrance Biomass
Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations Lake Access: Improve east shore waterfront trail and natural access by: • Bike paths / walk along 28 • Public transit / shuttle Cultural / Educational Facilities • Support SNC with performing arts center (build it) o Raise money o Engage local artists o Introduce world-wide summer art programs Land use concepts 1, 2, 3 Improve Mobility and Travel Experience: Traffic: • Routes and timing for implementation • Central parking – to shops providing necessities: Post Office, grocery, gas, etc. • Shopping and attractions • Terminal in central location • Bus system for working/commuting (teachers, others, etc.) Improve Community Centers: Improve commercial • See #2 for transportation • Village centers (Incline Village Center) • What type of center??? Define how? Community for teens! o Senior o Improve programs for Seniors o Teens/High school o Middle school • Elementary school o Do we need buildings? Or o New Programs? • What about reorganizing the functions of the given IVGID buildings? • What about the old elementary school being redeveloped into a Town Center? (post office, parking)
4
•
Consider redevelopment of the market and the thrift shops.
Support Families: TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE • Improved lake water quality • Smart logging/ Reduced fire hazard Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Washoe County / Incline Village / Crystal Bay •
• • •
Consider / promote new transportation–bus routes around the parameter, added bicycle paths, alternative electric cars; provide easier access for community’s workers, less polluting automobiles and more environmentally friendly cars Maintain Incline as a residential community and environment (not a destination resort or casino town) for the future Plan for fire protection and forest health Maintain, contain and improve water quality
5
6
Team #2
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • • •
Introduce / expand bike trails and trail heads Show transit corridors Improve pedestrian crossings on Hwy 28
Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations Lake Access: Expand … Lake access: • Capacity of multiple things (beaches, ferries, etc.) • Buy available land for waterfront access • Consider how to get there / where to park, etc. Trails: • Mapping, identification, communication • Maintenance and access for multiple uses • Parking Cultural: • Connect lake to other things in the area and basin Improve Mobility and Travel Experience: Improve mobility… • Around the lake / connectors: o bike paths (finish them) • Pedestrian Crossings at SR 28 • Shuttle transportation centers • More traffic lights and effective ways of calming traffic • New pedestrian paths • Beautified existing pedestrian paths • Central boulevard environment Improve Community Centers: • Identify/define sections (multiple) • Consider zone for investment / economic incentives • Create (sense of) unified community o Specifically Crystal Bay – it’s a “‘hood” right now o Or, don’t do it – leave as is Supporting Families • Proposition 13 • Demographics: do we know? / need them to implement • Look at others (Similar communities: what have they done?)
7
Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Washoe County/Incline/Crystal Bay • Start with demographics! • Pattern after other successes • Tourists vs. residents: balance? • Attract part time residents in multiple ways • Are we ready to break away from Washoe County and become our own city/county?
8
9
Team #4 (no team 3)
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • • •
Bridge the gap between Incline Village and Crystal Bay Create three “village centers” Create bike exchange for tourists
Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations Lake Access: Lake access • Crystal Bay • Washoe Tribe • 2 want public access Access for water-borne transportation? Crystal Bay • Washoe County to open existing lake access • Crystal Drive • Somers Loop • Buck’s Road Improve Mobility and Travel Experience: • Community bikes at transit centers • Hyatt • Visitor center • Raleys • Crystal Bay Gateways • Shuttle service between gateways • SR 431/28 – Transit center • At gateways o Attractive signage o Public art Improve Community Centers: • Redevelopment • Tax abatements • Interest-free loans • Federal / State / Local funds
10
• • • •
Incentive building regulations Invite developers Create community organizations to support vision / propose development Explore temporary facilities for businesses disrupted by redevelopment
Supporting Families: • Subsidize / housing allocations for public service employees • Low-income service personnel • Rent control • High density building • Incentives for attainable housing • All redevelopment must have a percentage of attainable housing Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Washoe County/Incline Village/Crystal Bay • • •
Governance – Incorporate Incline Balance redevelopment with regulations Bridge the gap between Incline Village and Crystal Bay
11
12
Team #4
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • •
Separate cultural and recreation uses – Create new performing arts center (600-800 seat main hall, 250 seat middle theater, 100 seat experimental theater) Transit center at Ponderosa
Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations Lake Access: • Keep it limited • Introduce east shore beach transit Improve Mobility and Travel Experience: • Sun Valley Idaho shuttle system • Tahoe trolley (community-subsidized concepts from where to where) • Bike system between Incline Village / Sand Harbor / Crystal Bay (interface with regional transit systems) • Water taxi system (subsidize in reasonable manner) • Funding • Who is responsible for providing the system? • Where could / should the transit system go? • How big should the system be? (local / regional: train from Reno, monorail?) • (Is Incline Village a stop on the way, or keep moving?) • Local (Incline Village) system of electric golf carts & bike paths Design Standards • Highway 28 corridor – improved mobility and travel experience • Gateways: SR 431 and SR 28 Improve Community Centers: • Elementary School – historical significance & free property (purchase public) • Village market – purchase village center for the public • Enforce (design) standards with code – create code violations • Bike / walking trails to access standards • Underground utilities • Minimize power need through application of solar energy • Apply green building standards
13
Recreation • Playing fields for kids (open up / use Preston Field) • Cultural Center / Activities • Funding • Location – village center • Public art around town (beautification projects) • Historical center Issue: Washoe County’s relationship to Incline Village/ Crystal Bay government. Supporting Families: • • • • •
Community support and business support for educational endowment fund to: Help teachers afford housing Rezoning to allow dual families in Single Family Residence zone (code change) Make schools a draw for young affluent families Strive for excellence in education
Attainable housing: • Employee housing (community and private partnership to create employee housing) • Remote work place / virtual office /broad band communication • Recreation for kids: ball fields, soccer, other activities • Affordable transportation options from the Carson Valley • Cultural diversity, ANY diversity • Communication across class lines TRIPLE BOTTOM LINE Environment: Enforcement and unification of Best Management Practices (County should model it) Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Washoe County / Incline Village / Crystal Bay • • • •
Public transit – local bike and cart paths Consistent enforcement of design standards Affordable housing – multi-use / mixed-use and shared parking Granny flats
14
15
16
7-18-06 Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #3: Strategies for Success Placer County Objectives: Collaboration on assessing overall preliminary planning concepts Update on Place-Based Process Discuss implementation of Planning Concepts Triple Bottom Line Assessment
AGENDA Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives Overview of Place-Based Planning Concepts • Summary of process and meetings • Review planning principles • Review planning concepts Breakout Teams Revitalizing Centers of Existing Communities Concepts: • Mixed-use future • Affordable housing • Connections to neighborhoods • Improving the image List three implementation considerations for land use concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Planning Placer County’s Basin Gateways Concepts: • Lake Tahoe arrival • Kings Beach • Tahoe City • Hwy89/Truckee River List three implementation considerations for transportation concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Mixed-mode Transportation Strategies Concepts: • Transit centers • Managing downtown parking
• Mixed-mode main streets • Completing bike connections List three implementation considerations for recreation concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Area-wide Environmental Improvements Concepts: • Roadway and parking design • Commercial mixed-use districts List three implementation considerations for water quality concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Triple Bottom Line List three ways the concepts contribute to the Basin’s environmental, social and economic wellbeing. List these on the transect provided. Environmental: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Social: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Economic: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Team Presentations and Discussion Summary and Next Steps
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #3: Strategies for Success Placer County • July 18, 2006
On July 18, 2006 over 70 people attended the third of three Placer County workshops of the Place-Based planning process for Pathway 2007. The workshop was held at the Tahoe Lake School in Tahoe City. The workshop provided an opportunity for participants to: • • • •
Get an update on Place-Based Process; Discuss ways to improve the Concept Plan; Identify means of implementing the planning concepts; and Suggest overall strategies for implementation.
Participants worked in six planning teams on three assignments and an additional bonus question. Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? Assignment 2: List three implementation considerations for: • Revitalizing existing community centers; • Planning Placer County’s Basin gateways; • Applying mixed-mode transportation strategies; and • Effecting area-wide environmental improvements. Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Placer County. Bonus Question: What will be North Shore contributions to the region?
Team Summaries In conclusion, planning teams presented highlights of their efforts; they discussed how the concept plan could be improved, described BIG strategies, and what North Shore’s contributions will be to the region. 1
Ways to improve the Concept Improvements to the concept presented by Teams fell into four general categories: Code of Ordinances • Changed codes to match plan / allow development • Zoning enforcement • Incentives • (Indisputable) thresholds Funding and Investment • Start now, do not wait for 20 years • Make investment sustainable • Create new public meeting spaces • Make a funding plan – geared to change • Build workforce housing • Provide a variety of lodging Transportation • Connections to markets / destinations / origins from outside the Basin • Regional bike system (connections to Dollar Hill) • Public access – signage • “Single Best Destination” – regional signage and information system Community Participation • Communication • Publicly validated process BIG Strategies BIG strategies presented by teams fell into six general categories: Community • Collaborative relationship between agencies • Communication with ALL segments of the community • Collaboration on adaptive management Workforce Housing / Neighborhoods • Social and safe neighborhoods • Good neighborhood services • Housing that matches economy Incentives • Clear and consistent codes • Incentives • Enforcement Funding • Environmental 2
• Transit • Image enhancements Mobility Investments • Sidewalks and lighting • Transit • Signage / way-finding Sustainable Investments / Environments • Building green • Technology • No over-development, no big piers • Forest health • Load reduction (water quality) Contributions to the Region Teams said that in the future North Shore would contribute to the region recreational, economic and cultural benefits. Recreational • The best sandy beach • Ski slopes • Parks infrastructure Economic • Taxes • Jobs • Revenues • Workforce housing Cultural • Traditions (“State of Mind”) • History • College
The following pages feature photographic and written summaries of each team’s efforts at the workshop.
3
Team #1
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? Start now, do not wait 20 years Collaborate with all affected parties Communicate with all communities
• • •
Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations Revitalizing Existing Community Centers: • Conference Center o Community meeting o Cultural Unity Center – Teen movie nights, music, art, events, drama •
Boys and Girls Club o Community sports (No charge!) o Community adult classes i.e. computer skills, sports o Fitness center
•
Family Resource Center o Older teen activities
Planning Placer County’s Gateways • Old Gas Station – fitness center / child care center • Welcome Bear – Make it bigger Mixed-mode Transportation Strategies: • More bike paths / sidewalks • Who owns roads? • Who pays for it? • Who maintains it? • Bus schedule / move bus stop huts / straight route from KB to Truckee • Longer hours of service • Demonstrate the need • Street lighting • Feasibility study with utility district and Cal Trans – plan & fund sidewalks / lighting Area-Wide Environmental Improvements: • STOP runoff – create different route (trash) prevent water from draining into the lake • Alternative transport, bikes / carpool • More education / information on environmental impacts (ie. Where to send trash / cars / furniture) • More frequent community clean-ups (not once a year)
4
Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Placer County. • • •
More collaboration with agencies Get information to all sections of the community / updates on programs, etc. Keep it simple. Avoid confusing codes and process
Bonus – Regional Contribution: Best Beach ever – tourism / ski resort community / diversity
5
6
Team #2
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • • •
Workforce housing Transportation/non-auto connections Economic sustainability o Lodging variety o De / redevelopment incentives o Diversification of businesses
Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations Revitalizing Existing Community Centers: • Revise regulatory structure • Offer realistic incentives • Encourage mixed-use – Go Green • Enforce lower speed limits • Reduce four lanes • Capture views • Non-auto connection centers – neighborhoods • Enhance beach access • Green building / improved facades • Improve lodging accommodations • Improve recycling infrastructure • Take another look at home based businesses Placer County’s Basin Gateways: • Public Green space with sign • Uniform signage in scenic corridor • Balance industrial / traditional uses with the scenic corridor, compensate for takings • Native plants • Public art • Realistic approach to traditional uses • View of the lake • Welcoming visitor kiosk Mixed-mode Transportation Strategies • Water Taxis • Class 1 bike trail on roadways around lake (for safety) • Round-a-bout in Tahoe City / fewer traffic lights!!!!! • Pedestrian-friendly corridors • Local van / bus connections from neighborhoods / centers • More local transportation hubs • Bikes racks on buses • Connect bike paths thru eminent domain • Year-‘round night time transit 7
•
West Shore Bypass thru 64 acres, Fanny Bridge alternate
Area-Wide Environmental Improvements • Healthy, fire-safe forest • Alternate transport in to the Basin • Roadway BMP’s / Shoulder improvements (Tahoe Lake School) • Biomass utilization center • More alternative energy • Not individual but rather neighborhood BMPs • Connectivity • Agency coordination • Vehicle taxes / gas taxes • Trains / buses • Basin entry fee Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Placer County. • • •
Promote economic development through appropriate redevelopment Maintain environmental quality – healthy forest, clear lake Assure affordable residential options to maintain community
Bonus – Regional Contribution: Traditional historic and cultural communities, revenue source and “state of mind”
8
9
Team #3
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? •
• •
Single destination– o Image / signage o Transportation o Parks and recreation o Lighting Regional bike path connection to Dollar Hill and Kings Beach Shaded fuel break between general forest and neighborhoods
Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations Revitalizing Existing Community Centers: • Incentives for action (affordable housing, trans) • Design competition • Incorporation of NS • Demonstrate how plan impacts economic activity • Cohesiveness of codes across Local Jurisdictions / TRPA Planning Placer County’s Gateways: • Views of the beach / Lake – take advantage of initial views, ie. Top of Tahoe Vista, 267 • Single image, consistency – who’s going to pay • Incentives for relocation Mixed-Mode Transportation Strategies: • Efficiently managed bus system w. published schedules well posted. Manned central transit w. information center • One single transportation authority, integrated mass transit, regularly scheduled free (regional and local) transportation • Parking districts Area-wide Environmental Improvements: • Storm water mgmt with emphasis on roads and parking • Green building codes – enforce incentives • Forest stewardship – public and private, community wildfire protection plan to be implemented Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Placer County. • • •
Internally consistent (inter-jurisdictional) code of ordinances Simplify code and provide incentives while safeguarding the environment Provide more housing and local services for workforce
10
Bonus – Regional Contribution: • • • •
Kings Beach provides the greatest amount of local workforce housing in the Basin A friendly access to this National Treasure One of the largest public beaches in the region Collect more property, sales and TOT taxes then is returned to us in kind
11
12
Team #4
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • • •
Varied transit – out of the Basin Public meeting places Public access and signage
Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations Revitalizing Existing Community Centers: • (1) Zoning flexibility to allow mixed use with reasonable upgrades – easier (mother-in law) • (2) RDA $ for remodeling • (3) Real incentives to do the right thing to improve communities & eliminate blight, etc. while maintaining thresholds • Demonstration program / projects Planning Placer County’s Basin Gateways • (1) Flowers / gardens / public art / (shielded) lighting upgrades / signage • (2) Visibility to features of the community (lake) • (3) Redevelop gateways that might be blighted, inappropriate or out of character • Enhance sense of place • Way finding signs Mixed-mode Transportation Strategies • Free / community bikes, water transit, and connected hiking and ped. trails • Water transit, taxis and ferries, etc. • Shorter headways for public transit, evening travel & year round travel, more efficient travel and pick-up • Park-and-rides • Improved, protected and covered bus shelters • More ski area pickups and deliveries • Airport shuttles to / from Reno • Pkg. mgmt. to control traffic • Trail corridors – Truckee / Reno • Transportation sales tax Area-wide Environmental Improvements • Nature preserves, no hunting / pesticides / - protection of biospheres • BMP funding and incentives 13
• • • •
Reclamation areas (i.e. Old Brockway Golf Course), man-made features Bear culverts Area-wide and neighborhood BMP / erosion control EIP projects Linking off-site parking, bike path / easy linkage to the parking centers
Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Placer County. • • •
No over-development, just redevelopment at reasonable levels without changing town’s character – no high rises “Main street” project needs funding and approval No big piers
Bonus – Regional Contribution: Beaches and taxes
14
15
Team #5
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • • •
Code changes, zoning and code flexibility Zoning enforcement Incentives for mixed-use development and diverse range of housing opportunities
Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations Revitalizing Existing Community Centers: • Consolidate uses • Coverage – more dense downtown • Height consideration / flexibility • Parking/zoning • Livable & walkable community design • Local needs met while visitor needs also being met • Economic incentives • Large goals, carbon neutral, green design and energy • Buyout program • Small business incubator program • Remove blighted buildings, zoning • Franchise regulations, incentives for locally owned businesses • Future of home ownership in Tahoe • Shared parking, in-lieu parking Planning Placer County’s Basin Gateways: • Redevelopment money: incentives o Community priorities/local control • Zoning changes: Gateway uses, public parking, way-finding signs • Appearance • Visitor information: welcome info / ed. / orientation • Placer Co involvement: leadership • Intelligent transportation signage / information (for hwy closures) Mixed-mode Transportation Strategies: • Public transportation alternatives – water shuttle, recreation shuttle, trains • (coordinated) Regional transit – ONE schedule • Funding for bike transit • Agency collaboration for bike trails • Parking for other modes of transit
16
Area-wide Environmental Improvements: • Noise Pollution reduction / enforcement – boats, cars, helicopters, planes, motorcycles • Road Sand – Eliminate, phase out in favor of new technology • Reduce light pollution • Eliminate fertilizer • Community wide opportunities to participate in environmental improvements, reduce car usage Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Placer County. • • • •
Alternative affordable housing options / mixed-use Build green, sustainable and hi-tech / wireless Transportation – public parking and signage Education
Bonus–Regional Contribution: Strongest local community, best public infrastructure and recreation
17
18
Team #6
Assignment 1: What three things would you do to improve the concept plan? • • •
Funding plan for change Public validation (review of plan) Indisputable thresholds
Assignment 2: Implementation Considerations Revitalizing Existing Community Centers: • Design review board • Provide incentives for affordable housing • Incentives for green building (private) • Flexible regulations for revitalized downtown • Incentive zoning • Public education about benefits of affordable housing • Incentives for environmental improvements • Private investment incentives for redevelopment • BMP’s – retrofit where needed (large and small scale) • Enforce regulations for property maintenance • Clarity of public policy Planning Placer County’s Basin Gateways: • Community identification • Multi-modal transportation network with parking • Basin-wide visitor information – signs, kiosks, radio • Entry design standards (businesses) with incentives (for relocation) • List activities based on personal abilities / interests Mixed-mode Transportation Strategies: • Incentives for people to use public transportation, discourage driving • Funding for transit operations, handicapped access, water taxis, ped. access to businesses, trails or lake, reduce # of vehicles • Parking mgmt. strategies, multiple / connected transportation (bike, ped, bus rail) with parking Area-wide Environmental Improvements: • (1) Stricter noise ordinance on the water • (2) Funding for pollutant load reductions – research adaptive mgmt. • (3) Education – locals and visitors • (4) Incentives for BMP’s / environmental improvements / wildlife habitat • Maintenance of BMP’s • Off road motorized vehicles – enforcement 19
•
BMPs with researched background/adaptive mgmt
Assignment 3: Identify three BIG strategies for Placer County. •
• •
Find funding for: o Environmental l– pollution load reduction o Transportation – multi-modal transportation o Pedestrians – sidewalks, trails, streetscapes Collaborative approach that uses adaptive management Incentives for housing, economic development and environmental investments
Bonus – Regional Contribution: Improved access to the Lake
20
21
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Agenda • Introduction • Emerging Place-Based policy themes • Place-based summaries • BREAKOUT TEAMS
South Lake Tahoe Partnership
Community Workshop #3
– Concept discussion – Implementation considerations – BIG strategies
July 19, 2006
• Summary and next steps Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
What is Pathway 2007?
Process
The Partners TRPA US Forest Service Lahontan Nevada Dept of Environmental Protection
• TRPA Regional Plan Update • USFS Forest Plan • Lahontan Basin Plan Update/TMDL • NDEP TMDL
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Regional Planning Partners
• Community Workshop #1: Opportunities (March) • Community Workshop #2: Alternative Futures (May) • Community Workshop #3: Strategies for Success (July) Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Place-Based Themes • Gathering Places– places with social and economic gravity–and image • Mobility– environmental benefit, recreational experience, quality of life • Housing– “the right thing to do”, economic development necessity • Recreation– life style, economy, habitat/healthy lake and forest
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
1
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Forum and Planning Working Groups Workshop
Community Aspirations
Nature of Place Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Recent Projects: City of South Lake Tahoe
BIG Strategies
Implementation Considerations
• Creating a “third world” transit system that accommodates the variety of visitors needs • Connecting vibrant mixed-use centers and transit systems (and hubs) • Create a separate transit authority for the Basin • Preparing common sense policies and ordinances to meeting environmental, social and economic objectives for Basin
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Recent Projects: Kingsbury
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Forum and Planning Working Groups Workshop
• Strategically attracting public and private investment; • Aligning regulations with policies and objectives for the Basin; • Anticipating the needs of future visitors to public lands; • Coordination of transportation services (six “F’s” of transit); and • Continuing to restore natural lands/habitat.
Regional Planning Partners
Recent Projects: Meyers
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
2
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
South Lake Tahoe has become national story–successful because communities and public agencies made a concerted effort to invite investment that improved the region’s competitive position and image. Hwy 50 has been transformed into an interconnected series of compact mixed-use districts served by transit and connected to adjacent neighborhoods.
2027–Meyers’ is a welcoming mixed-use hub at the southwestern entrance to Lake Tahoe. Many arriving visitors choose to park here, refresh themselves in eateries, frequent the shops and take a shuttle to Stateline’s resorts. 2027–Hwy 50 is redesigned as a mixed-mode lifeline for South Shore communities. The completed bike trails, new transit centers and parking management program provide visitors with a vacation experience that is not marred by traffic jams. 2027–Rebirth of the Y as a mixed-use sub-regional center has improved adjacent neighborhoods, introduced housing, and changed the perception and image of the City of South Lake Tahoe. 2027–New investment and reinvigorated economy supports the restoration of watersheds, meadows and forests.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
2027–Housing reflects the need of the community including a variety of types and ownerships. Corridors, neighborhoods and centers are strengthened by new housing opportunities.
Opportunities for Investment Heavenly
2027–There is a vibrant and vital local and regional economy. Our community character, diverse surroundings and unique recreational opportunities are important to our success.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Heavenly
Regional Planning Partners
Regional Planning Partners
• Valued Places: The Environments around the Lake • Areas of Opportunity: The Y, Hwy 50 and the Upper Truckee Watershed • Greatest Opportunities: Improve the Image, Economy and Mobility of South Lake
Heavenly
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Principle 1: Gateways Gateway concepts shall enhance the economic vitality and image of the Basin’s southern and eastern entries. This includes enhancements to the travel experience along Hwy 50 through protection of scenic view corridors (views of the Lake and mountains), highway design (roundabouts, sidewalks), and private reinvestment (consolidated retail nodes). Regional Planning Partners
Principle 2: Public Gathering Places Planning concepts shall create places for gathering in South Shore communities with emphasis on creating active centers that provide social and economic focal points that include mixed-use development with affordable housing, civic uses and facilities, and well-managed commercial services.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
3
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Principle 3: Mixed-mode Transportation Centers and Corridors Investment in the southern part of the Tahoe Basin shall improve pedestrian, bike and transit circulation throughout the community. Hwy 50 shall be reinvented as a mixed-mode transportation corridor that connects multi-modal transit facilities which function as mixeduse gateways, service centers and gathering places.
Principle 4: New and Enhanced Places Planning for the future shall anticipate enhanced commercial gateway areas as gathering places and create potential for new public places. Wherever possible, the new places shall provide public access to Lake Tahoe.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Regional Planning Partners
Principle 6: Restoring Natural Setting Investment shall contribute to the restoration of Lake Tahoe watersheds, meadows and forests.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
New Principles Principle 7: Vibrant and Vital Local and Regional Economy Community planning acknowledges the essential role of the economy where our unique role in the Basin is promoted.
Regional Planning Partners
Principle 8: Housing Needs Provide a choice and variety of housing opportunities in South Shore’s communities that strengthen neighborhoods, contribute the local economy and support local business.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Concept 1: The Design of Gateways Gateway concepts enhance the economic vitality and image of the Tahoe Basin’s southern and eastern entries. Enhancements to the travel experience along Hwy 50 through protection of scenic corridors (views of Lake Tahoe and mountains), highway design (roundabouts, sidewalks), and private reinvestment (consolidated retail nodes) are some of the options. • Natural Gateways • Meyers Village Center • The Y • Kingsbury Grade
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Concept 2: Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places Places for gathering in South Lake Tahoe’s communities would be created by comprehensively reinvesting in the Hwy 50 corridor. Creating active centers that provide social and economic focal points that include mixeduse development with housing, civic uses and facilities and bettermanaged commercial activities shall be emphasized. • Mixed-use Activities • Variety of Housing • Mobility and Transit • Future Community Facilities
Regional Planning Partners
Principle 5: Community Facilities Construction of new community centers and other types of public facilities shall be planned and designed as social activity centers. Our local schools will be strengthen.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Concept 3: New and Enhanced Places Land use concepts identify a new role and identity for existing places by adding new uses, improving their accessibility and/or changing their form. • Meyers • Bijou Center • Stateline Regional Planning Partners
Concept 4: Restoring South Shore’s Natural Places Investment would contribute to the restoration of Tahoe’s watersheds, meadows and forests. • Upper Truckee Watershed • Other Opportunities for Restoration of Wild Lands • Healthy forest/wild land fires Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
4
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
• Mixed-Mode Corridors – Transit centers – Mixed-mode Hwy 50 – Bike connections to beaches/trails/communities
Assignment#1:
List three things that would make the concept plan better:
• Gateways • _____________________
– Natural–Echo Summit, Kingsbury Grade – Community–Meyers, The Y, Zephyr Cove
• _____________________
• Mixed-use Centers – – – – – – Regional Planning Partners
Meyers The Y Sierra Tract Stateline Heavenly Kahle Community
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
• _____________________
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Assignment#2: Implementation Considerations
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Assignment#3: BIG Strategies
• The Design of Gateways • ________________________ • ________________________ • ________________________
• Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places • ________________________ • ________________________ • ________________________
• New and Enhanced Places • ________________________ • ________________________ • ________________________
• Restoring South Shore’s Natural Places • ________________________ • ________________________ • ________________________ Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Assignment#3: BIG Strategies
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Assignment#3: BIG Strategies
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
5
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Bonus Question
Summary and Next Steps
• How will your 2027 future for the South Shore contribute to the health and success of the region?
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
• Forum Workshop #2 • Draft themes and organization of Goals and Policies document • Planning Working Group meetings to review draft themes and policies • Governing Board Presentation • Draft Goals and Policies Document • Starting PHASE 2: Updating Development Codes and Standards Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
6
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Agenda
Community Workshop #3: Strategies for Success July 20, 2006
• Introduction • Emerging PlaceBased Themes • Place-based summaries • BREAKOUT TEAMS – Concept discussion – Implementation considerations – BIG strategies
• Summary and next steps Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
What is Pathway 2007? The Partners TRPA US Forest Service Lahontan Nevada Dept of Environmental Protection
• • • •
TRPA Regional Plan Update USFS Forest Plan Vision Document Lahontan Basin Plan Update/TMDL NDEP TMDL
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
What we’ve heard so far… • Workshop #1 • Important Places • Opportunities
• Workshop #2 • Access and capacity • Recreation and restoration
Community Aspirations Regional Planning Partners
Nature of Place Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
1
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Major Themes for public lands and waterways • • • • • •
Improve existing facilities and add new facilities to preserve and enhance the quality of the recreational experience. Provide site-specific access consistent with the desired recreation experience. Promote the diversity of recreational opportunities. Restore and manage public lands and waterways to the highest environmental standards while maintaining a quality user experience. Pursue flexible land management to maintain the quality experience and health of the natural environment of the Tahoe Basin. Provide education for visitors and residents about the importance of public lands and waterways for recreation, environmental protection, and long-term quality of life.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Public lands and waterways are strewn throughout the entire region and we are focusing on the four shores as sub-regions. Access, capacity, recreation and restoration will be considered in these areas.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Public lands and waterways background
Public lands and waterways background • Recreation . In surveys of
• Lake Access. 1971 - 18% of the shoreline was in public ownership. 2001 - more than 44% of the shoreline was in public ownership. (Actual points of access.)
both visitors and residents, beaches rate as the highest priority facilities. To acquire new public shoreline today costs at least $40,000 a linear foot.
• Restoration . A substantial
• Capacity. LTBMU has an average of 19.7 visitors per acre in the summer months, the highest concentration of any National Forest in the country. Regional Planning Partners
Places
portion of EIP funds are for ecological restoration. Also, an estimated $123 million will be used for implementation of fuels reduction and forest health projects. Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
East Shore Desired Condition: Maintain the existing Opportunity for non-motorized recreation in a semiprimitive environment, while developing facilities Necessary to protect the environment and to expand opportunities. Existing visual problems along Hwy 28 will be corrected. Vegetation will be managed to maintain health and diversity, acceptable fire hazard, and a safe recreation environment.
Recreation Facility Master Plan
Theme: Dispersed high country and shore-line recreation. Setting, special places and values: State Scenic Hwy 89 through thick forest and older neighborhoods with steep canyons draining into Lake Tahoe. Key activities/experiences: Scenic driving, bicycling and hiking accesses summer and winter recreation opportunities. Destination OHV trail, dispersed camping. Management challenges: Unmanaged OHV recreation, limited public shoreline access.
Heavenly Desired Condition: A quality ski resort with ski runs and other disturbed areas stabilized to reduce the potential for soil erosion. Some improvements in the visual quality of the area will be noticeable.
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
2
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Wildland Urban Interface
Regional Planning Partners
Biologically Sensitive Areas
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Restoration 2007
Access & Travel Management Plans
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Themes for the Public Lands sub-regions:
Themes for the Public Lands sub-regions:
North Shore
East Shore (East Shore Beaches Transect)
•Recreation is diverse, year-round and located in appropriate areas. (OHV and non-motorized)
•Dispersed day use beaches and shoreline access. •Maintain secluded character.
•Restoration of trails and additional public access to the lake is a priority.
•Maximize transit opportunities. •Reduce erosion and protect forest health and diversity.
•Improve facilities and restrooms at developed recreation sites. •Fire danger is reduced in the urban-interface area.
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
3
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Themes for the Public Lands sub-regions: West Shore and Wilderness (Emerald Bay/Blackwood Transects) •Improve highcountry and shoreline recreation opportunities including camping facilities. •Manage OHV recreation in appropriate areas while protecting wilderness values and providing nonmotorized opportunities. •Enhance environmental restoration through habitat and water quality improvements.
Themes for the Public Lands sub-regions: South Shore (Ski Run Marina to Heavenly, Baldwin to Camp Rich Transects) •“Backyard” recreation, Heavenly Ski Resort, and backcountry access. •Enhance scenic vista and access to area lakes and Lake Tahoe. •Improve facilities at developed recreation sites. •Reduce fire danger and manage urban lots. •Upper Truckee River watershed is restored and protected.
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Assignment 1: Regional Setting and Recreational Setting
Assignment 1: Regional Setting and Recreational Setting STRATEGIES
IMPROVING THE FRAMEWORK
• REGIONAL SETTING: Read the Basin-wide maps and the draft “Recreation Settings” for the areas in your sub-region. Now, read the Place-Based Desired Conditions for Management Areas. • REGIONAL ACCESS CONCEPTS: Looking at the map, add notes to how connections and transit strategies can be improved to serve public lands. • IMPROVING THE REGIONAL FRAMEWORK: Write on the upper left corner the three ways the regional framework diagram can be improved to serve public lands and waterways. Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Regional Planning Partners
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Assignment #2: Sub-regional Concepts
Assignment #2: Sub-regional Concepts
ACCESS RECREATION CAPACITY RESTORATION IMPLMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS
Regional Planning Partners
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
• CONCEPTS: Using the transect, add notes that identify access, recreation, capacity and restoration concepts for the various public lands and waterways environments. • MAPPING CONCEPTS: Transfer your notes on the transects to the sub-regional maps. Identify important connections and recreational ideas. Note where there are capacity issues and how you can safeguard the visitor experience. • IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS: Under each environment on the transect, add implementation notes. Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
4
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Bonus Question
Assignment #3: Implementation Strategies
• UPDATING RECREATIONAL SETTINGS: Review the “Recreational Settings” language and offer recommendations on how they should be modified based on your subregional concepts. • BIG STRATEGIES: List three BIG strategies in the upper right hand corner of the regional framework map. These are things you are PREPARED TO DO to implement your concepts for public land and waterways. Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
• 20 years from now–for the entire Basin … • What is the single most important management improvement that will make the Basin a better PLACE for your children?
Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
Vision for a Sustainable Tahoe Basin
Summary and Next Steps • Forum Workshop #2 • Vision Summary • Draft themes and organization of Goals and Policies document and USFS Forest Plan Vision Document • Planning Working Group meetings to review draft themes and policies • Governing Board Presentation • Starting PHASE 2: Incorporating themes into Goals and Policies document and USFS Forest Plan Vision Document Regional Planning Partners
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Visioning
5
7-20-06 Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #3: Strategies for Success South Lake Tahoe Partnership Objectives: Collaboration on assessing overall preliminary planning concepts Update on Place-Based Process Discuss implementation of Planning Concepts Triple Bottom Line Assessment
AGENDA Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives Overview of Place-Based Planning Concepts • Summary of process and meetings • Review planning principles • Review planning concepts Breakout Teams The Design of Gateways Concepts: • Natural gateways • Meyers Village Center • The Wye • Kingsbury Grade List three implementation considerations for land use concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Mixed-mode Corridors, Centers and Gathering Places Concepts: • Mixed-use activities • Workforce housing • Mobility and transit • Future community facilities List three implementation considerations for transportation concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ New and Enhanced Places Concepts: • Meyers • Bijou Center
• Stateline List three implementation considerations for recreation concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Restoring South Shores Natural Places Concepts: • Upper Truckee River Watershed • Other opportunities for restoration of wild lands List three implementation considerations for water quality concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Triple Bottom Line List three ways the concepts contribute to the Basin’s environmental, social and economic wellbeing. List these on the transect provided. Environmental: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Social: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Economic: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Team Presentations and Discussion Summary and Next Steps
7-20-06 Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #3: Strategies for Success Public Lands and Waterways Objectives: Collaboration on assessing overall preliminary planning concepts Update on Place-Based Process Discuss implementation of Planning Concepts Triple Bottom Line Assessment
AGENDA Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives Overview of Place-Based Planning Concepts • Summary of process and meetings • Review planning principles • Review planning concepts Breakout Teams Access Concepts: • Transit options • Increasing lake access List three implementation considerations for access concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Capacity Concepts: • Potential limits/peak summer and winter • Dispersing crowds • Mobility and transit List three implementation considerations for capacity concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Recreation Concepts: • Backcountry • Beaches • Urban areas List three implementation considerations for recreation concepts: • ___________________________________
• ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Restoration Concepts: • Trails, meadows, wetlands • Other opportunities for restoration of wild lands List three implementation considerations for forest health concepts: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Triple Bottom Line List three ways the concepts contribute to the Basin’s environmental, social and economic wellbeing. List these on the transect provided. Environmental: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Social: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Economic: • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ • ___________________________________ Team Presentations and Discussion Summary and Next Steps
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Community Workshop #3: Strategies for Success Public Lands and Waterways • July 20, 2006 7-28-06 progress draft On July 20, 2006 over 60 people attended the third of three Public Lands and Waterways workshops of the Place-Based planning process for Pathway 2007. The workshop was held at the South Lake Tahoe Middle School. The workshop provided an opportunity for participants to: • • • •
Get an update on Place-Based Planning Process; Review the regional and recreational settings of public lands and waterways; Discuss sub-regional concepts; and Identify implementation strategies.
The workshop featured attendees working in five planning teams (East Shore, West Shore, North Shore and two South Shore teams), on three assignments. Assignment 1: Regional Setting and Recreational Setting • REGIONAL SETTING: Read the Basin-wide maps and the draft “Recreation Settings” for the areas in your sub-region. Now, read the Place-Based Desired Conditions for Management Areas. • REGIONAL ACCESS CONCEPTS: Looking at the map, add notes to how connections and transit strategies can be improved to serve public lands and waterways. • IMPROVING THE REGIONAL FRAMEWORK: Write on the upper left corner the three ways the regional framework diagram can be improved to serve public lands and waterways. Assignment 2: Sub-regional Concepts • CONCEPTS: Using the transect map, add notes that identify access, recreation, capacity and restoration concepts for the various public lands and waterways environments. • MAPPING CONCEPTS: Transfer your notes on the transects maps to the sub-regional maps. Identify important connections and recreational ideas. Note where there are capacity issues and how you can safeguard the visitor experience. • IMPLEMENTATION CONSIDERATIONS: Under each environment on the transect map, add implementation notes. Assignment 3: Implementation Strategies • UPDATING RECREATIONAL SETTINGS: Review the “Recreational Settings” language and offer recommendations on how they should be modified based on your sub-regional concepts. • BIG STRATEGIES: List three BIG strategies in the upper right hand corner of the regional framework map. These are things you are prepared to do to implement your concepts for public lands and waterways.
1
Team Summaries The planning teams presented the highlights of their efforts. Teams discussed the single most important management practice that would make a difference in the future, ways the concept plan could be improved, leading implementation considerations, and at least three big strategies. Important Management Practice The most important management practices presented by the teams included: Funding a transportation authority; Improved transit options as well as vehicle reduction use in the Basin; Enforcing thresholds; and Managing and protecting a fully functional ecosystem.
• • • •
Ways to make the Regional Framework Better Teams! presentations identified access framework improvements to the region. These included: Transit • • • • •
Continuous bike trails and sidewalks; Intermodal stations; Transit parking facilities; Water taxis; and Bike and educational facilities at trail heads.
Access • Protect remote areas from overcrowding; • Improved boating access; and • Provide educational experiences for residents and visitors. Implementation Considerations There were three categories of implementation considerations presented by the teams including transit/access, public support and funding, and development codes. Transit/Access: • Creation of transit centers • Trolley service improvements • Kayak access • Parking at transit centers • Summer-winter access plan • Inclusive access–ADA compliance • Trail access improvements Public • • •
Support and Funding: Buy-in by communities and support for funding Attracting public and private funding Private vehicle use/access funding for transit
2
Management, Codes and Ordinances: • Flexible coverage–trade-offs for paved sidewalks and recreational trails • Capacity assessments–controlled access • Odd-even registration number boat access days on the lake
Big Strategies Big strategies presented by teams generally fell into three categories: Transit • Coordinated transit system with parking (example–Lake Tahoe Airport parking structure) • Pathway 2007 leadership summit (state and federal) to discuss transit solutions and creation of regional transit authority. • Creating an alternate route to Hwy 50 Funding/Promotion • Public agency partnerships for funding • Public-private partnerships • Establishing a priority list of projects Protecting/Enhancing Public Lands • Marketing and communication (education, environmental awareness, visitors) • Managing forest–fuels reduction • Improved water quality • Completing capacity assessments for all public lands • Purchasing easements
The following pages include photographic and written summaries of each team!s efforts at the workshop.
3
Team #1: South Shore Improving the Framework: - Transportation must be put on the fast track. Strategies: 1) Find a way to get land coverage for bike and pedestrian trails without penalty to private projects – Interagency consistency in Pathway. 2) Coordinate transit, shuttles and parking – efficient, fun, flexible, regular, and appropriate to season while providing access to public lands. 3) Utilize existing parking facilities. 4) Forge public/private partnerships for funding these varied projects. Main Issue: Balance between people and other resources. If it has been used historically, don!t shut it down over summer. Hear debate before taking action to close (ex: High Meadows/winter). Implementation Considerations: Hwy 50/Ski Run – Provide flexibility related to coverage rules for pedestrian/bike facilities. Heavenly – Create a trail from Heavenly to town – and access the Tahoe Rim Trail. - Summer activities should be included in new master plan. High Meadows – Summer and winter parking at Old Garbage dump. - Don!t make people park in neighborhoods to access Freel Peak. - Consider opening Freel for motorized winter use. Maybe permits/control numbers? No commercial tours. South Shore Map: - Tourist Helicopters are irritating and start too early (use Ecostar copter). - Utilize Heavenly lift system year round, and the Heavenly parking areas. - WUI around community – thinning for fire safety. - Bike Trails. - Lake Shuttle system – solar/wind or biodiesel back-up. - Better tourist shuttle systems.
4
Team #1: South Shore
5
Team #2: West Shore
Improving the Framework: 1) Class 1 bike trail. 2) Create intermodal station (land and water). Strategies: 1) Public/Agency support, Partnerships/Collaboration, Interagency planning. 2) Funding strategies – identify private easements, actively pursue private/public partnerships. 3) Prioritize projects. West Shore Map: - safe bike trail connections/connect bike trails where there are gaps - conflict (resource protection zone – Sugar Pine Point/DL Bliss) Pier currently not allowed. Meeks Bay – restore lagoon. Use school (Ward Creek) for multi-agency building. Blackwood Canyon (Transect Map): • Improve Parking/ADA (winter). • Access for fishing. • Better defined camping. • More hiking trails, bathrooms, interpretative info, snowmobile/skiing. • Spread fishing nodes out. • Restore creek. • Road decommissioning, road BMPs, fuels reduction. • Old Growth restoration. • Shift tax $ - funding sources. • Summer Winter Access Plan. • Coordinate Restoration Projects (develop fishing access sites and interpretation). • Community buy-in and acceptance for improving lobbying and national support/private donations.
6
Team #2: West Shore
7
Team #3: South Shore Improving the Framework: 1) Continuous bike path with sidewalks 2) Design parking incentives to discourage auto-use, park at airport and shuttle in. Strategies: 1) Interagency transit Forum beginning in 2007-08 (Governors and congressional sponsored 2007 forum) – Regional solution including out of basin. 2) Capacity assessments (like for Desolation) – should be done for other areas, implement permits if needed. Ski Run to High Meadows (Transect Map) • Ban Smoking. • Improve/Restore. • Implement TRPA Compact – attain TRPA thresholds. • Limiting autos – enact alternative transportation policies. • Design/implement “pedestrian communities” and alternative transportation options. • Just do it – stop talking – need Leadership to act. • Live within environmental limits, manage. Implementation considerations Convene business groups to address issues. More mass transit. More enforcement. Education and awareness/ Incentives to use shuttles – subsidize (to beaches, etc)/ Have more shuttles/ 1. Alternative transit (carrot and stick). 2. Enhanced bikepaths and sidewalks. 3. Education and awareness campaign. 4. Limit use to protect environment and experience.
8
Team #3: South Shore
9
Team #4: East Shore Strategies: 1) Concentrate development in key areas to keep remote areas more pristine. 2) Promote alternate routes for pass through traffic (regional) ie: straightening out road at slide park to encourage people to use 88. 3) Pursue fed and state funding to establish some public buses (bike-friendly connection) especially because of Flume Trail along east shore corridor. a. Water taxi from Stateline to Zephyr Cove, Roundhill, NV beach areas. b. Remote parking areas with Shuttle system. 4) Improve access to beach at Glenbrook, Thunderbird Lodge, create public access through Spooner to Marlette for XC skiing. a. Zephyr Cove – prime area for higher density but needs more parking. b. Safety concerns with people crossing road, create more parking, keep people here vs. more undeveloped area. #1 Strategy for Next 20 years Reduce private vehicle use and promote public transit via centralized coordinated transit system. East Shore Public Lands (Transect Map): Implementation Considerations (Montane/Sub-alpine zone) • Negotiate free (or very cheap) public access through Spooner Lake XC ski areas to Marlette Lake &/or encourage XC skiing on Rim Trail from Spooner Summit. • Create Basin-wide incentives for driving cars (i.e. fee for vehicles entering into Basin), parking enforcement. • Create parking fees to discourage driving and subsidize bus system. • Encourage "pass through! car traffic to take Hwy 80 rather than 50. (Lake Tahoe) • Enforce no-wake zones better. • Enforce snowmobile bans and require four-stroke engines. East Shore Map: • Water taxi between Stateline, Roundhill and Zephyr Cove • Glenbook – pursue access • Would like a public trail around private Spooner lake to Marlette for X-country ski use, would pay small fee but $20 is too much • Parking at Ponderosa Ranch • Maintain pristine nature of shoreline • Sand Harbor – gateway to east Shore, promote parking at gateways • More public access to Thunderbird Lodge 10
Team #4: East Shore
11
Team #6 (no team 5): North Shore Improving the Framework: 1) Bike Lockups. 2) Limit boat access. 3) Build more boat access. 4) Transit center parking.
Strategies: 1) Fund Public Transit Authority – implement transit centers. 2) Implement basin wide marketing campaign on Environmental Education/Impacts and recreational safety. 3) Increase funding for fuels management and watershed restoration. Burton Creek Implementation Considerations: Nat!l Forest land/Watson Lake: - Pack in/Pack out service at Trailheads. - Clean Fuel Shuttles. - Access: Multi-modal transport, support. - Financial funding for biomass and transportation. Burton Creek State Park: - trailhead education boards. - bike paths and lockups, community bikes (blue bikes). - financial benefits/incentives for green vehicles. - Fund Tahoe transportation district. - Interpretive center. - Lake Tahoe transit authority. Shorezone/Lake: - Odd/even boat access via registration guidelines. - Increase # of boat ramps to limit congestion. - Shuttle service for trolley and water shuttle (year-round). - Education, youth activity schools. - Boating education/instruction. North Shore Map: - #1 Funding for regional transit. - Fuels Management. - More cars = brown lake. - More erosion control in Burton Creek State Park. - Odd/even boat entry, limit boats and access. - Trail information.
12
Team #6 (no team 5): North Shore
13
Pathway 2007 • Place-Based Planning
Core Team
7-21-06 Objectives: Discussing of concepts and related implementation issues Process update Overall principles and concepts Implementation issues Understanding of next steps
AGENDA Introduction • Introductions • Meeting objectives • Workshop agenda, Integration Team and Forum process Overview of Place-Based Planning Concepts • Summary of process and meetings • Planning principles • Planning concepts Leading Implementation Issues Regulatory • Updating Development Codes • Zoning Documents • Community Plan Updates • Syncing local and regional plans • Regional Transportation Plan – Air Quality Plan • Environmental Improvement Program Other: _________________________________________________________________ Regional Cooperation • Transportation Partners • Public Lands Management Other: ________________________________________________________________ Feasibility of Triple Bottom Line / Regenerative Planning (harnessing private investment to improve the environment) • Feasibility of redeveloping existing 1960’s vintage developments • Allocation of future commercial development • “Rewarding Good Behavior”–Incentives for social and environmental outcomes • Housing – Symposium • Transportation – Symposium Other: _________________________________________________________________ Attracting Public Funding • Environmental restoration • Transportation • Economic development
•
Other:
_________________________________________________________________ Summary and Next Steps
Pathway 2007 PLACE – BASED PLANNING
Incline Village & Crystal Bay COMMUNITY WORKSHOPS Build upon the good work of Incline Vision. Focus on Opportunities in our community.
Monday, July 17 6:00 pm – 9:00pm The Chateau 955 Fairway Boulevard For more information contact: Brenda Hunt, bhunt@trpa.org, 775-588-4547 x 225
Please visit the following websites for more information: www.pathway2007.org www.RegionalPlanningPartners.com
Dear Lake Tahoe Neighbor; Join your neighbors in an energetic and creative evening envisioning the future of your communities at the Chateau, 6:00-9:00p, Monday, July 17th for the “Action Plan” Place-Based Planning Community Workshop. How is your community going to realize its future aspirations? This workshop will explore an “Action Plan” for achieving the vision of Incline Village and Crystal Bay’s future. It’s an entertaining evening, sharing with your neighbors the things that matter most to you about your Tahoe community. WHERE: The Chateau WHEN: 6:00pm, Monday, July 17th WHAT: A Hands-on Community Workshop exploring a plan of action for Incline Village and Crystal Bay. Public input will be used to help inform the 20 Year Regional Plan for the Lake Tahoe Basin
Admission is free and open to everyone and anyone. The workshop BEGINS at 6:00 pm. Please arrive early to sign in and catch up with friends. Kids are welcome! We hope you can join us. This is a unique occasion to focus our attention on the features of our built and natural environment as one. The success of these workshops is an important step toward a plan of action for our communities that we can all feel good about. See you there! For an update on Pathway 2007, check out the most recent newsletter: http://www.pathway2007.org/assets/PUBLICATIONS/VISION_SUMMER_06.pdf Any questions? Brenda Hunt, TRPA & Pathway 2007, bhunt@trpa.org, (775)588-4547 Bea Epstein, IVGID, boobeaattahoe@netscape.net Find out more on the web!
www.pathway2007.org www.regionalplanningpartners.com This event brought to you by IVGID, Washoe County, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service.
Come Make a Difference in Lake Tahoe’s Future You’re Invited to Community Workshops.
During these workshops, the public is given the opportunity to explore what we value in our communities and how local investment can result in a healthier region—where the environment, the economy and the community all win. Place-Based Planning reflects a new, unprecedented partnership between individuals, local governments, and the Pathway agencies around the Tahoe Basin. This is your chance to be involved in the future of Lake Tahoe!
Other Placed-Based Workshops Around the Lake: July 2006 July 18, 6–9pm North/West Shore Tahoe Lake Elementary School, 37 Grove Street, Tahoe City July 19, 6–9pm South Lake Tahoe Partnership South Lake Tahoe Middle School, Al Tahoe Blvd. and Hwy 50 July 20, 6–9pm Public Lands and Waterways South Lake Tahoe Middle School, Al Tahoe Blvd. and Hwy 50
www.pathway2007.org
Washoe/ Incline Village/ Crystal Bay “Action Plan” Workshop July 17, 6–9pm The Chateau Incline Village, NV This event is hosted by Washoe County, IVGID and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. For more information contact: Brenda Hunt / bhunt@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 225
Come Make a Difference in Lake Tahoe’s Future You’re Invited to Community Workshops.
During these workshops, the public is given the opportunity to explore what we value in our communities and how local investment can result in a healthier region—where the environment, the economy and the community all win. Place-Based Planning reflects a new, unprecedented partnership between individuals, local governments, and the Pathway agencies around the Tahoe Basin. This is your chance to be involved in the future of Lake Tahoe!
Other Placed-Based Workshops Around the Lake: July 2006 July 17, 6–9pm Washoe/Incline Village/ Crystal Bay The Chateau, Incline Village, NV
North/West Shore “Action Plan” Workshop July 18, 6–9pm Tahoe Lake Elementary School
July 19, 6–9pm South Lake Tahoe Partnership South Lake Tahoe Middle School, Al Tahoe Blvd. and Hwy 50
375 Grove Street, Tahoe City, CA
July 20, 6–9pm Public Lands and Waterways South Lake Tahoe Middle School, Al Tahoe Blvd. and Hwy 50
This event is hosted by Placer County and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
www.pathway2007.org
For more information contact: Keith Norberg / knorberg@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 289
Come Make a Difference in Lake Tahoe’s Future You’re Invited to Community Workshops.
During these workshops, the public is given the opportunity to explore what we value in our communities and how local investment can result in a healthier region—where the environment, the economy and the community all win. Place-Based Planning reflects a new, unprecedented partnership between individuals, local governments, and the Pathway agencies around the Tahoe Basin. This is your chance to be involved in the future of Lake Tahoe!
Other Placed-Based Workshops Around the Lake: July 2006 July 17, 6–9pm Washoe/Incline Village/ Crystal Bay The Chateau, Incline Village, NV July 18, 6–9pm North/West Shore Tahoe Lake Elementary School, 37 Grove Street, Tahoe City July 20, 6–9pm Public Lands and Waterways South Lake Tahoe Middle School, Al Tahoe Blvd. and Hwy 50
www.pathway2007.org
South Shore “Action Plan” Workshop July 19, 6–9pm South Lake Tahoe Middle School Al Tahoe Blvd and Hwy 50 This event is hosted by the South Shore Partnership: City of South Lake Tahoe, Douglas County, El Dorado County, and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. For more information contact: John Hitchcock / jhitchcock@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 220
Come Make a Difference in Lake Tahoe’s Future You’re Invited to Community Workshops.
During these workshops, the public is given the opportunity to explore what we value in our communities and how local investment can result in a healthier region—where the environment, the economy and the community all win. Place-Based Planning reflects a new, unprecedented partnership between individuals, local governments, and the Pathway agencies around the Tahoe Basin. This is your chance to be involved in the future of Lake Tahoe!
Other Placed-Based Workshops Around the Lake: July 2006 July 17, 6–9pm Washoe/Incline Village/ Crystal Bay The Chateau, Incline Village, NV July 18, 6–9pm North/West Shore Tahoe Lake Elementary School, 37 Grove Street, Tahoe City July 19, 6–9pm South Lake Tahoe Partnership South Lake Tahoe Middle School, Al Tahoe Blvd. and Hwy 50
www.pathway2007.org
Public Lands and Waterways “Action Plan” Workshop July 20th, 6–9pm South Lake Tahoe Middle School Al Tahoe Blvd and Hwy 50 This event is hosted by the USDA Forest Service, CA State Parks, NV State Lands, California Tahoe Conservancy and the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. For more information contact: Lisa O'daly / lodaly@trpa.org / 775-588-4547, ext. 242
Dear Lake Tahoe Neighbor; Join your North Tahoe neighbors in an energetic and creative evening envisioning the future of our communities at Tahoe Lake School, 6:009:00p, Tuesday, July 18th for the “Action Plan” Place-Based Planning Community Workshop. How is your community going to realize its future aspirations? This workshop will explore an “Action Plan” for achieving the vision of Lake Tahoe’s Placer County communities. It’s an entertaining evening, sharing with your neighbors the things that matter most to you about your Tahoe community. WHERE: Tahoe Lake Elementary School, 375 Grove Street, Tahoe City (behind the softball fields) WHEN: 6:00pm, Tuesday, July 18th WHAT: A Hands-on Community Workshop exploring a plan of action for the Placer County region of the Lake Tahoe Basin. Public input will be used to help inform the 20 Year Regional Plan for the Lake Tahoe Basin Admission is free and open to everyone and anyone. The workshop BEGINS at 6:00 pm. Please arrive early to sign in and catch up with friends. Kids are welcome! We hope you can join us. This is a unique occasion to focus our attention on the features of our built and natural environment as one. The success of these workshops is an important step toward a plan of action for our communities that we can all feel good about. See you there! For an update on Pathway 2007, check out the most recent newsletter: http://www.pathway2007.org/assets/PUBLICATIONS/VISION_SUMMER_06.pdf Any questions? Keith Norberg, Pathway 2007, knorberg@trpa.org, (775)588-4547 x289 Jennifer Merchant, Placer County, jmerchan@placer.ca.gov, (530) 546-1952
Find out more on the web!
www.pathway2007.org www.regionalplanningpartners.com This event brought to you by Placer County, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service.
Dear Lake Tahoe Neighbor; Join your neighbors in an energetic and creative evening envisioning the future of Lake Tahoe’s Public lands and Waterways at the South Tahoe Middle School, 6:00-9:00p, Thursday, July20th for the “Action Plan” PlaceBased Planning Community Workshop. How will the way we experience Public Lands and Waterways change in the next twenty years? This workshop will explore an “Action Plan” for achieving the vision of Lake Tahoe’s Public Lands and Waterways. It’s an entertaining evening, sharing with your neighbors the things that matter most to you about your Tahoe community. WHERE: South Tahoe Middle School, Al Tahoe Blvd and Highway 50 (enter to Multi-use room from Al Tahoe Blvd) WHEN: 6:00pm, Thursday, July 20th WHAT: A Hands-on Community Workshop exploring a plan of action for Lake Tahoe’s Public Lands and Waterways. Public input will be used to help inform the 20 Year Regional Plan for the Lake Tahoe Basin Admission is free and open to everyone and anyone. The workshop BEGINS at 6:00 pm. Please arrive early to sign in and catch up with friends. Kids are welcome! We hope you can join us. This is a unique occasion to focus our attention on the features of our built and natural environment as one. The success of these workshops is an important step toward a plan of action for our communities that we can all feel good about. See you there! For an update on Pathway 2007, check out the most recent newsletter: http://www.pathway2007.org/assets/PUBLICATIONS/VISION_SUMMER_06.pdf Any questions? Lisa O’Daly, lodaly@trpa.org, (775)588-4547 Rex Norman, US Forest Service, rnorman@fs.fed.us, 530-543-2627
Find out more on the web!
www.pathway2007.org www.regionalplanningpartners.com This event brought to you by the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service
Dear Lake Tahoe Neighbor; Join your neighbors in an energetic and creative evening envisioning the future of your communities at the South Tahoe Middle School (2940 Lake Tahoe Blvd), 6:00-9:00p, Wednesday, July 19th for the “Action Plan” PlaceBased Planning Community Workshop. How is your community going to realize its future aspirations? This workshop will explore an “Action Plan” for achieving the vision of South Lake Tahoe’s future. It’s an entertaining evening, sharing with your neighbors the things that matter most to you about your Tahoe community. WHERE: South Tahoe Middle School, 2940 Lake Tahoe Blvd @ Al Tahoe Blvd (Access Multi-use room from Al Tahoe Blvd) WHEN: 6:00pm, Wednesday, July 19th WHAT: A Hands-on Community Workshop exploring a plan of action for South Lake Tahoe. Public input will be used to help inform the 20 Year Regional Plan for the Lake Tahoe Basin. Admission is free and open to everyone and anyone. The workshop BEGINS at 6:00 pm. Please arrive early to sign in and catch up with friends. Kids are welcome! We hope you can join us. This is a unique occasion to focus our attention on the features of our built and natural environment as one. The success of these workshops is an important step toward a plan of action for our communities that we can all feel good about. See you there! For an update on Pathway 2007, check out the most recent newsletter: http://www.pathway2007.org/assets/PUBLICATIONS/VISION_SUMMER_06.pdf Any questions? John Hitchcock, TRPA & Pathway 2007, jhitchcock@trpa.org, (775)588-4547 Teri Jamin, tjamin@ci.south-lake-tahoe.ca.us, (530) 542-6025
Find out more on the web!
www.pathway2007.org www.regionalplanningpartners.com This event brought to you by the City of South Lake Tahoe, Douglas County, El Dorado County, Tahoe Regional Planning Agency and the US Forest Service.
Sierra Club cancels its monthly meeting Provided to the Tribune July 20, 2006
The Sierra Club usually meets the third Thursday of each month at the fire station in Round Hill. The July meeting has been canceled so people can participate in the Public Lands Place-Based Planning workshop from 6 to 9 p.m. today at South Tahoe Middle School on Lake Tahoe Boulevard just east of Al Tahoe Blvd. More than 80 percent of the land in the Tahoe Basin is in public hands. It's critical that we let the agencies involved know our thoughts on how that land should be managed. Many forests try to be all things to all people and provide a full range of recreational opportunities. Is that appropriate here, given the ecology of the Tahoe Basin? Are motorized and non-motorized uses compatible, or do we need separate areas for each? Is enforcement sufficient? Do we really want helicopters overhead? Are places like the Mount Rose highway corridor perfect for a world class Nordic Center? These are some of the questions to be asking as you help the agencies put previous input into action plans. As a reward for your civic participation, the Sierra Club has a great wine-tasting party planned at Stonehenge on Friday. For tickets contact Joyce Powell at joycerobin1@ msn.com or (775) 749-1016.
Sierra Sun - News
1 of 1
http://www.sierrasun.com/article/20060621/NEWS/60620008&SearchI...
SUNNY 55°
SIERRA SUN News Sports Your Town Community Obituaries Opinion Reader Advisory Special Sections Events Calendar Tahoe World Real Estate Classifieds Write the Editor Journey to Japan Photo Gallery SERVICES Today's Ads Archives Subscribe RSS Feeds Email Headlines Legal & Public Notices Autos Jobs Yellow Pages I-80 Web Cam SPOTLIGHT
Classifieds | Place an Ad
Search:
August 30, 2006
Latinos help plan future of Kings Beach By Kara Fox Sierra Sun, kfox@sierrasun.com June 21, 2006 Comments (1)
North Tahoe’s Check it out Latino community The next Placer County placed-based may have different workshop will focus on an needs than other community action plan and will take place July segments of the 18, from 6 to 9 p.m., at Tahoe Lake population, which Elementary School, Grove Street, Tahoe City. For more information, is why Placer visit County and the www.regionalplanningpartners.com. Tahoe Regional Planning Agency sought their input Tuesday night as part of the place-based planning community workshops.
Diana Cristales-David (left), Graciela Sarviento and Arely Rios participate in a place-based planning meeting Tuesday night for the Latino Click to Enlarge community in Kings Beach as part of Pathway 2007. Each community around the lake is providing input to come up with a 20-year regional plan for Lake Tahoe. Jason Kelley/Sierra Sun
Browse and Buy Sierra Sun Photos
“The Latino community is a huge segment of our ADVERTISEMENT community,” said Jennifer Merchant, Tahoe manager for Placer County’s executive office. “They may have Ads by Google Advertise on this site different needs and we want to accommodate them in a Profit from eBay Auctions comfortable space and in a language they are comfortable Become a Power Seller 6 Days to Success! with.” www.ebaytrainingonline.com
SPECIAL SECTIONS Sierra Nevada Weddings Best of Truckee 2006 Real Estate Truckee Visitor Guide Dining Guide Homestyle Magazine NEWSPAPERS Lahontan Valley News Nevada Appeal Record Courier Tahoe Bonanza Tahoe Daily Tribune Tahoe World VISITOR INFO Reno.com Tahoe.com
The nearly 30 community members who participated in the Kings Beach workshop ranged in age and included families who are members of Creciendos Unidos (Growing Together), a group of parents and teens committed to making changes in the Kings Beach community.
Win Cash for Your Article No purchase necessary to win. Submit articles to win cash, free. www.articleorange.com
Build Courses Online Innovative system design yields extraordinary learning results.
They said they would like Kings Beach to have more www.FlexTraining.com lighting, to be more pedestrian-friendly, incorporate more Submit Your Article bike lanes, a community center that can be accessed at night, affordable housing and better transportation. Some Blast your article to 360 article directories at once! www.downloadebooksnow.com participants said they would like to see the blight gone from Kings Beach and the teens indicated they would like more things to do. “I thought it was very good,” Kings Beach resident Carolina Nunez said through an interpreter at the meeting. “We got a lot of ideas, and we were able to give a lot of ideas. It is good because we have hope that our town can change. All of the ideas will better our community.” Merchant said she was amazed at the similarities between what the Latino community signified as important and what other community members said they wanted during a workshop last month, but said more specifics came out at Tuesday’s meeting. “They concentrated on today because the needs are so immediate,” Merchant said. “People are concerned about safety and where they are going. Lights are important in a working community. There was a focus on affordable housing and transportation.” Several of the attendees said they hope to attend the larger placed-based workshop in July.
BACK
TOP OF PAGE
Privacy Policy | Advertise | Contact Us | Archives | Classifieds | Subscribe | Site Map | RSS Feeds Visit our other news and portal sites. All contents © Copyright 2006 sierrasun.com 12315 Deerfield Drive - P.O. Box 2973 - Truckee, CA 96160
8/30/2006 10:30 AM
Sierra Sun - News
1 of 1
http://www.sierrasun.com/article/20060525/NEWS/60524005&SearchI...
SUNNY 55°
SIERRA SUN News Sports Your Town Community Obituaries Opinion Reader Advisory Special Sections Events Calendar Tahoe World Real Estate Classifieds Write the Editor Journey to Japan Photo Gallery SERVICES Today's Ads Archives Subscribe RSS Feeds Email Headlines Legal & Public Notices Autos Jobs Yellow Pages I-80 Web Cam SPOTLIGHT
Classifieds | Place an Ad
Search:
August 30, 2006
Laying out the future of Kings Beach By Kara Fox Sierra Sun, kfox@sierrasun.com May 25, 2006 Comments (0)
North Shore residents laid out their ideal future for Kings Beach Tuesday night during a place-based planning community workshop.
ADVERTISEMENT Ads by Goooooogle
Advertise on this site
What is it? Place-based workshops are being held around the basin as part of Pathway 2007, which will produce a 20-year regional plan for Lake Tahoe. The workshops are designed to give individual communities a chance to share their vision for the area and to help tailor Pathway 2007 planning to each community’s needs. Check it out The next Placer County place-based
Tahoe Luxury Properties North Tahoe Real Estate Specialists Browse All N Tahoe Homes For Sale www.tluxp.com
N. Tahoe Vacation Rentals Ready for an altitude adjustment? Come enjoy this all year playground www.enjoytahoe.com
Suggestions community workshop will focus on an action plan and will take place July among the 130 participants at the 18, from 6 to 9 p.m., at Tahoe Lake Elementary School, Grove St., Tahoe North Tahoe City. For more information, visit www.regionalplanningpartners.com. Community Conference Center ranged from building affordable housing and mixed-use housing to creating a better transportation system and adding more events for the community. “There’s a strong sense of what we got needs to be improved,” said Bruce Race, community planning consultant and workshop leader. “The beach is an important central theme and idea.”
SPECIAL SECTIONS Sierra Nevada Weddings Best of Truckee 2006 Real Estate Truckee Visitor Guide Dining Guide Homestyle Magazine NEWSPAPERS Lahontan Valley News Nevada Appeal Record Courier Tahoe Bonanza Tahoe Daily Tribune Tahoe World VISITOR INFO Reno.com Tahoe.com
Participants were divided into 12 groups and were tasked with identifying future civic streets, gateways and focal points for the entire North Shore community. Because community members at the first place-based meeting in March signified Kings Beach as the biggest opportunity for reinvestment, participants were asked to imagine the future of the community. “This makes people have a true understanding of how to build a community,” Theresa May Duggan, who helps facilitate the workshops, said of the process. “They are struggling with what the agencies deal with.” Some groups wanted to eliminate blight in Kings Beach, while others wanted to add roundabouts and most agreed that a three-lane road incorporating a middle turn lane, as opposed to the highway running through downtown was a good idea. “This is the first time I’ve ever seen this many people in one room working together and not yelling at each other,” said George Koster, a Kings Beach real estate agent who attended the workshop. Three children were also involved, stating they wanted “bigger playgrounds” and a recreation center. One adult group also stressed recreation opportunities, including connecting the bike trail from Kings Beach to Tahoe City. “We want to make it a place where people want to stay — it’s the funnest place on earth,” Kings Beach resident Kevin McDermott said during his group’s presentation.
BACK
TOP OF PAGE
Privacy Policy | Advertise | Contact Us | Archives | Classifieds | Subscribe | Site Map | RSS Feeds Visit our other news and portal sites. All contents © Copyright 2006 sierrasun.com 12315 Deerfield Drive - P.O. Box 2973 - Truckee, CA 96160
8/30/2006 10:31 AM
Sierra Sun - News
1 of 1
http://www.sierrasun.com/article/20060522/NEWS/60521003&SearchI...
SUNNY 55°
SIERRA SUN News Sports Your Town Community Obituaries Opinion Reader Advisory Special Sections Events Calendar Tahoe World Real Estate Classifieds Write the Editor Journey to Japan Photo Gallery SERVICES Today's Ads Archives Subscribe RSS Feeds Email Headlines Legal & Public Notices Autos Jobs Yellow Pages I-80 Web Cam SPOTLIGHT
Classifieds | Place an Ad
Search:
August 30, 2006
Public lands to be discussed in Pathway workshop By Patricia Hickson Sun News Service May 22, 2006 Comments (0)
ADVERTISEMENT Ads by Goooooogle
Advertise on this site
It isn’t only urban land areas undergoing public examination during the place-based planning process. As neighbors from around the basin gather for the second in a series of three community planning workshops next week, the future of Tahoe’s natural resources including land and watershed use will be top of mind for the Pathway 2007 workshops.
Truckee CA Lodging Enjoy The Friendly, Courteous Staff At Our Newly Remodeled Hotel. www.BestWesternTahoe.com
The public lands working group, a collection of 15 individuals including public agency representatives and residents well-versed on the subject, has met twice since the first public meeting in March to interpret public opinion and help move the planning process along.
SPECIAL SECTIONS Sierra Nevada Weddings Best of Truckee 2006 Real Estate Truckee Visitor Guide Dining Guide Homestyle Magazine NEWSPAPERS Lahontan Valley News Nevada Appeal Record Courier Tahoe Bonanza Tahoe Daily Tribune Tahoe World VISITOR INFO Reno.com Tahoe.com
BACK
TOP OF PAGE
Privacy Policy | Advertise | Contact Us | Archives | Classifieds | Subscribe | Site Map | RSS Feeds Visit our other news and portal sites. All contents © Copyright 2006 sierrasun.com 12315 Deerfield Drive - P.O. Box 2973 - Truckee, CA 96160
8/30/2006 10:33 AM
North Lake Tahoe Bonanza - News
1 of 2
http://www.tahoebonanza.com/article/20060719/News/107190019&Sea...
SUNNY 55째
TAHOE BONANZA News Your Town Opinion Sports Business Region Nevada Environment Living Outdoors Obituaries Elections Special Sections Real Estate Classifieds Events Calendar Action Magazine Write the Editor SERVICES Today's Ads Photo Gallery Archives Subscriber Services RSS Feeds Email Headlines Legal & Public Notices Autos Jobs Yellow Pages SPOTLIGHT
Classifieds | Place an Ad
Search:
August 30, 2006
Youth absent from visioning forum Andrew Pridgen Bonanza News Editor,
ADVERTISEMENT
apridgen@tahoebonanza.com July 19, 2006
Comments (0)
Some 50 Incline Village/Crystal Bay residents attended the third of three Pathway 2007 place based planning workshops (a community planning forum which will eventually be incorporated in a multi-agency 20-year basin-wide plan) to re-hash ideas for planning the town's future and, in the words of facilitator Bruce Race, "now (we'll talk) about how it'll all happen." The decidedly upbeat tone of the meeting's inception and the apparent healthy mix of place based veterans (about half the participants were return visitors) to the number of "first-timers" was all noted by Race, however, when it came time to separate residents into four smaller groups to share ideas, Race himself made an acute observation of the similar demographic shared by nearly all in attendance.
Visit Reynen & Bardis Web Site VIEW FULL AD
"It's important to have different age groups," said Race, author of a book titled "Youth Charrettes", underscoring the necessity of engaging young people in planning. "It's about having a multi-generational point of view." While those who participated may take exception to being labeled "all over 55," it was clear that besides a handful of younger participants, the AARP crowd's voice was most prominent at the third community place based meeting. For some, this was not a problem.
SPECIAL SECTIONS TRPA Series Tahoe Summer Health and Wellness 2005 Dining Guide Homestyle Magazine NEWSPAPERS Lahontan Valley News Nevada Appeal Record Courier Sierra Sun Tahoe Daily Tribune Tahoe World VISITOR INFO Reno.com Tahoe.com
"We can't sit here and talk about having a kind of community that doesn't exist in real life," said Incline resident Chuck Greene when discussing demographics. "We can only try to come up with solutions to help the people that do live here." The "hot-button" issues of the night, however, invariably did have to do with demographic issues, Race pointed out. The most fervent conversations resulted from topics such as "attainable" (also known as affordable or workforce) housing, keeping young families in the area with educational and cultural opportunities and making Incline more congruous and "commuter-friendly" with the rest of the basin and immediate surrounding areas with more public transportation. While most agreed that they would like to see an Incline where young families and an older demographic could meet regularly in a pedestrian friendly village center which included venues for public art display and concerts easily accessible by ferry or monorail - most noted that the wish list for the next 20 years would be limited in practicum. "The point is having three million people that come through (the basin) be able to stop in Incline," said Incline resident Jacquie Chandler. "We're (essentially) a gated community, affordable housing is a dream - so lets focus on what we can do better." Taking the tack of what is possible, some discussed ideas on a smaller, but equally seemingly difficult to accomplish, scale. "We need to get the utilities underground," said Incline resident Ted Fuller. Picking up on this, Dan Salerno, an architect and former Incline representative on the county planning commission, said burying the utilities is a "most necessary" step in the area's evolution. "When I first started my career in San Diego, it was 'you can't go underground'," Salerno said. "Now everyone's going underground, you need to go underground. "It would certainly help with power outages." In a summer thus far marked by California and Nevada residents using power in record numbers, Incline resident Chandler questioned whether any in-fill or redevelopment projects could be done with an emphasis on using alternative power, especially solar. "Why don't we use sun?" Chandler asked. "With 320 days of sunshine a year, why isn't (the Chateau) solar? We spent $3.5 million on this (building) ... how did we miss that?" While a younger contingent was conspicuously absent in numbers, their needs were also on the minds of many. Incline resident Alan Tiras said he felt the perception of families with school-age children moving away because of more affordable housing in surrounding areas was not necessarily the only reason for attrition. "A lot of families here are well-off and can afford to stay," Tiras said. "But they look at the schools and the opportunities they perceive for their children and they go. "We need to make the program strong enough here that people are confident their children are getting a great education ... that they are getting something they can't get anywhere else." Group discussions about an education endowment ensued. Close to the meeting's end, facilitator Race commented that even for "first-timers" the meeting's theme seemed to be more what was realistic for the area, and that pedestrian-friendly town centers, cultural enhancements, increased public transit and meeting housing needs were all "within the realm of possibility" over the next 20 years. "It's interesting to attend these (meetings) around (the basin) and see that every community, in its unique way, has pared down a lot of their needs to similar issues," Race said. "The challenge then becomes taking all of this information and keeping each (community's) fingerprints at the end of the process."
BACK
TOP OF PAGE
8/30/2006 10:14 AM
North Lake Tahoe Bonanza - News
1 of 2
http://www.tahoebonanza.com/article/20060329/News/103290022
SUNNY 55°
TAHOE BONANZA News Your Town Opinion Sports Business Region Nevada Environment Living Outdoors Obituaries Elections Special Sections Real Estate Classifieds Events Calendar Action Magazine Write the Editor SERVICES Today's Ads Photo Gallery Archives Subscriber Services RSS Feeds Email Headlines Legal & Public Notices Autos Jobs Yellow Pages SPOTLIGHT
Classifieds | Place an Ad
Search:
Weighing in on Incline's future Patricia Hickson Bonanza Staff Writer,
phickson@tahoebonanza.com March 29, 2006 Comments (0)
Incline area residents showed remarkable agreement on ideas for Incline's future at the first place based planning community workshop Monday night at the Incline Village Chateau. "This is the 2020-'30 story of your community," shouted Bruce Race, facilitator for the meeting and member of the DinsmoreSierra consultant team to some 80 workshop participants. "We're defining those places that are important to us... this is how community happens."
Click to Enlarge Bonanza Photo - Andrew Pridgen Wayne Fischer works in a group at the place based planning meeting Monday night at the Chateau in Incline Village.
SPECIAL SECTIONS TRPA Series Tahoe Summer Health and Wellness 2005 Dining Guide Homestyle Magazine NEWSPAPERS Lahontan Valley News Nevada Appeal Record Courier Sierra Sun Tahoe Daily Tribune Tahoe World VISITOR INFO Reno.com Tahoe.com
August 30, 2006
Browse and Buy Tahoe Bonanza Photos
At the behest of the consultant, participants were divided into 10 teams and asked to identify important urban areas, places of significant value for community identity and opportunities for restoration in the Incline Village/ Crystal Bay area.
Bonanza Photo Emma Garrard Placed based planning facilitator Bruce Race speaks Monday night. Browse and Buy Tahoe Bonanza Photos
Click to Enlarge
ADVERTISEMENT Ads by Google
Advertise on this site
Lake Tahoe Injury Lawyer Penney Law Firm Represents Serious Injury Cases. Free Case Evaluation. www.PenneyLaw.com
Harrah's Official Site Lake Tahoe Harrah's Hotel & Casino offers discounted room rates online www.Harrahs.com
Tahoe Luxury Properties North Tahoe Rentals and Real Estate Find a vacation home you'll love! www.tluxp.com
Seven of the 10 teams chose the Village Center region as the area in which to focus primary
investment. Other areas broadly selected as important for investment included the Ponderosa Ranch, the Crystal Bay casino district, the fire lookout area in Crystal bay and the Tahoe Blvd./ Highway 28 corridor. "We hear so much about conflict and yet we saw a lot of common threads woven throughout the discussion tonight," said Julie Regan, spokeswoman for the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency. "We look forward to building on this." The workshops drew many faces familiar to those involved with Incline politics as well as a few new ones, including Andrew Jack, who attended the workshop as a representative of the Washoe Tribe. "It was a good process, though the demographics seemed a little skewed," said Jack, alluding to the preponderance of representation by the older Incline sect rather than by parents with school-age children or Latinos. Jack said he thought many of the ideas were very centered around economic development rather than restoration of natural areas, of concern to him as the environmental specialist for the Washoe Tribe. Gene Brockman, a member of the Incline Vision Organizing Committee who has been negotiating with the DinsmoreSierra consultants, the TRPA and with Washoe County to integrate place based planning into Incline Vision said he though the evening came off very well. Though the meeting generated less than one-third of the attendees who showed up at the Incline Village town hall meeting last November, workshop attendee and chair of the Incline Vision Arts, History and Culture subcommittee, Chuck Greene, said he felt positive about greater community participation in the future "If the (DinsmoreSierra) team keeps this up and we can build on this process we could have a terrific opportunity to bring more people in," Greene said. The DinsomoreSierra consultants ended the evening with a homework assignment for Incline residents. Those in attendance were instructed to take photos of places they felt are important. The next community workshop will take place between May 22 and 26, time and date to be announced. For more information on place based planning visit www.regionalplanningpartners.com.
BACK
TOP OF PAGE
Privacy Policy | Advertise | Contact Us | Archives | Classifieds | Subscribe | Site Map | RSS Feeds Visit our other news and portal sites. All contents Š Copyright 2006 tahoebonanza.com North Lake Tahoe Bonanza - 925 Tahoe Blvd., Suite 206 - Incline Village, NV 89452
8/30/2006 10:07 AM
Tahoe Daily Tribune - News
1 of 2
http://www.tahoedailytribune.com/article/20060310/NEWS/103100053...
SUNNY 61째
FRONT PAGE News Sports Your Town Obituaries Opinion Region A&E Special Sections Real Estate Classifieds Write the Editor Events Calendar SERVICES Today's Ads Podcasts Photo Galleries Archives Subscribe RSS Feeds Email Headlines Legal & Public Notices Autos Jobs Yellow Pages SPOTLIGHT
SPECIAL SECTIONS Enter to Win a SnowBoard Sierra Nevada Weddings Health and Wellness 2006 Tahoe Lifestyles DC Parks and Rec Homestyle Magazine Lake Tahoe Visitors Guide Tahoe Summers NEWSPAPERS Lahontan Valley News Nevada Appeal Record Courier Sierra Sun Tahoe Bonanza Tahoe World VISITOR INFO Reno.com Tahoe.com
Classifieds | Place an Ad
Search:
August 30, 2006
Place-based planning gets started at Tahoe Patricia Hickson March 10, 2006 Comments (0)
ADVERTISEMENT
More than 70 basin residents gathered together Wednesday morning to hash out the issues and concerns of their communities, an active discussion that took place over giant aerial photo maps depicting the four place-based area jurisdictions of Lake Tahoe: South Shore, North Shore, West Shore and public lands. The occasion was the kick off meeting for the place-based planning process, designed to help Tahoe residents identify and define the present and future needs, concerns and issues facing their communities. The result of this planning process, which consists of nearly 50 meetings among all the jurisdictions between now and next September, will inform the regional plan for the Tahoe basin taking shape through Pathway 2007.
Visit Bill Hodges Web Site VIEW FULL AD
The meeting has been a long time in coming as each jurisdiction attempted what turned out to be a contentious process of selecting 12 to 15 representatives to a placeGet News Feeds based group. Two of the four jurisdictions did not finalize place-based working group participants until early this week while Washoe County has still not chosen six representatives to join the six Incline Village representatives appointed by Incline Vision. Despite the difficult selection process, participants Wednesday demonstrated their readiness to dig into the planning of their respective community's future. By 11 a.m. circles, arrows, and squares decorated the maps laid out on tables in the four corners of the room. Residents and public officials belonging to each jurisdiction, most of them officially appointed place based planning group members, stood and sat in animated groups around the increasingly colorful displays. Around the map depicting Incline Village and Crystal Bay, Incline Vision subcommittee heads, IVGID officials and Washoe County representatives scribbled notes, circled main points, and argued over definitions. "You have three minutes ... two minutes ... 30 seconds," shouted meeting facilitator Bruce Race, a member of the consultant team hired jointly by the TRPA and by each jurisdiction to facilitate the place based planning process. "This is what lots of pent up energy and passion for where you live looks like," said Race as he paced among the working groups rushing to put together cognizant lists is the time allotted them. "Actually this looks even like more passion than what I have seen before." Race, no stranger to community planning processes, said he has helped facilitate some 80 similar processes in communities around the U.S. "This is definitely an interesting process," said Diane Severance, an Incline resident who said she hopes to be one of the six people appointed by Washoe County to place based planning team for the Incline area. Severance, one of the only place based planning applicants in Incline with children in Incline's public schools said her interest in participating as a place based planning group member stems from both a professional interest in the planning and an emotional interest tied to the lake's future. "I work in the urban planning and built environment field and we (my husband and I) came to Tahoe to raise a family so we're a little bit different than maybe your typical participant profile," Severance said. Under Race's strict schedule each group was ready to share the issues and background they had come up with before the noon deadline. "I want everyone to be quiet and to listen because what your neighbor is doing should matter to you," counseled Race before group presentations began.
BACK
TOP OF PAGE
8/30/2006 10:17 AM
Tahoe Daily Tribune - News
1 of 2
http://www.tahoedailytribune.com/article/20060307/NEWS/103070030...
SUNNY 61째
FRONT PAGE
Classifieds | Place an Ad
Search:
August 30, 2006
Community representatives meet for place-based planning effort Patricia Hickson March 7, 2006 Comments (0)
ADVERTISEMENT
With the exception of Placer County, city, county and district officials from around the basin - including South Lake Tahoe - have been rushing to finalize place-based planning working groups. The working groups will make sure community plans throughout the lake are aligned with the new regional plan taking shape through Pathway 2007. The four working groups, each comprising 12 to 15 community representatives, must be in place before Thursday, the day the DinsmoreSierra consultant team scheduled a place-based planning kick-off meeting.
Ads by Google Advertise on this site lake tahoe photography wedding photography - events scenic stock photos lake tahoe www.laketahoe-photography.com
Harrah's Official Site Lake Tahoe Harrah's Hotel & Casino offers discounted room rates online www.Harrahs.com
South Lake Tahoe Hotels Stop Here First for Great Deals on hotels in South Lake Tahoe, CA. www.OnlineHotels.com
Tahoe Luxury Properties North Tahoe Rentals and Real Estate Find a vacation home you'll love! www.tluxp.com
The kick-off meeting is designed to inform working group participants on the scope and design as well as rules and responsibilities of the process. "Some of the areas are a little behind in making their selections but this (meeting) has been discussed for months now," said Darin Dinsmore, head of the consultant team. "This project needs to get moving forward, so we're going to stick with the date and launch."
Get News Feeds
Those interested in participating in the place-based working groups are asked to make sure they were to attend workshop weeks in March, May and July as well as four planning team working weeks in April, May, August and September. One workshop is scheduled to be held in each jurisdiction during the week. "We want to be comprehensive, but at the same time, we don't want stakeholder burnout," Dinsmore said. "We know the public is not going to go to all those meetings, but people in the planning working groups are tasked to be involved at a higher level." The four place-based groups are: Washoe County (comprising Incline Village and Crystal Bay); Placer County (including Kings Beach, Tahoe Vista, Tahoe City and Tahoma); the South Lake Tahoe partnership (composed of the city of South Lake Tahoe, El Dorado County and Douglas County); and public lands (composed primarily of the forest service, Nevada state lands).
South Shore partnership The South Tahoe partnership features representatives from the city of South Lake Tahoe, El Dorado County and Douglas County. Officials met Thursday to review applications submitted by residents after each county and the city advertised in the Tahoe Daily Tribune the opportunity to participate. Other agencies independent of the city and county also made an effort to get the word out to residents about the option to participate in the process. "My role has been the town cryer," said Jill Sarick, who works with the Nevada Tahoe Partnership Watershed Program and has made an effort to get the word out about the process through fliers and public meeting announcements. "I have focused my efforts in Douglas County to get as many people aware as possible. I tell them, 'This is your community, your vision.'" El Dorado County Supervisor Norma Santiago said she was happy with the slate of candidates who submitted applications. "(The candidates) are people committed to the community who had some great comments," Santiago said. The South Tahoe Partnership will announce the names of those selected to serve on the group next Wednesday.
8/30/2006 10:21 AM
Tahoe Daily Tribune - News
1 of 1
http://www.tahoedailytribune.com/article/20060424/NEWS/104240005...
SUNNY 61°
FRONT PAGE News Sports Your Town Obituaries Opinion Region A&E Special Sections Real Estate Classifieds Write the Editor Events Calendar SERVICES Today's Ads Podcasts Photo Galleries Archives Subscribe RSS Feeds Email Headlines Legal & Public Notices Autos Jobs Yellow Pages SPOTLIGHT
SPECIAL SECTIONS Enter to Win a SnowBoard Sierra Nevada Weddings Health and Wellness 2006 Tahoe Lifestyles DC Parks and Rec Homestyle Magazine Lake Tahoe Visitors Guide Tahoe Summers NEWSPAPERS Lahontan Valley News Nevada Appeal Record Courier Sierra Sun Tahoe Bonanza Tahoe World VISITOR INFO Reno.com Tahoe.com
Classifieds | Place an Ad
Search:
August 30, 2006
Latino community planning workshop Provided to the Tribune April 24, 2006 Comments (0)
ADVERTISEMENT
The Latino community is invited to a workshop on Wednesday from 6 to 8 p.m. for input on the next 20-year plan for Lake Tahoe and the Pathway 2007 process. The workshop to be held at the Al Tahoe Elementary school gym will be conducted in both Spanish and English. The purpose is to collect ideas and identify opportunities to improve South Lake Tahoe for the future. Pathway 2007 agencies are working with Lake Tahoe Community College's ESL Department to ensure that the voices of all local community members are heard. The regional plan covers land-use issues, environmental measures, the rate and pace and development, and what our communities should look like. This workshop will be fun for the family. Dinner and childcare will be provided. For details, visit www.pathway2007.org or call Jill Sarick (Spanish speakers) at (775) 586-1610 ext. 23 or Kim Carr (English speakers) at (775) 586-1053 ext. 4.
Visit Carson Valley Inn Web Site VIEW FULL AD
Get News Feeds
Un taller se planea para miércoles, abril 26 a partir del 18:00 - 20:00 para la comunidad de Latino a asegurar contribuciones en el Pathway 2007 plan, un proceso de colaboración para planear los próximos 20 años en las comunidades de Lake Tahoe. Se invita a todos a este taller bilingüe que sean en el gimnasio de la escuela primaria de Al Tahoe Ð "Multi-purpose Room" en Lyons 1100. El propósito es contribuir ideas y oportunidades mejorar la ciudad de South Lake Tahoe para el futuro. El plan regional cubre la utilización del suelo, protección del aire y aguas, ambientales medidas, como y cuanto vamos a desarrollar nuestra comunidad, y qué deben parecer nuestras comunidades. Este taller será diversión para la familia. La cena y el lugar para cuidar los niños serán proporcionados. Para más información, visita www.pathway2007.org o llame Jill Sarick (habla español) (775) 586-1610. 23 o Kim Carr (habla ingles) (775) 586-1053, ext. 4.
BACK
TOP OF PAGE
Privacy Policy | Advertise | Contact Us | Archives | Classifieds | Subscribe | Site Map | RSS Feeds Visit our other news and portal sites. All contents © Copyright 2006 tahoedailytribune.com 3079 Harrison Avenue - South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
8/30/2006 10:25 AM
Tahoe Daily Tribune - News
1 of 2
http://www.tahoedailytribune.com/article/20060426/NEWS/104260048...
SUNNY 61째
FRONT PAGE News Sports Your Town Obituaries Opinion Region A&E Special Sections Real Estate Classifieds Write the Editor Events Calendar SERVICES Today's Ads Podcasts Photo Galleries Archives Subscribe RSS Feeds Email Headlines Legal & Public Notices Autos Jobs Yellow Pages SPOTLIGHT
SPECIAL SECTIONS Enter to Win a SnowBoard Sierra Nevada Weddings Health and Wellness 2006 Tahoe Lifestyles DC Parks and Rec Homestyle Magazine Lake Tahoe Visitors Guide Tahoe Summers NEWSPAPERS Lahontan Valley News Nevada Appeal Record Courier Sierra Sun Tahoe Bonanza Tahoe World VISITOR INFO Reno.com Tahoe.com
Classifieds | Place an Ad
Search:
August 30, 2006
Workshop participants on camera Patricia Hickson April 26, 2006 Comments (0)
ADVERTISEMENT
INCLINE VILLAGE - North Shore residents David Colley and Jacquie Chandler believe the place-based planning process sets a national precedent and will be marked as a historical milestone for the Lake Tahoe Basin. Determined to make sure this opportunity for the public to take a stake in the shaping of Lake Tahoe's future is not lost amid the muddle of Tahoe's day-to-day bureaucracy, Chandler and Colley have taken it upon themselves to document and market the planning meetings through video. "People have to believe in this process," Chandler said. "We want to move the basin and its base into action."
Ads by Google Advertise on this site lake tahoe photography wedding photography - events scenic stock photos lake tahoe www.laketahoe-photography.com
Harrah's Official Site Lake Tahoe Harrah's Hotel & Casino offers discounted room rates online www.Harrahs.com
South Lake Tahoe Hotels Stop Here First for Great Deals on hotels in South Lake Tahoe, CA. www.OnlineHotels.com
Tahoe Luxury Properties North Tahoe Rentals and Real Estate Find a vacation home you'll love! www.tluxp.com
Together Colley and Chandler have recorded 18 hours of place-based planning film. Colley has been to every public planning meeting around the lake. The two have been editing the footage they have taped into bite-sized pieces for presentations and for distribution to media outlets including local cable and major TV networks.
Get News Feeds
Chandler said their work as videographers is motivated in part by the fact that there is no marketing strategy or campaign for the process. "It would be great if the level of outreach this effort warrants could be achieved," Chandler said. "I was stunned to find out there is no marketing arm of either the Regional Planning Partners team or of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency to push this process to the public." Colley agreed the outreach for the planning process could be vastly expanded. "Most of the people I have talked to walking around town had no idea of the meetings taking place," Colley said. It was due in part to Chandlers efforts that KRNV Reno news included a teaser for the planning meeting into one of their evening broadcasts. Chandler said she has spent time calling many local networks in an attempt to get the word out. Colley said he knows the presence of video cameras at the meetings has made some people suspicious. It is a reaction both videographers think is unwarranted, though indicative of the current political atmosphere. "Given the volatile nature of today's political climate, people get nervous when a camera shows up," Chandler said. Chandler said contrary to those who may harbor suspicions, their interest in videotaping the process is all positive. "This is to encourage participation, to lend credibility to the process and to insure accountability," Chandler said. "We want to collect some of the stories that come out of this process and build on those stories," Colley said. Both Darin Dinsmore, head of the Regional Planning Partners team, and the TRPA have expressed support for Chandler's and Colley's efforts. "I think the work they have been doing is great," Dinsmore said. Dinsmore said he has not had a chance to sit down with either videographer to learn about plans for the footage but said he endorses the importance of documenting the process. "We thank them for the amount of time and energy they are putting into this. We just want to make sure it contributes in a positive way to the process."
BACK
TOP OF PAGE
Privacy Policy | Advertise | Contact Us | Archives | Classifieds | Subscribe | Site Map | RSS Feeds Visit our other news and portal sites.
8/30/2006 10:23 AM
Tahoe Daily Tribune - News
2 of 2
http://www.tahoedailytribune.com/article/20060426/NEWS/104260048... All contents Š Copyright 2006 tahoedailytribune.com 3079 Harrison Avenue - South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
8/30/2006 10:23 AM
Tahoe Daily Tribune - News
1 of 1
http://www.tahoedailytribune.com/article/20060330/NEWS/103300036...
SUNNY 61°
FRONT PAGE News Sports Your Town Obituaries Opinion Region A&E Special Sections Real Estate Classifieds Write the Editor Events Calendar SERVICES Today's Ads Podcasts Photo Galleries Archives Subscribe RSS Feeds Email Headlines Legal & Public Notices Autos Jobs Yellow Pages SPOTLIGHT
SPECIAL SECTIONS Enter to Win a SnowBoard Sierra Nevada Weddings Health and Wellness 2006 Tahoe Lifestyles DC Parks and Rec Homestyle Magazine Lake Tahoe Visitors Guide Tahoe Summers NEWSPAPERS Lahontan Valley News Nevada Appeal Record Courier Sierra Sun Tahoe Bonanza Tahoe World VISITOR INFO Reno.com Tahoe.com
Classifieds | Place an Ad
Search:
August 30, 2006
Common values shared at planning workshop Kara Fox March 30, 2006
ADVERTISEMENT
Comments (0)
TAHOE CITY - Armed with colorful markers, poster paper and many ideas, North Shore residents showed they share common values and ideas for the Placer County side of the Lake Tahoe Basin at a place-based planning community workshop Tuesday night at the Conference Center in Kings Beach. More than 100 community members signified that Kings Beach was the biggest opportunity for reinvestment in the area, noting that the town has the greatest potential for affordable housing and improving overall quality of life in that community. Other areas that were selected for investment included Tahoe City, Tahoe Vista, Homewood and the West Shore and watershed restoration. North Tahoe Business Association Executive Director Pam Jahnke said she was surprised that residents from Kings Beach to Tahoma all agreed on Kings Beach as the greatest priority for redevelopment. Jahnke, who is in the Placer County Place-Based Planning Working Group, said it was good to see "everyone focusing on the same values" of community character, economy and environment.
Visit Bill Hodges Web Site VIEW FULL AD
Get News Feeds
Community planning consultant Bruce Race divided participants into teams of eight and had them identify issues facing the community, improvements for environmental stability, places of significant value for community identity and important investment opportunities. For valued places in the community, participants seemed to agree that beaches, forests and the lake were important to them. Many named their own home as an important place and one group even noted that their own homes needed improvement with defensible space and best management practices to be implemented. "I was impressed by the strong commitment to protection of the lake, restoration of the watersheds and shorelines," said John Friedrich of the South Shore-based League to Save Lake Tahoe, who is also on the planning group. "People of the North Shore clearly want Lake Tahoe to be protected as a top priority." The workshop was attended by a cross section of the community that included business owners, activists, county employees, long-time residents and young people. Jahnke said she was encouraged by the number of people younger than 40 who attended the meeting. However, one noticeable group missing were members of the Hispanic community. John Singlaub, executive director of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, said he was pleased that so many people made the trek in a snow storm to make their voices heard. "People seemed to be satisfied to grapple with issues," Singlaub said. "People are of one mind. It impresses me all the time about Lake Tahoe. We need to remind ourselves of our commonalties." Place-based workshops are being held around the basin as part of Pathway 2007, which will produce a 20-year regional plan for Lake Tahoe. The workshops are designed to give individual communities a chance to share their vision for the area and to help tailor Pathway 2007 planning to each community's needs.
South Shore meeting tonight What: South Shore place-based community workshop. Will include South Lake Tahoe, Douglas County GIDs and HOAs, Meyers and El Dorado County Where: Lake Tahoe Community College When: Tonight 6 to 9 p.m. Why: To share your opinion on the community's future
BACK
TOP OF PAGE
Privacy Policy | Advertise | Contact Us | Archives | Classifieds | Subscribe | Site Map | RSS Feeds Visit our other news and portal sites. All contents Š Copyright 2006 tahoedailytribune.com 3079 Harrison Avenue - South Lake Tahoe, CA 96150
8/30/2006 10:27 AM
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning Placer County Worshop Attendees PWG 1 Aug
18-Jul
PWG 1823-May Jul
X/PWG
23-Mar
X/PWG
X
Phone
Resident/ 2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
Randy
Abbott
abbs@art4vac.nft
X
X
David
Achey
hmrachey@hotmail.com
530-613-2992
X
X/PWG
Lydia
Altick
laltickredarch.com
530-525-9945
PWG
Sylvia
Ambriz
syambriz@kbfrc.com
530-546-0952
KBFRC
X
Wally
Auerbach
wauerbach@auerbachengineering.com
530-581-1116
Consultant
X
X
Joel
Avery
javery@ntpud.org
530-448-0060
X
X
Douglas
Bailey
dougwbailey@earthlink.net
408-866-5073
X
Marti
Barmore
530-546-7900
X
Gary
Barmore
530-546-7900
John
Bergman
printart@telis.org
530-546-4989
Homewood MHW
RESIDENT
NTPUD
X
X/PWG
Michael
Bernard
mike@mhdstudio.org
530-583-9896
X
X
Megan
Bosher
mbosher@segrp.com
802-233-6778
X
X
Jeff
Bourdon
X
X
Garry
Bowen
marketeyture@yahoo.com
775-690-6900
X
Schatzi
Boyd
schatzib@sbcglobal.net
530-583-1610
RESIDENT
Allen
Breuch
abreuch@placer.ca.gov
530-581-6284
RESIDENT
Lesley
Breuning
lbruening@sbcglobal.net
530-546-2939
realtor
PWG
Jan
Brisco
jbrisco@ltol.com
530-583-5253
NTRAC
X
Rick
Brown
rickbrown@prodigy.net
530-583-5496
Sunnyside, Placer Co.
X
8/31/2006
X
X
X/PWG
Last Name
X
X
X
First Name
X
CATT
530-583-2106
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
AIA/Marketeyture
Placer County
1of 9
PWG 1 Aug
18-Jul
PWG 1823-May Jul
Last Name
Phone
Resident/ 2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
Brown
brown472@sbcglobal.net
530-562-1720
X
Ann
Bryant
bearsnsquirrels@sbcglobal.net
530-525-4860
RESIDENT
Bear League
X
David
Bunker
dbunker@sierrasun.com
530-584-3402
Sierra Sun
Sierra Sun
Darren
Campbell
X
Jim
Casey
ice_nine@sbcglobal.net
530-318-3030
RESIDENT
X
Jamie
Casey
granitedecrite@hotmail.com ?
530-318-2755
RESIDENT
X
X
X
X
First Name David
X
X
23-Mar
X
X/CPT
X
X
X
Jacquie
Chandler
X
X
Art
Chapman
achapman@
530-550-0468
X
X
Anne
Chartier
annechartier@marykay.com
530-546-4902
X
X
Kris
Christhine
X
Barb
Cohen
barb@shorehouselaketahoe.com
530-546-2560
business owner
X
X
David
Colley
earthgym@yahoo.com
775-287-2192
video
X
X
Jan
Colyer
tnttma@sbcglobal.net
530-581-3922
X
X/CPT
Bill
Combs
bcombs@placer.ca.gov
530-886-3000
X
Erin
Connoly
ccandjd@org.net
530-546-5481
X
Julie
Conover
julieconover@sbcglobal.net
X
Collier
Cook
collier@skicalifornia.com
530-581-0345
X
X
Christine
Copeland
christine@mhdstudio.org
530-412-2398
X
X
Sherry
Copeland
X
X
Carina
carinaski@charter.net
X
X
Nora
Cutler Daniels
X
X
Mickey
Daniels
X
Pat
X
Reuben
X
X X
8/31/2006
X
X
X X
X
530-546-2939
Placer County
RESIDENT
530-546-7197
HOMEOWNER MHD Studio RESIDENT
530-546-2505 530-546-7249
Big Mack Charters, NT conf. center
ndaniels@ntpud.org
530-546-4444
Big Mack Charters, NT conf. center
Davison
info@ca-tt.com
530-550-9999
CATT
Dawkins
rsdawkins@charter.net
775-831-5298
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
2of 9
PWG 1 Aug
18-Jul
PWG 1823-May Jul
X
23-Mar
X
X
First Name
Last Name
Joe
Decredico
Liliana
Delgadillo
Resident/ 2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
530-546-0774
RESIDENT
Creciendo Unidos
530-546-7903
RESIDENT
E-Mail jdecredico@gdesarch.com
Phone 510-883-1521
X
X
X
X
X
Darin
Dinsmore
X
X
X
X
X
Theresa
Duggan
X
X
Terry
Dyer
X
X
Paul
Dyer
X
X
George
Edmonson
X
Lily
Egan
tahoelily@sbcglobal.net
530-546-7009
X
Heather
Emigh
heather@shermanhomes.net
530-583-8858
X
Fortney
X
Jim John and Helen
Foster
johnhelenfoster@accessbee.com
530-546-4990
X
X
Kara
Fox
kfox@tahoe-world.com
530-584-3417
X
X
John
Frederick
john@keeptahoeblue.org
530-541-5388
X
X
Jacob
Freepars
jacob@speedysignstahoe.com
530-725-0965
X
PWG
John
Friedrich
X
X
Nancy
Gaines
nancy@lake-tahoehomes.com
530-546-3700
X
Jim
Gardiner
jim5166@yahoo.com
X
Dan
Gaube
dangaube@hotmail.com
530-583-3936
X
Sarah
Green
sgreen@communitycollaborative.org
530-587-8322
X
Laurie
Gregory
lauriegregory@sbcglobal.net
530-546-5020
HOMEOWNER
X
Bert
Grunwald
grunwaldbert@earthlink.net
530-546-2414
RESIDENT
X
Rita
Guetierrez
530-546-4108
RESIDENT
Creciendo Unidos
X
Hebert
Guetierrez
530-546-4108
RESIDENT
Creciendo Unidos
X
X
X
8/31/2006
theresaduggan@sbcglobal.net
530-583-0255 pdyer20@hotmail.com 530-546-2153
RESIDENT
Sherman Homes Construction
530-546-5811
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
RESIDENT Tahoe World
speedy signs
RESIDENT
community collaboration of TT
3of 9
PWG 1 Aug
18-Jul
X
X
PWG 1823-May Jul
23-Mar
X/PWG
X/PWG
X
Cindy
Gustafson
cindyg@tcpud.org
530-583-3796
Resident/ 2nd Homeowner/Visitor
chansford@exwire.com
530-412-3676
X
X
John
Hassenplug
pc4tahoe@gmail.com
530-546-4580
X
X
Mike
Hawkins
mbh1@inreach.com
530-581-2812
X
X
Cris
Hennessey
cushennesey@yahoo.com
530-546-5722
RESIDENT
Saul
Hernandez
8838 Brook Avenue, KB
530-546-9174
RESIDENT
X
Carol
Hester
hestertahoe@sbcglobal.net
530-581-5153
RESIDENT
X
Karen
Honeywell
cbhoney@gtcinternet.com
530-546-8609
RESIDENT
X
X
Vera
Huelle
530-546-3770
RESIDENT
X
X
Lindy
Hulton-Larson
775-588-5929
Jose
Ibarra
530-546-2203
RESIDENT
X
X
Sue Rae
Irelan
srirelan@sbcglobal.net
530-525-1505
X
X
Kris
Jackson
drisricker2002@yahoo.com
530-546-7205
X
X
Todd
Jackson
todd@bigblueadventure.com
530-546-1019
X
X/PWG
Pam
Jahnke
pam@ntbamainstreet.org
530-546-9000
X
Brad
Jurach
530-546-4977
RESIDENT
X
Reeca
Jurach
530-546-4977
RESIDENT
X
Walt
Kass
530-906-5278
RESIDENT
X
Leah
Kaufman
Rosemary
Keegen
X
Amy
Kidd
X
Ken
Kidd
k-kidd@sbcglobal.net
530-546-6138
X
Kali
Kopley
kali@kaliopeglass.com
530-448-1911
X
X
waltkass@sbcglobal.net
Affiliation TCPUD
Hansford
X
8/31/2006
Phone
Catherine
X
X
X
X
X
Last Name
X
X
X
First Name
Creciendo Unidos
Creciendo Unidos
RESIDENT
North Tahoe Business Association
530-546-4402 romay2day@yahoo.com
530-557-1477
visitor
530-546-6139
RESIDENT
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
RESIDENT 4of 9
PWG 1 Aug
18-Jul
X
X
X
PWG 1823-May Jul
X/PWG
X
23-Mar
X
X
X/PWG
X/CPT
Phone
Resident/ 2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
Koster
gkoster@charter.net
530-546-5981
X
Peter
Kraatz
rkraatz@placer.ca.gov
530-581-6230
X
X
Adam
Krivatsy
krivatsy@yahoo.com
415-331-1137
X
X
Lily
Kuehne
lilymae@inreach.com
530-546-0162
X
X
Mach
Kuehne
Sue
Kyler
kylerclan@telis.org
530-546-4587
X
Ray
Lace
rlacey@tahoecons.ca.gov
530-543-6038
X
Juan
Lagarrigue
jlagarrigue@designworkshop.com
775-588-5929
X
Trudi
Lee
trudilee@ltis.com
530-546-8580
XX
X
Pam and Mike
Lefrancois
goskiing@sbcglobal.net
530-546-7393
X
X
Kathy
Long
klong@ntpud.org
530-581-3705
X
X
Susan
Malone
malones@gao.gov
415-904-2261
X
X
David
McClure
davidmcclure@charter.net
530-546-8297
X
X
Kevin
McDermott
mcdermottas@charter.net
530-546-3508
NTPUD
X
X
Jessica
McDonald
garbo2@sbcglobal.net
530-546-2100
business owner
X
X
Colin
McDonough
meiwah12@aol.com
530-581-2617
speedy signs
X
Gary
McIllvey
gary@garymcillvey.com
530-581-0238
X/PWG
Ron
McIntyre
rmcconsulting@sbcglobal.net
530-583-2091
X
Stewart
McMorrow
530-525-6692
X
X
Gary
Meadville
530-546-7115
X
X
Clydene
Meadville
srville@thegrid.net
530-546-7115
RESIDENT
X
X/CPT
Jennifer
Merchant
jmerchan@placer.ca.gov
530-546-1952
RESIDENT
Ron
Messiwer
parkerm@aol.com
530-525-9148
X
X
8/31/2006
George
X
X
Last Name
X
X
X
X
First Name
North Tahoe Business Association RESIDENT Regional Planning Partners
530-546-0162
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
RESIDENT CTC
RESIDENT
NTPUD
RESIDENT
Placer County at-large
5of 9
PWG 1 Aug
18-Jul
PWG 1823-May Jul
X
23-Mar
First Name
Last Name
Phone
X
Don
Michaely
rdmm@jps.net
530-581-5937
X
Gary
Midkiff
gary@midkiffandassoc.com
775-588-1090
X
X
X
Robert
Miller
X
X
X
Ed
Miller
EM@wildwest-tahoe.com
530-525-5201
X
X
Ron
Mooiweer
romken@aol.com
530-525-9148
X
X
Rod
Moore
moorert@gao.gov
415-904-2229
Nileta
Morton
morton@jutland.come
530-546-4559
X
X
X
X
Jeff
Morwood
X
X
Alex
Mourelatos
X
X
Jose L
Murillo
Pam
Neff
Ty
Nickel
X X
Resident/ 2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
Homewood MHW
530-889-4080 TCDA
RESIDENT
530-583-2283 alexmourelatos@msn.com
530-546-9500
WHATT, NLTRA, MLR
530-546-8345 pamneff@truckeehomeshow.com
530-587-3477
2nd homeowner
530-745-2786
HOMEOWNER
X
X/CPT
Keith
Norberg
knorberg@trpa.org
775-588-4547 x289
X
X
Josh
Nuckols
jnukols6@hotmail.com
530-978-6065
X
Wyatt
Ogilvy
wyatt@ogilvylanduse.com
530-546-2632
X
Astrid
Olson
astridO7@netzero.com
530-583-3505
X
Joe
Pace
jpccp@telis.org
530-583-1806
X
Javier
Palomino
8461 Dolly Varden, KB
530-546-4941
RESIDENT
Creciendo Unidos
X
Paolo
Palomino
8461 Dolly Varden, KB
530-546-4941
RESIDENT
Creciendo Unidos
X
X/CPT
X
X
8/31/2006
X
X
John
Pang
mbfpd@accessbee.com
530-581-2641
X
X
Rick
Papaleo
rick@tahoevision.com
530-546-3394
X
X
Ron
Parson
ronparson@granlibakken.com
530-583-4242
X
X
Tony
Pastore
530-308-2459 PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
TRPA RESIDENT
RESIDENT
RESIDENT Granlibakken RESIDENT 6of 9
PWG 1 Aug
18-Jul
PWG 1823-May Jul
X
23-Mar
X
X
X/PWG
Rachelle
Pellissier
rachelle@whatt.org
530-582-2120
Workforce Housing ATT
X
Michele
Perez
mperez@placer.ca.gov
530-889-4207
Placer County RDA
Gabriel
Perez
Andy
Plescia
X
Dave
Polint
X
Dave
Polivy
X
Randy
Pomin
X
Carolyn
Pretzer
X
Rick
Quadws
X
Bruce
Race
br@racestudio.com
510-528-4316
Sheri
Reese
97tahoe@sbcglobal.net
530-546-7300
X
X
530-546-6073
RESIDENT
530-546-4095
TMS
tahoehottubs@thegrid.net
530-583-1661
TCDA/TC rotary
cepsc@juno.com
530-546-4593
RESIDENT
530-546-2872
RESIDENT
X
X
John
Reichert
jreichert@tcpud.org
530-581-5198
Steve
Rogers
srogers@ntpud.org
530-546-4212
RPP/Race Studio RESIDENT
NTPUD
X/PWG
X
X/PWG
X
X/PWG
X
X
Jeff
Rose
nsrri@msn.com
530-546-2499
X
Frank
Ross
frankross@garydavisgroup.com
530-583-9222
X
Gwen
Rosser
romkem@aol.com
530-546-7548
X
Andrew
Ryan
530-546-4500
RESIDENT
X
Graciela
Sarmiento
530-546-5109
RESIDENT
X
X
Carol
Savary
csavary@charter.net
530-546-0810
X
X
Maggie
Schumacher
madams_nsrri@msn.com
530-546-7507
X
Norma
Schwartz
nschwartz@org.net
530-546-3270
John
Segale
johnsegale@jps.net
Coleen
Shade
cshade@trpa.org
530-525-9100 775-588-4547 x228
X X/CPT
X
X/CPT
Creciendo Unidos
RPP
X
X X 8/31/2006
Affiliation Holiday House
X
X
Resident/ 2nd Homeowner/Visitor
530-546-2369
X
X
Phone
alvina@tahoeholidayhouse.com
X
X
Patterson
X
X
X
Last Name
Alvina
X
X
First Name
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
CATT
Creciendo Unidos North Tahoe Business Association
RESIDENT TRPA 7of 9
PWG 1 Aug
18-Jul
PWG 1823-May Jul
X/PWG
Phone
Resident/ 2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
Shaw
gordonshaw@lsctahoe.com
530-583-4033
X
X
Judie
Shaw
ljsshaw1@aol.com
415-883-0120
X
X
Kimberly
Shaw
kshaw@skihomewood.com
530-448-9554
X
Leonard
Shaw
ljshaw1@aol.com
530-546-2241
X
Sarah
Shoberg
X
Suzy
Shoberg
shobergdesign@sbcglobal.net
530-546-7967
X
John
Shuff
jshuff@charter.net
530-546-5472
X
Todd
Smith
todd@adventuresmithexplorations.com
530-581-0944
travel
X
Paul
Smith
530-583-9551
real estate
X
Antonia
Smith
530-583-9551
real estate
X
Stan
Smyth
X
Sabina
Strauss
X
Elenita
Sullivan
X
Rick
Topper
topper@richardtopper.com
530-583-2722
X/PWG
Ron
Treabess
ron@puretahoenorth.com
530-581-8738
North Lake Tahoe Resort Association
X
Steve
Tremewan
stevet@calnevaresort.com
775-832-4000
Cal Neva
X
Tom
Turner
tom@garwood.com
530-546-3366
business owner
X
Cheri
Turner
cherie@tahoequarterly.com
530-448-9316
Emilo
Vaca
Paul
Vatistas
vatistas@yahoo.com
530-581-2130
NTCC
Susan
Veazey
sveazey@epssac.com
916-649-8010
EPS
X
Gretchen
Wagenbach
qwagenbach@earthlink.net
530-546-2872
RESIDENT
X
Ellie
Waller
tahoellie@yahoo.com
530-546-2893
RESIDENT
X
X X
X/PWG X
X
8/31/2006
Last Name
Gordon
X
X
First Name
X
X
X
23-Mar
toni@4tahorei.com
transportation consultant
RESIDENT
NTPD Parks and Rec commission
530-583-3505 sabina@yellowstonebasininn.com
530-583-2323
RESIDENT
530-583-6803
530-380-6253
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
RESIDENT
RESIDENT
Creciendo Unidos
8of 9
PWG 1 Aug
18-Jul
PWG 1823-May Jul
X
23-Mar
X
X
X
X/PWG
X
X/PWG
Resident/ 2nd Homeowner/Visitor
530-546-2893
RESIDENT
Affiliation
Waller
X
Jim
Walsh
Steve
Walton
X
Matt
Watson
X
Joy
Weiss
X
Rob
Weston
westshoresports@sbcglobal.net
530-525-9920
West Shore Assn
Duane
Whitelaw
whitelaw@ntfire.net
530-583-6911
N. Tahoe Fire
Stephen
Wiel
steve@wiel.com
775-831-3737
tahoellie@yahoo.com
530-546-8248 waltonengineering@sbcglobal.net
530-583-7122
North Tahoe Marina RESIDENT
530-582-4035
X
X
X
PWG
David
Wilderotter
dave@tahoedaves.com
530-583-6415
TCDA
X
Linda
Williams
tcda@vvisittahoecity.com
530-583-1973
TCDA
X
Linda
Williams
lindasw@sbcglobal.net
530-583-1973
X
Pammie
Wiss
topammie@aol.com
775-832-2000
X
Kirk
Wooldridge
kwooldridge@intrawest.com
530-584-6220
X
Jerry
Wotel
herry@wotec.org
530-546-8125
NONK
X
Cindy
Wotel
cindy@tbird.org
530-546-8125
NONK
X
X
Barb
Young
X
X
Larry
Young
X
X
Stuart
X X X
X
X
8/31/2006
Phone
Dave
PWG
X
X
Last Name
X
X X
First Name
US Bank
530-583-0433
RESIDENT
lyoung@wyarch.com
530-587-3859
RESIDENT
Yount
syount@fortifiber.com
775-833-6161
Jeff
Yurosek
jayurosek@aol.com
530-583-2283
X
David
Zehnder
dzehnder@epssac.com
916-649-8010
X
Dave
Zeigler
d.zeigler@sbcglobal.net
775-831-6828
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
RESIDENT EPS RESIDENT
9of 9
PLACED BASED PLANNING PROCESS Public Lands and Waterways
Pathways 2007 Place-Based Planning Public Lands and Waterways Workshop Attendees 20-Jul
PWG 24-May 20 Jul
27-Mar
X X X X X X X X X
X X X X X X
X X PWG X
X
X X X X X X X
8/31/2006
First Name Brad Laurel Larissa Sarah Barb Al Robert Claudio Larry Chuck Jerry Casey Mike Beth Justin Shawn Taira Darren Blaise Dave Todd Doug David Jeff
Last Name Altman Ames Angelocci Angelocci Archer Barthley? Becker Belletio Benoit Bernard Birdwell Blann Bradford Brady Broglio Butler Byrne Campbell Carrig Ceruti Chaponet Cickowicz Colley Cowen
Phone
brad@sagandesigngroup.com
530-525-6332
laurel@watershetnetwork.org
530-541-5752
lrss667@earthlink.net
530-573-1371
lrss667@earthlink.net
530-573-1371
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
resident
443-5125 albarthley@sbcglobal.net
530-544-1278
rabtrulr@aol.com
530-544-6996
claudio@helitahoe.com
530-544-2277
lfftahoe@aol.com
530-542-1014
resident, recreation
chuck@villabernard.com
530-573-0162
Helitahoe Helicopter
tahoejerry@earthlink.net
530-544-4451
Black Bear Inn
cblann@vailresorts.com
530-542-5194
Heavenly
mikeb@lakesideinn.com
530-586-7700
Chamber of Commerce
bbrady@fs.fed.us
530-543-2600
USFS
resident
208-596-0838 sbutler@tahoesons.ca.gov
530-543-6034
CTC
taira_byrne@yahoo.com
916-303-0334
general public
bcarrig@vailresorts.com
775-586-2311
Heavenly
530-546-4070 tachaponet@fs.fed.us
775-303-6065
douglichowicz@sbcglobal.net
530-542-1097
Incline enviro. Sub comm
775-287-2192
wcowen@trpa.org
530-308-5539
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
resident TRPA 1 of 6
PLACED BASED PLANNING PROCESS Public Lands and Waterways 20-Jul
PWG 24-May 20 Jul
27-Mar
Charlie
Donohue
cdonohue@lands.nv.gov
775-684-2738
Denise Dave Theresa May Kay Peter Bruce Mayumi Jeff Robert Bob Amanda Ed Gillian Wayne David
Downie Duffie Duggan Edwards Eichar Eisner Elegado Erdoes Erlich Favoiz Fehd Ferranto Ferranto Fischer Fournier
dedownie@fs.fed.us
530-543-2683
olduff17@hotmail.com
775-691-3959
theresaduggan@sbcglobal.net
530-546-7903
P7
kedwards@lanset.com
530-588-5564
homeowner
peichar@trpa.org
530-588-4547
TRPA
berunnin@sbcglobal.net
530-577-7519
resident
mayumi@moonshineink.com
530-587-3607
fejustan@earthlink.net
775-883-7150
enterlich@gmail.com
530-544-6636
John
PWG X X X X/CPT X
X
X X X X X X X X/PWG
PWG
X/PWG
X/PWG X
Cressy Daniels Dapolito Daum Davidson Dinsmore
dcressy@fs.fed.us
530-543-2600
susan.daniels@sbnorcal.com
775-832-9231
ddapolito@tahoecons.ca.gov
530-543-6036
idavidson@fs.fed.us
530-543-2600
USFS Nevada Division of State Lands
Tahoe Daily Tribune tahoeeddy@hotmail.com
775-588-1931
Sierra Club
gferranto@yahoo.com
775-588-1931
Sierra Club
tahoewayne@nvbell.net
775-720-2934
resident
dfournier@fs.fed.us
530-543-2626
Friedrich
john@keeptahoeblue.org
530-541-5384
USFS League to Save Lake Tahoe
Gardner Gillis Greene
neil@wsrracing.com
530-363-0591
jefgil123@yahoo.com
530-544-0628
chuckgreene@aol.com
775-831-5511
X/PWG X/PWG
X/PWG
X
X/PWG X/PWG
X/PWG
Jamie
Greenough
jgreenough@ltusd.org
530-544-2737
Stephanie
Grigsby
sgrigsby@designworkshop.com
530-588-5929
X
CTC
530-588-4547
X
X
USFS
530-544-6083
Neil Jeff Chuck
X
8/31/2006
Affiliation
X
X/PWG
X
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
X/PWG
X
X
Phone
X
X
X
X
X
X
Last Name
Daniel Sue Dana Marge Irene Darin
X
X
First Name
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
TRTA/SERC/Incline South Tahoe High School Design Workshop 2 of 6
PLACED BASED PLANNING PROCESS Public Lands and Waterways 20-Jul X
PWG 24-May 20 Jul X
X
27-Mar
X/PWG X/PWG
X/PWG
X
gayh@etahoe.com
530-573-0242
X
Lauren
Henderson
lauren@keeptahoeblue.org
775-901-6080
X
Phil
Herback
herback@sbcglobl.net
X
Patricia
Hickson
patricia_hickson@yahoo.com
X
Jim Heidi John ? Joseph Gretchen Brenda Tyrone Robert Kiet Bob Molly Eva Adam Karen
Hildinger Hill Drum Hitchcock Holme Huelle Huie Hunt Kelley Kellogg Kelsey King Kingston Krause Krivatsy Kuentz
775-690-0584 530-401-1397: 775832-6460 530-577-3543
X
X X/PWG
X
X X X X
X X
X X X/CPT
X/CPT
X/CPT
X X X
X
8/31/2006
X
X/CPT
Phone
hamilpuda@ltcc.edu
X
X
Hamilton Hassenplug Haven Havens Havens Havens
X
X
Last Name
Dave John Nick Jim Allen Gay
X
X X
First Name
X
530-577-1814
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation Forum/PW8
530-546-4580 nhaven@trpa.org
530-588-4547
hjaven@ssv.net
530-577-6916
TRPA
530-573-0242 homeowner, hiker League to Save Lake Tahoe Chamber of commerce Sierra Club resident
heidi@h2dcomm.org
530-577-5347
P2007/EDAW
jhitchcock@trpa.org
530-588-4547
TRPA
tubyland@clunet.com
530-546-4544
huie@ltcc.edu
702-767-8946
resident
bhunt@trpa.org
530-588-4547
TRPA
tkelley@fs.fed.us
530-543-2773
USFS
775-831-4434 775-691-6898 bking@fs.fed.us
530-543-2619
mk@arrowinvest.com
775-771-1842
USFS Washoe County
krivatsy@aol.com
415-309-3554
RPP
kkuentz@fs.fed.us
530-543-2774
X
X
X/CPT
X/CPT
Ray
Lacey
rlacey@tahoecons.ca.gov
530-543-6038
X
Don Jim
Lane Lawrence
dlane@fs.fed.us
530-543-2621
USFS California Tahoe Conservancy USFS
lawrence@lands.nv.gov
775-684-2726
Nevada State Lands
X
X/CPT
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
3 of 6
PLACED BASED PLANNING PROCESS Public Lands and Waterways 20-Jul
PWG 24-May 20 Jul
27-Mar
530-546-7393
mike_lefrancois@yahoo.com
530-546-7393
X
Adam
Lewandowski
alewandowski@tahoecons.ca.gov
702596-5957
X
Les John Greg Bev Helen Mort Don Gary William Red Julie Steve Rex Lisa Pliny John Manuel Barbara Ray Ben Joyce Lu Alexander? Christy Carolyn
Marsh McCall McKay McMahon Mead Meiers Michaely Midkiff Moffett Mold Nelson Noll Norman O'Daly Olivier Olson Pastor Perlman-Whyman Perryman Pignatelli Powell Powell Preofant Prescott Pretzer
shirley_marsh@sbcglobal.net
530-577-4660
john.mccall@direcway.com
775-588-6468
dlmckay@nvbell.net
775-831-7651
X X X X X X X X X X X/CPT X X X X X X X
X
X
X X
X X X
8/31/2006
Phone
plefrancois@ntpud.org
X
X
LeFrancois LeFrancois
X
X/CPT
Last Name
Pam Mike
X
X/PWG X/PWG
First Name
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
CTC
Forum member
775-265-7745 775-691-6898 mortmeiers@aol.com
530-541-4654
rondonm@jps.net
530-525-9536
gary@midkiffandassoc.com
775-588-1090
tasnow@sbcglobal.net
530-544-3718
city / dev Center Midkiff and Assoc.
530-542-1666 775-588-3579 snoll@designworkshop.com
775-588-5929
resident
rnorman@fs.fed.us
530-543-2627
USFS
530-577-6021 plinyolivier@aol.com
775-588-1748
johnolsonmail@yahoo.com
530-573-1523
Lake Snowmobile Club
510-717-8921 BPWhyman@sbcglobal.net
775-832-8320
raynlois@infostation.com
530-525-5280
benjamin_pignatelli@yahoo.com
530-542-6297
resident
joycerobin1@msn.com
775-749-1016
glenbrook resident
luandpups@yahoo.com
530-542-4734
environslaketahoe.mac.com
775-831-5790
cprescott@us.fs.fed
530-543-2758
scpsc@juno.com
530-546-4593
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
USFS LTBMU
4 of 6
PLACED BASED PLANNING PROCESS Public Lands and Waterways 20-Jul X
PWG 24-May 20 Jul X
27-Mar
X/PWG
rrobinson@tahoecons.ca.gov
530-543-6064
CTC
sromsos@fs.fed.us
530-543-2745
USFS
nathan@tahoesnow.com
530-544-0392
resident
jscanland@parks.nv.gov
775-684-2474
Nevada State Parks
dave_scar@hotmail.com
530-542-1837
arthurbschultz@aol.com
775-831-5104
X
Coleen
Shade
cshade@trpa.org
530-588-4547 x228
TRPA
X
Rachel
Sigman
rsigman@tahoebaikal.org
775-315-0431
X
Erich
Simmon
esimon@waterboards.ca.gov
530-542-5423
X
Penny Elineta Dudley Eric Steve Bud Ann
Stewart Sullivan Sweeney Thaden Turner Voisinet Voisinet
pstewart@tahoecons.ca.gov
530-543-6013
Tahoe Baikal Institute Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board LTC
Duane
Wallace
duane_wallace@hotmail.com
530-541-5255
Rob Clayton Stu Liana Dave
Weston Whitmarsh Yount Zambresky Zeigler
westshoresports@sbcglobal.net
530-525-9920
PWG
X
X X X X X
X
X X X X X X X
8/31/2006
Affiliation RPP/Race Studio
X
X/CPT
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
510-528-4316
X
X/CPT
Phone
br@racestudio.com
X
X
Race Robinson Romsos Rouse Scanland Scarborough Schultz Schwartz
X/PWG
X
Last Name
Bruce Rick Shane Nathan Jenny Dave Art Norma
X X
X
First Name
X
530-546-3270
530-583-6803 pjview@aol.com
310-674-6110
visitor
ethaden@abis.com
530-541-1385
citizen
sturner@vailresorts.com
530-542-9142
homeowner
abvoisinet@accessbee.com
530-542-1261
citizen / taxpayer
530-542-1261 South Lake Tahoe Chamber of Commerce
530-546-4037 syount@fortifiber.com d.zeigler@sbcglobal.net
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
775-833-6161 530-577-4001
homeowner, hiker
775-831-6828
Washoe County
5 of 6
PLACE BASED PLANNING PROCESS South Shore Partnership
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning South Shore Partnership (Douglas, El Dorado, City of SLT) Workshop Attendees 19-Jul
PWG 19 Jul
25-May 30-Mar
Last Name
Phone
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
X X
X
Amanda Dan Laurel
X
X
Andrew
Angeli
X
Angelocci Angelocci Babbitt
rangelocci@aol.com
530-318-4114
X
Larissa Rick Victor
info@tahoeflyfishing.com
530-541-8208
Tahoe Fly Fishing Outfitters
X
Allison
Bachelder
moah8@yahoo.com
530-577-4665
South Tahoe High School
X
Jim
Baetge
jwbdwish@sbcglobal.net
530-543-1104
resident
X
Gabby
Barrett
X
Ron
Bastian Beattie Beggs Belletio
jcbt@etahoe.com
X
Jim Malcolm Claudio
claudio@helitaho.com
530-544-2211
HeliTahoe Helicopters
X
Suzie
Belser
sbelser@trpa.org
775-588-4547 x299
TRPA
X
Marianne
Bennett
mariannebennett@charter.net
530-544-5850
Tahoe Keys Property Owners Association
Benoit Bernstein Berry Bettencourt
lbenoit@trpa.org
775-588-4947
autumn@sierranevadaalliance.org
530-542-4546
kberry@unr.edu
775-784-6344
X
Larry Autumn Kate Jessica
starblast13@aol.com
530-577-7240
South Tahoe High School
X
Jerry
Birdwell
John@blackbear.com
530-544-4451
Black Bear Inn
X
X
X X X
PWG
X X X
8/31/2006
First Name
Adams Allison Ames
amanda@realtordeb.com
530-542-4230
alisondan@sbcglobal.net
775-882-2375
andrew@midkiffandassoc.com
530-541-5752
Deb Howard & Co citizen Planning Consultant
530-573-0920
TRPA 530-543-0746
PL Commission South Lake Tahoe
530-541-1411 775-588-0776
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
1 of 10
PLACE BASED PLANNING PROCESS South Shore Partnership 19-Jul
PWG 19 Jul
25-May 30-Mar
First Name Courtney
Blann
X/CPT X/CPT Heather X Garry X Tyler X/PWG X/PWG Mike X Jay X Al X X Roxanne X Helen X
Bovat
X
X
X X
X PWG
X X
X X
X X X X X
Phone
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
530-545-3370
South Tahoe High School
hbovat@co.douglas.nv.us
775-752-6213
Douglas County
Bowen Boyle Bradford Brazil Browne Bruce Burkart
markettexture@yahoo.com
775-690-6900
AIA Northern Nevada
Diane Camden Tyler Eileen David
Bush Calens? Cannon Carey Carneggie
Blaise Tom Nancy
Carrig Castaneda Chandler
X/PWG X/PWG Barbara X Michele
8/31/2006
Last Name
Childs Chouinard
Michael Clark Kathy & DennisCocking Irv Coe X David Colley X/CPT Camden Collins Jeff Cowen X Jeff Cowon X Gabriele Cozzaglie
530-307-0182 mikeb@lakesideinn.com
775-586-7770
laurellen@charter.net alfredbrowne@charter.net
775-781-7846
roxannerain@aol.com
530-544-6427
skihelenb@yahoo.com
530-577-8886
dianebush@gmail.com
775-588-0258
alpinefamilypractice@charter.net
530-542-6078 530-541-6994
business resident
Sprouts CafĂŠ
916-761-1535 dcarneggie@aol.com
530-577-7762 Heavenly
tcastaneda@southshorecap.com
775-832-8277 530-588-9558
bc@barbarachilds.com
530-541-0945
hmrchouinard@sbcglobal.net
530-577-5954
annandmichaelclark@sbcglobal.net 530-318-4811 kcocking@bartonhealth.org
530-541-2191 530-543-0409
jumboideas@yahoo.com
775-287-2192
ccollins@cityofslt.us
530-542-6978
jcowen@trpa.org
530-308-5539
jcowon@trpa.org
530-3085539
IV ESC Video City of South Lake Tahoe (alternate) TRPA
530-544-6748 PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
2 of 10
PLACE BASED PLANNING PROCESS South Shore Partnership 19-Jul
PWG 19 Jul
25-May 30-Mar
X
First Name
Phone
dennis@rhrc-law.com
530-544-1785
Curry Curry Dalmacio
jjcmail@aol.com
530-544-2643
jcbt@etahoe.com
530-544-2643
Duffy1632@hotmail.com
530-906-0244
South Tahoe High School
Carol
Daum
designscapes@webtu.net
530-577-4729
El Dorado County
Daum Dayberry Dietz
designscapes@webtu.net
530-577-4729
El Dorado County
jdaberry@sbcglobal.net
530-577-2426
X
Carol John Robert
X
Jerry
Dion
X X
Sheri Colin Kay
Dion Dye Edwards
X
Don
Edwards
X
Bruce
Eisner
X
Jerome
Evans
X
Dennis
Crabb
X
Jacke
Crump
X PWG
X
X
X/PWG X/PWG Katey X Lew X Jenner
X 8/31/2006
Fagan Feldman Felton
Affiliation Forum
530-542-1677
Lake Tahoe Wildlife Care
530-542-9448
resident
sheribrowndion@yahoo.com
530-542-9448
resident
dye4@sbcglobal.net
530-318-3910
kedwards@lanset.com
775-588-4565
homeowner
775-588-4565 beisner@tahocons.ca.gov
530-543-6043
California Tahoe Conservancy
530-549-2450 mohicanslt@sbcglobal.net
530-577-6574
lsf@feldmanshaw.com
530-588-5311
neverbenormall@yahoo.com
775-588-3121
El Dorado County
X
Aubrey
Felton
X
Kyler
Felton
kurlyquz@yahoo.com
775-588-3121
Kim
Felton
kimfelton@juno.com
530-588-3121
X
Ed
Ferranto
tahoeddy@hotmail.com
775-588-1931
Sierra Club
X
Karen
Fink
kfink@trpa.org
775-588-4547
citizen
X
Peter Karen
Fink Fink
pedaling_1@hotmail.com
530-542-4587
X/PWG PWG X/PWG
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
X/PWG X/PWG Joy X Joy X Mark
X
Last Name
775-588-3121
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
Citizens Committee
3 of 10
PLACE BASED PLANNING PROCESS South Shore Partnership 19-Jul
PWG 19 Jul
25-May 30-Mar
Last Name
Phone
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
X
Jean
Finn
jean@jeansullivanfinn.com
530-541-5806
public
X
Bill John
Finn Forgie
bill@discountsecuritystore.com
530-541-5806
public
amjohn@sbcglobal.net
530-318-0730
Forsythe Fournier
scott_forsythe@dot.ca.gov
530-713-7470
X
Scott David
dfournier@fs.fed.us
530-573-1456
X
Jenny
Francis
jenny.francis@carcd.org
530-543-1501
X
Daniel
Freemon
dfreemon@ltahoegroup.com
530-544-4424
John
Friedrich
john@keeptahoeblue.com
530-541-5388
League to Save Lake Tahoe
Lily Barbara Mike
Galli Gerland Gerland
lily@keeptahoeblue.org
530-541-5388
League to Save Lake Tahoe
tahoebarbara@aol.com
530-577-6941
X
Jeff
Gillis
jefgil123@yahoo.com
530-544-0628
X
Alyssa Al Vicki
Giovenco Goldberg Gonzales
alyssagiovenco@gmail.com
530-545-9841
alellen0825@msn.com
775-588-9042
vickiraucci@yahoo.com
530-544-0557
Concerned local
Gould Green Gregory Guerrieri Hackett
mountainnews@earthlink.net
530-542-7033
Tahoe Mountain News
rdgreen@co.el-dorado.ca.us
530-573-3484
gregorymichele@yahoo.com
530-386-1215
garyair@informart.com
408-729-4359
X
Heather Bob Michele Trish Bret
bretthackett@hotmail.com
El Dorado County
X
Greta
Hambsch
greta@taholodging.com
X
Nanette
Hansel
Hansel@edaw.com
530-412-0316 530-542-5850 530588-7143 702-987-5391
X
Harbents Hardy Harms Harootunian
laketahoeskydivingcenter@gmail.com
530-518-8751
Lake Tahoe Skydiving Center
X X X
Wes Tom Bob Gloria
ghbluedog@sbcglobal.net
530-541-2622
X
Bruce
Hart
bhart@ups.edu
253-307-4234
X X
X/PWG X
X X
X X
X X X X
8/31/2006
First Name
X X
El Dorado County resident Tahoe Resource Conservation District
530-577-6941 Tahoe Area Mountain Bikers Association
community member
Stateline resident
530-541-2841 530-541-7793
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
4 of 10
PLACE BASED PLANNING PROCESS South Shore Partnership 19-Jul
PWG 19 Jul
25-May 30-Mar
First Name
Phone
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
X
Gay
Havens
X
Havens Hedley Hegy
bobhedley@hotmail.com
X
Allen Bob Norine
X
Lauren
Henderson
lauren@keeptahoeblue.org
775-901-6080
X
Phil
Herback
herback@sbcglobal.net
775-696-0584
X
Mika
Hight
fun4this@yahoo.com
775-586-8528
X
Jim
Hildinger
X
Heidi
Hill Drum
heidi@h2dcomm.org
530-577-5347
Center for Collaborative Policy
Hitchcock Hoefer Howard
jhitchcock@trpa.org
775-588-4547 x220
TRPA
jtahoefer@aol.com
530-577-5922
deb@realtordeb.com
530-542-2912
X
X/CPT X/CPT John X Jon X/PWG X/PWG Deb
530-573-0242
JELS
530-544-4895 530-544-2620 League to Save Lake Tahoe South Lake Tahoe Chamber of Commerce
530-577-3543
X
Don
Huggins Huie Hulton-Larson
huie@ltcc.edu
X
Gretchen Lindy
X/CPT X/CPT Gina X Janin X Amie X/CPT X/CPT Teri
Hunter
X/PWG X/PWG Gail
X
530-544-1409
Ski Run Business Improvement District
702-767-8946 775-588-5929
Design Workshop
ghunter@co.el-dorado.ca.us
530-621-5355
El Dorado County
Inman Isbell Jamin
selllaketahoe@cs.com
530-542-7306
resident
tjamin@ci.south-lake-tahoe.ca.us
530-542-6025
Jaquish
jaquish@jurix.com
530-588-4646
David
Jinkens
djinkens@cityofslt.us
530-542-6045
Jones Keeley Kennedy
jrjones@etahoe.com
530-544-2110
jkeeley@fs.fed.us
530-544-0944
X
Jim Joseph Tom
tommyken@charter.net
775-588-4307
X
Edward
Knapp
X
Barbara
Knapp
X/PWG X
X
8/31/2006
Last Name
530-314-0026 City of South Lake Tahoe
SLT
Skyland GID
530-544-2130 tahobabs@ltol.com
530-544-2130
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
5 of 10
PLACE BASED PLANNING PROCESS South Shore Partnership 19-Jul
PWG 19 Jul
25-May 30-Mar X X X X X/PWG PWG X X X
First Name
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
budkoss@starstream.net
530-577-7310
bndkoss@starstream.net
916-652-4360
krivasty@aol.com
415-309-3554
krkuentz@aol.com
530-542-1088
dellafountain@sbc.global.net
530-318-0426
X
Ray
Lacey
rlacey@tahocons.ca.gov
530-543-6038
X
Larry
Lambdin
foursheep1@aol.com
530-577-3432
X
Paula
Lambdin
foursheep1@aol.com
530-577-3432
X
Erik
Larson
eriklindy@sbcglobal.net
530-541-8645
X
Cecilia
Larson
X
Lee Leo Lindahl
do@isar.org
202-390-0404
johnjleo@sbcglobal.net
530-416-1938
X
Do John Bruce
Blindahl@bmplaketahoe.com
530-588-6300
BMP Construction Inc
X
Ashley
Lindner
sherun3@charter.net
530-541-3147
South Tahoe High School
X
Ted
Long
tedtahoe@hotmail.com
530-544-4890
City of South Lake Tahoe
Matthew Virginia Matt
Lopez Lorne Lorne
vaesperanza@yahoo.com
775-586-8690
mlorne@hdrinc.com
775-586-8690
Luquin
mluquin@ltusd.org
530-318-2585 530-544-6631
X/PWG X/PWG Maria
Lynn
highmeadowhiker@yahoo.com
X
Pete Rick Alain
MacRoberts
PBM@hotmail.com
Madrid Mahmoud
rmadrid@sppc.com
530-542-1666
amahmoud@bedrockbrands.com
415-420-5905
Ari
Makinen
tina@laketahoeadventures.com
530-577-2940
Ana Les Pat
Marmaejo Marsh Martin
PWG X X
California Tahoe Conservancy
resident
ISAR
951-907-9948
RS
X
R.P. Partners
530-573-1034
X
X
8/31/2006
Phone
Koss Koss Krivasty Kuentz La Fountain
X X X
X X
Bud Deb Adam Karen Del
X
X
Last Name
South Tahoe High School / Latino community Holiday Inn Express
530-541-0997
Bedrock
resident
530-577-4660 alpinefamilypractice@charter.net
530-541-6780
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
Citizens' Alliance 6 of 10
PLACE BASED PLANNING PROCESS South Shore Partnership 19-Jul
PWG 19 Jul
25-May 30-Mar X
X X X X X X X
X X X X X X
Phone
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
dmartin@ntcd.org
775-588-1610
X
Martin Marzocco
nancylha@stanford.edu
530-542-3990
Stanford Sierra Camp
X
John
McCall
john.mccall@direcway.com
755-588-6468
Forum member
McCartin McMahon McRobert Meiers Meza Michael Midkiff Miller Millham Millham Miner Mintier Moniot Mooney Mosbacher Mosur
tahoechick@jps.net
530-544-6779
Monica Bev Pete Mort X Dicina Jonelle X/PWG Gary Alan X Tom X Cheryl Jeff Larry X Paul Amanda Mary Lou Ed
775-215-1814 pbm8@hotmail.com
530-544-5900
mormeirs@aol.com
530-541-4654 530-544-6255
tahoedankgirl77@hotmail.com gary@midkiffandassoc.com
775-588-1090
tmillham@hps.net
530-577-2273
Lake Tahoe Wildlife
tmillham@hps.net
530-577-2273
Lake Tahoe Wildlife
jeffminer@etahoe.com
530-577-7293
mintier@jlmintier.com pmoniot@nccrc.org
916-446-0522 530-543-3349
bar_mar@etahoe.com
530-577-4545 530-573-2417
cherylmurakami@sbcglobal.net
530-318-1665
X
Glenna Julie Paul
Nauer Nelson Nielsen
gnauer@aol.com
530-542-3155
zcjulie@aol.com
775-588-3579
Aja
Niemann
Sue John Katelyn Gene John
Novasel Olson Paker Palazzo Parker
X X X
Carpenters' Union
530-577-6574
Murakami
PWG
Douglas County PWG
530-542-2043
Cheryl
X
resident
530-573-1604
X
X
8/31/2006
Last Name
Doug Nancy
X
X X
First Name
530-577-5170 laketahoeskydivingcenter@gmail.co 530-542-1061 m novasel@aol.com 530-577-4857 johnolsonmail@yahoo.com
Sierra Green Building Association
TAAZS
Lake Tahoe Skydiving Center
530-573-1523 530-545-2060
South Tahoe High School
epalazzo@cityofslt.us
530-542-6044
city / resident
ciztecdriver2004@yahoo.com
540-263-0709
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
7 of 10
PLACE BASED PLANNING PROCESS South Shore Partnership 19-Jul
PWG 19 Jul
25-May 30-Mar
First Name
X X
Russ X Ben X McKensie X Ty X X Joyce X Chad X Malcolm X Kyle X Hank X X Carl X X Smokey X X Mike X Cory X X Caroyn X Joan X/PWG X/PWG Nathan X Sue X Bob X Graham X
X
Pecofaro? Pignatelli Pimley Polastri Powell Praul Pribyl Psilopoulos Raymond Ribaudo Rickerd Riley Ritchie Robinson Romero Rouse Rutherdale Rutherdale Sanders
rpecofaro@yahoo.com benjaminpignatelli@yahoo.com
Phone
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
530-573-0221 530-542-6292 530-577-0114
South Tahoe High School
entersport@aol.com
775-586-9566
Lake Tahoe Bike Coalition
joycerobin1@msn.com
775-749-1016
Glenbrook resident
ultimatechad@yahoo.com
530-542-2493
citizen
malcolm@pribylinsurance.com
530-541-8902
resident
disney@infostations.com
530-577-1133
South Tahoe High School
racerx1234@sbcglobal.net
530-577-0114
Meyers resident
530-571-2462 x202
SMB
srickerd@cityofslt.us
530-542-6182
City of South Lake Tahoe
rileski@aol.com cory@link.freedom.com
775-588-1595
ltcar@earthlink.net
530-577-8175
EDD
jromero@ltusd.org
530-541-7146
homeowner / local
nathan@tahoesnow.com
530-544-0392
tatabs@pacbell.net
530-544-8150
Lake Tahoe Wildlife Care
tatabs@pacbell.net
530-544-8150
Lake Tahoe Wildlife Care
info@tahoehomelink.com
530-544-3109 530-573-3411; 530621-6577
resident
775-588-5528
X/PWG
Norma
Santiago
norma.santiago@edc.gov.us
X/PWG
Jill
Sarick
jsarick@ntcd.org
775-586-1610 x23
Sarick Schaefer Schafer Schroeder Schue Sciuto Sciuto Shade
jsarick@ntcd.org
775-586-1610 x 23
Jill X Tom X Eric X Bill X/PWG X/PWG Darrell X Monica X Paul X Coleen 8/31/2006
Last Name
El Dorado County Nevada Tahoe Conservation District
530-577-6069 530-541-5222 ghoa@wpti.net
775-749-5266
snowschue@aol.com
530-541-8471
mscuito@bartonhealth.org
530-573-1638
pscuito@stpud.sst.ca.us cshade@trpa.org
530-573-1638 775-588-4547 x228
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
Glenbrook
TRPA 8 of 10
PLACE BASED PLANNING PROCESS South Shore Partnership 19-Jul
PWG 19 Jul
25-May 30-Mar X X X X
X/PWG PWG X X
X
X X
X X X X X
X X X
X X
X X X
X X X X X
X X X
8/31/2006
X
First Name
Last Name
Phone
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
Jeff Michael Jennifer Barbara Glen Jeremy Tim Tim David Michelle Chris Alan Tom Dick Nada Duane Ryan Russ Jaymee Joan Daija Darin
Sidden Simmang Smith Smith Smith Sokulsky Stockton Suglian Summers Sweeney Thorne Tolhurst Tomeselli Van Buskirl Vogt Wallace Warden Wigart Willison Wilson Windles Witt
jsidden@yahoo.com
530-577-4396
michael.simmang@trcjen.com jsmith@tahoebaikal.org
530-541-2110
Rob Steve Sabrina Liana Dave Mike Diane
Wyatt Yonker Zalles Zambresky Zeigler Zucker Zucker
rob@jingba.com
775-901-6826
syonker@GBIS.com
530-694-2750
citizen
szalles@ltusd.org
530-577-4683
South Tahoe High School
lzambresky@msn.com
530-577-4001
resident
dzeigler@sbcglobal.net
775-831-6828
Washoe County
530-416-0673 775-588-1550
glentsmith@juno.com
775-588-1550
m@allegrocom.com
530-573-8974
timtombrent@yahoo.com
530-577-5950
resident South Tahoe High School
dsummers@bedrockbrands.com
510-326-5626
Bedrock
530-416-0710 530-307-6035 atolhurst_arch@yahoo.com bijoufurniture@yahoo.com
530-544-1587
El Dorado Planning Commission
530-318-3272
South Tahoe High School
530-541-6447 530-543-0409
duane_wallace@hotmail.com ryanjason66@yahoo.com
530-541-5255
hydravian455@aol.com jaymeeintahoe@tahoe.com
530-721-1261 530-544-2659
Al Tahoe Forest Homes
tahoejw03@charter.net
530-544-6775
Lake Tahoe Wildlife Care
530-577-7825
South Tahoe High School
student 530-577-7310
530-544-2502 dz4mz@pacbell.net
530-544-2502
PLEASE CONFIRM YOUR INFORMATION
9 of 10
Washoe County Workshop Group ACTION PLAN WORKSHOP
Pathway 2007 Place-Based Planning Washoe County Action Plan Workshop Attendees PWG 17-Jul 17-Jul
23-May 27-Mar First Name
Last Name
Phone
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Gladys
Aadland
bladysaanland@yahoo.com
510-710-5715
Phil
Altick
psaltick@charter.net
775-833-1689
Barb Linda
Archer Atkinson
leatkinson@hotmail.com
775-832-7917
Shirley
Attich
psattich@charter.net
775-833-1689
Rev John
Bain
775-337-2074
Steve
Balog
775-831-0874
X
Karen
Barney
pizzazz@pyramid.net
775-833-9156
RESIDENT
X
Bill
billy@ccmktg.com
530-725-0797
RESIDENT
robertabarrett@comcast.net
775-832-7917
X
X
X
X
X July 17, 2006
RESIDENT
775-443-5125
Incline Vision committee
X
Bob
Barnwell Barrett
X
Howard
Beckerman
X
Sandra
Beckerman
sandrabeckerman@aol.com
775-832-7909
X
Brook
brookb014@aol.com
775-831-2654
Steve
Bentley Berardo
scberado@yahoo.com
775-833-3835
Lynn
Berardo
britishberardo@yahoo.com
775-833-3835
Kent
bregantz@aol.com
775-832-5227
Rosie
Bergantz Blanc
blanc@ieee.org
775-833-0175
James
Blanc
blanc@ieee.org
775-833-0175
Gene
Brockman
gbrock91@earthlink.net
775-831-3798
RESIDENT
Marna
Broida
mjbroida@earthlink.net
775-832-6686
RESIDENT
X
Affiliation
CCT MKTG
775-832-7909
Please review your information
RESIDENT PCC
Incline Vision committee
1 of 9
Washoe County Workshop Group ACTION PLAN WORKSHOP PWG 17-Jul 17-Jul
X
X
X
23-May 27-Mar Barbara First Name and Len
Last Name Brosnan
Bud
Brosten
brtosten@aol.com
775-831-4151
X
Tom
Bruno
tombruno@tanager.net
775-832-4609
X
Guy
Burge
gincline@nvbell.net
775-831-9649
Darren
Campbell
X
Marcelo
Castro
marcos16@yahooo.com
775-831-1316
X
Monica
not2large@hotmail.com
775-831-5468
Jacquie
Ceragioli Chandler
earthgym@yahoo.com
775-833-0831
Bill
Childs
bill@thechilds.com
775-833-3444
David
Colley
jumboideas@yahoo.com
775-287-2192
RESIDENT
Bridget
tahoecorn@earthlink.net
775-832-6512
RESIDENT
Bob
Cornell Crary
Carl
Cross
crosspeak@aol.com
775-833-4716
Jay
Dahlgren
jay@lucasvalley.net
415-479-7930
Andria
Daley
asdwrldesign@sbcglobal.net
775-832-0216
Bob
Dathe
bob@bendatool.com
775-831-6436
Cheryl
Delehanty
cheryld@cbivr.com
775-831-7218
Darin
Dinsmore
Theresa
Duggan
theresaduggan@sbcglobal.net
530-546-7903
David Margaret
Dunne Eadington
meadington@yahoo.com
775-832-7708
Crystal Cove Homeowners
Katherine
Edwards
kedwards@lanset.com
775-588-4565
Lincoln Park Homeowners
Gerry
gerryeik@aol.com
775-832-5645
Sara
Eick Ellis
sarajellis@sbcglobal.net
775-846-4379
IV Realtors
Bea
Epstein
boobeaattahoe@netscape.net
775-833-3963
Incline Vision
X
X
X X
X X X X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
July 17, 2006
X
X
Phone
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation
775-831-8859 Past trustee RESIDENT
RESIDENT
PBWG IVESC
775-831-5724
2ND HOME
RESIDENT
775-691-3959
Please review your information
RESIDENT
2 of 9
Washoe County Workshop Group ACTION PLAN WORKSHOP PWG 17-Jul 17-Jul X
23-May 27-Mar First Name X
Last Name
Phone
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Don
Epstein
X
Pat
Erlick
paelode@aol.com
RESIDENT
X
Pauline
Erlick
paelode@aol.com
RESIDENT
Mary
ashbury@tahoe1.incline-village.nv.us 775-831-3684
Elise
Fenelon Fett
elise@elisefett.com
775-833-3388
Wayne
Fischer
tahoewayne@nvbell.net
775-720-2934
Greg
Flanders
mupaint@aol.com
775-832-5026
Patrick
Fleming
patrickf68@hotmail.com
775-831-3905
Wayne
Ford
Mary
Forest Freund
X X
X
Adrian
X
Ted
X X
X
X
X
X
Emma
X
Kathie
X
mforestlove@yahoo.com
775-832-5496
afreund@washoecounty.net.us
775-328-3606 775-831-2298
kathie_golberg@yahoo.com
775-831-6953
Jamie
Goldberg Golden
jamie@tanager.net
775-831-2194
Bruce
Gordon
brucegordon@charter.net
775-831-4168
X
Chuck
Greene
chukgreene@aol.com
775-831-5511
X
Julia
daffyduck813@hotmail.com
775-831-3684
Ed
Gregory Gurowitz
egurowitz@gurowitz.com
775-831-5869
Bill
Gurowitz
sandsurf@sprynt.com
808-262-1838
Paul
Guttman
pguttman@ss4s.org
775-720-6999
Jennifer
Hannum Harris
jhannum@trpa.org
Ted
X
Paige
X
Susan
Forum member RESIDENT
775-831-3013
775-831-4666
X
July 17, 2006
775-833-3963
egarrard@tahoebonanza.com
X
X
Fuller Garrard
Affiliation
tedgh@nvbell.net
Harrison-Adcock zebaley1@aol.com catatthelake@gmail.com Herron
Washoe County (alternate) RESIDENT Bonanza
vision committee RESIDENT PBWG VISITOR
TRPA 775-831-3914
RESIDENT
775-351-9882
RESIDENT
775-832-9150
RESIDENT
Please review your information
3 of 9
Washoe County Workshop Group ACTION PLAN WORKSHOP PWG 17-Jul 17-Jul
X
23-May 27-Mar First Name X
Patricia
Last Name Hickson
X
Kristina
Hill
tahoehills@worldnet.att.net
775-832-5174
Owen
Hill
owen@tahoefun.com
775-831-8511
Whitney
Hill
whitster224@aol.com
775-832-5174
X
Duncan
duncanhincks@charter.net
775-831-2043
X
Jane
Hincks Hoff
janehoff@earthlink.net
775-831-0130
Jim
Howlin
flyersnest@yahoo.com
775-831-1730
Brenda
Hunt
bhunt@trpa.org
775-588-4547 x225
Andrew
Jack
andrew.jack@washoetribe.us
814-598-9872
X
A
Johansson
slowwho88@yahoo,com
775-833-4388
X
Jenny
Jordan
775-831-8954
X
Ardele
775-833-1090
Don
Juskalian K.
don@insideincline.com
775-831-7000
Mike
Kennedy
mgkme@cs.com
775-831-6587
John
Kirby
jkirby@pyramid.net
775-831-1845
Sharon
Kirby
775-831-1845
Shirley
Kliman
775-831-4043
X
X
Phone
phickson@tahoebonanza.com
775-831-4666
X
X
X
X
Eva
Krause
X
X
X
X
Adam
Krivatsy
krivatsy@yahoo.com
Joe
Kubo
tahoe911@msn.com
X
Richard
Lantz
X
Erin
Lee
eleetahoe@aol.com
775-831-5473
Virginia
Lee
vlee@charter.net
775-831-8106
Maria
Lenhart
mlenhart04@yahoo.com
775-220-9862
X
July 17, 2006
415-331-1137 775-832-4103/ 775-8331766
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
Affiliation Bonanza
IVPBPG TRPA
RESIDENT
RESIDENT
Regional Planning Partners RESIDENT
775-831-5700
Please review your information
4 of 9
Washoe County Workshop Group ACTION PLAN WORKSHOP PWG 17-Jul 17-Jul
23-May 27-Mar First Name
X
Affiliation
RESIDENT
Govt. Representative
james.levi@washoetribe.us
775-265-8683
Carl
Levinson
levinsonch@yahoo.com
775-833-3723
Andrew JoAnn
Linardus Malinowski
joamal10@aol.com
775-833-3414
RESIDENT
Ed
Malinowski
joamal10@aol.com
775-833-3414
RESIDENT
Terri
Marceron
Hugh
hughmarch@sbcglobal.net
775-831-0257
RESIDENT
Karen
March Marsa
karen@invlincerealtors.com
775-831-3777
Mary
Mason
Chris
May
mayfamilys@hotmail.com
775-831-7640
X
Cynthia
McClelland
cindymcc@wamware.com
X
Greg
McKay
dlmckay@nvbell.net
775-831-1907 775-831-7651/ 775-8317657
Stephen
McKay
X
Steve
McKibben
smckibben@laketahoeschool.org
775-831-5825
X
Joanne
McNulty
jmcnulty@tanager.net
775-831-2214
Kenneth
Meadors
northshorepaint@sbcglobal.net
775-833-0653
Helen
Meads
info@laketahoecentral.com
775-691-6898
Ange
Milgrim
angemen@aol.com
775-831-6483
Pamela
Miller
pamcaramba@excite.com
775-833-3373
X
Katie
ktkins2@hotmail.com
775-831-5451
X
Kristine
Mitcell Mitchell
kmdesignart@hotmail.com
775-831-5451
X
Barbara
Moniot
bltm@sbcglobal.net
775-831-0726
Dick
Monnier
dmonnier@worldnet.att.net
775-833-1648
Debi
Moore
tahoedebi989@sbcglobal.net
775-831-2709
X
July 17, 2006
Phone
Levi
X
X
Jimmy
X
X
Last Name
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
X
X
775-833-4402
775-831-6948
IV board of realtors RESIDENT
775-831-7657
Please review your information
2ND HOME
RESIDENT
RESIDENT
5 of 9
Washoe County Workshop Group ACTION PLAN WORKSHOP PWG 17-Jul 17-Jul
23-May 27-Mar First Name
X X
X
Don
X
Gene
Murrieta
gene@buildersnet.com
775-328-3632 775 742 1261: 775 831-3532
X
Julie
zcjulie@aol.com
775-588-3579
Roger
Nelson Norman
Jim
Nowlin
flyersnest@yahoo.com
775-831-1730
Hal
Paris
hal_paris@ivgid.com
775-832-1344
Aaron
Paxson
gapaxson@pacbell.net
775-831-2298
Courtney
Pennacchio
soccorkat@charter.net
775-846-1078
X
Mia
X
Barbara
Perhacs Perlman-Whyman bpwhyman@sbcglobal.net
775-832-8320
X
E. A.
Pollard
bo@bopollard.com
775-833-3555
RESIDENT
Andrew
apridgen@tahoebon
775-831-4666
RESIDENT
Alexandra
Pridgen Profant
alexandrprofant@mai.com
775-831-5790
Bruce
Race
br@racestudio.com
510-528-4316
Russell
Reinhart
elfboy121@aol.com
775-832-5075
Dorothy
paul.reynolds@att.com
775-831-3534
X X
X
X X X
X
X
July 17, 2006
Phone
moran7@aol.com
X
X
Moran Morehouse
Martin
X
Last Name
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
X
X
dmorehouse@washoecounty.us
Affiliation
2ND HOME Washoe County (alternate) IV-CB vision chair
775-852-8900 RESIDENT
2ND HOME
775-832-5264
X
Ann
Reinke Reynolds
X
Paul
Reynolds
paul.reynolds@att.com
775-831-3534
X
Mikeala
Rice
ihssoccer@nvbell.net
775-831-1045
Sandy
Robert
sandyrobert22@yahoo.com
775-831-6410
John Susan
Russel Russell
susanbrunv@aol.com
775-831-2746
Ed
Russell
edwrunv@aol.com
775-831-2746
Jeane
Ryan
jeanepryan@yahoo.com
775-831-2665
Bonanza
RPP/Race Studio
775-530-9399
775-833-0405
Please review your information
RESIDENT
RESIDENT 6 of 9
Washoe County Workshop Group ACTION PLAN WORKSHOP PWG 17-Jul 17-Jul
23-May 27-Mar First Name Jimmy
X
Dan
X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X X July 17, 2006
Phone
dsalern@aol.com
775-832-7613 775 781 7789/ 530 586 1610 x23
Betty Michelle
Schmittel
michelle@mindspring?
Kayla
Seager
Jul
Seemann
jseemann@juno.com
775-749-1037
Bob
Sendall Severance
rlsendall@worldnet.att.net
775-832-0248
sevgroup@nvbell.net
775-831-1045
Severance Shade
jseverance@nvbell.net
775-831-1045
cshade@trpa.org
775-588-4547 x228
funnyblond06@aol.com
775-831-6018
Bob
Sheehan Skidmore
Jeanellen
Slocumb
Mike
Smith
msmithix@sbcglobal.com
775-831-7382
Dan
St. John
dkstjohn@sbcglobal.net
775-831-3802
Lawrence
lrsdirect@sbcglobal.net
775-831-3177
Marnel
Swick Sylvester
cpamrs@aol.com
775-832-0625
Bob Roger and Sherry
Tallman Teyin
steigen@msn.com
775-832-8155
Stan
Thomas
sltnv@yahoo.com
775-833-0752
Christin
Thompson
Alan
atiras@sierralawyers.com
775-832-5858
Sarah
Tiras Tone
sarah_tone@ivgid.org
775-832-1285
Svata
Trossen
svata@gbis.com
775-832-5183
Dianne
Cara
Affiliation
775-831-4032
jsarick@ntcd.org
Coleen
X
Sagan Salerno
Sarick Schmidt
Jill
Julia
X
Last Name
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor RESIDENT
District
bettyandjay@yahoo.com 775-843-1389 775-833-0831
RESIDENT
TRPA
775-831-6289
RESIDENT
775-831-4984
RESIDENT
775-831-5876
Washoe county
IVGID
RESIDENT
775-833-1880
Please review your information
RESIDENT
7 of 9
Washoe County Workshop Group ACTION PLAN WORKSHOP PWG 17-Jul 17-Jul
23-May 27-Mar First Name Dick
X
Phone
trossen@gbis.com
775-832-5183
Gloria
Trossen Ulrich
fri@aol.com
775-832-5143
X
Bill
Ulrich
fri@aol.com
775-832-5143
X
Wilms
Vander Ekart
X
Curt
Wegener
tahoelax@aol.com
775-771-0670
RESIDENT
X
Sue
Welsch
suewelsch@yahoo.com
775-831-1600
RESIDENT
X
John
Welsch
pcmaven@att.net
775-831-1600
RESIDENT
X
Steve
Wiel
steve@wiel.com
775-831-3737
RESIDENT
Alethia Jules
Williams Witek
juleswitek@ltol.com
530-277-6532
X
Carly
Wood
soccerdum@aol.com
775-831-3991
X
Bill
bwood@cbctnv.com
775-831-3991
X
Patrick
Wood Wright
Mike
Young
myoung@dicksonincline.com
775-832-7223
X
Stuart
syount@fortifiber.com
775-833-6161
X
Dave
Yount Zeigler
d.zeigler@sbcglobal.net
775-831-6828
X
Phil
Zupic
pczoo@sbcglobal.net
775-831-1760
X
X
Last Name
Resident/2nd Homeowner/Visitor
X
X
X
July 17, 2006
Affiliation
775-833-3899
775-831-7835
775-831-6734
Please review your information
RESIDENT
8 of 9